Acts 18:23–21:26

Acts 18:23 · Darby

And having stayed [there] some time, he went forth, passing in order through the country of Galatia and Phrygia, establishing all the disciples.

Luke covers this stage of Paul's travels in one sentence: after some time in Antioch, Paul sets out again through Galatia and Phrygia. No new cities, no riots, no miracles — so why is this quiet return trip in the record at all?

Old ground, revisited

The journey opens with care for people Paul had already won, not with new ground. One writer sees the motive behind the route:

First, though, we see Paul starting out fresh from Antioch. A love that cares for everyone carries him once more over the ground he had covered on his second journey. He takes it up in an orderly way this time, so that he misses none of those who had been brought to Christ back then. In Galatia at least there were many of them, and they were earnest disciples. Of Phrygia we know only that he had visited it throughout. But the sense is that there too there were many. He was caring for them now, rather than starting new assemblies.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The stay in Antioch was short:

At Antioch he now spent "some time," a phrase that shows it was not a very long stay. Then he was off on his third journey, going first to the places where he had worked before, to strengthen the disciples. This work is always badly needed, because so many influences work to weaken disciples.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The words "in order"

The phrase translated "in order" belongs to Luke alone:

Luke is the only writer who uses this term, and he uses it often. It properly means in a regular series, one after another, and so sometimes just following, or next, in order… On the whole, I see no sign at all that Luke uses it for time order. The word itself does not carry that meaning, except that time order is one kind of order.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

On the ground, that meant taking the two districts in reverse of his earlier route:

On his first visit to those parts he went to Phrygia before Galatia (16:6). This time he reversed his route, going through Galatia before Phrygia. He seems to have been shaping his course for Ephesus, which he had promised to visit (18:21).

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The word behind "strengthening"

This verb appears only a few times in the New Testament, and it points to no ceremony:

Paul and Barnabas went to Lystra, Iconium and Antioch, confirming the souls of the disciples and urging them to continue in the faith. Judas and Silas, messengers from Jerusalem to Antioch, were prophets, and they encouraged the believers with many words and confirmed them. Paul and Silas later went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches. Acts 14:22; Acts 15:32, 41. Those passages, along with Acts 18:23, where the word is translated 'strengthen,' are all the places where the word ἐπιστηρίζω occurs. (There is no idea of a ceremony here, like what is now called 'Confirmation.')

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Two details matter here: who received this help, and who could give it:

Again, in 18:23, we read that Paul went through the countries of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening, or confirming (the same word here as elsewhere), all the disciples. All of them needed strengthening, or confirming. The context shows what the historian meant to say. The disciples as a body in each place needed this kind of ministry. The Lord provided it, and people other than apostles could do it.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The evangelist turns pastor

Paul is doing here a different job from the one that first brought him to these places:

The pioneer work of the evangelist had opened out the work in those parts; now he acts as the pastor and teacher.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

That return visit is offered as a pattern, not merely a record:

The evangelist has a duty to preach the gospel in the regions beyond, as long as there are regions still to reach. The pastor has a duty to "go again and visit his brothers," as long as there are brothers to visit. The evangelist forms the connection; the pastor keeps it and strengthens it… The two gifts can exist in the same person, as they did in Paul. But either way, each gift has its own sphere and object.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

What happened next in Galatia

The timing of what came next is sobering:

Since this was a second visit, we read of him passing through the country 'in order' — that is, where assemblies existed — and establishing 'all the disciples' who had already received the gospel. This matters a great deal for the letter to the Galatians. He wrote it not long after they were called: "I am astonished that you are so quickly deserting Him who called you in the grace of Christ and are turning to a different gospel" (Gal. 1:6, ESV). People are like that, even where the greatest of the apostles had laid the foundation a little before.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Love goes back. The third journey begins by retracing the second. Paul would not leave earlier converts unvisited.

- Love goes in order. "In order" means one place after another, in a regular series, so Paul skipped no one.

- Love strengthens. The word means confirming and establishing believers. It is not a ceremony. The same verb marks this work elsewhere in Acts.

- Love reaches all. Not some but all the disciples needed it, and apostles were not the only ones able to give it.

- Love is still needed. Soon after they were called, the Galatians turned to a different gospel. Starting a work and steadying it are two different jobs.

Acts 18:24 · Darby

But a certain Jew, Apollos by name, an Alexandrian by race, an eloquent man, who was mighty in the scriptures, arrived at Ephesus.

A stranger arrives at Ephesus: a Jew from Alexandria with a gift for speech and a deep grasp of the Scriptures. That raises the question the rest of the passage answers — can a man be this able and still miss something essential?

The words used of him

Where the ESV says "competent in the Scriptures," other translations read "mighty in the Scriptures" — the wording the writers below use. The first word, "eloquent," points to fluency:

In Exodus 4:10 and Acts 18:24, "man of words," "ready of speech."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The word carries two senses at once. His home city later became known for a very different use of learning:

There simply comes before us a Jewish workman. He was unformed at first, but he soon had no need to be ashamed. He came from the city that later played a notorious part in corrupting heavenly truth by worldly wisdom. He himself was a man of learning, or of eloquence (the Greek word means both), and he was able in the Scriptures.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Mighty in the Scriptures: a student's work

Knowing the Scriptures was work, not talent. Older translations say in the next verse that he "taught diligently," and one writer draws the lesson:

If we are to be fruitful in service, we must be instructed in the word of the Lord. Apollos was a Bible student. He searched the Scriptures to find out the truth… That word "diligently" can also be translated "accurately." How vital it is to quote the Scriptures accurately! The Spirit uses the word of God.

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

Natural ability and spiritual gift

The verse praises a natural talent. One writer sets Paul beside Apollos to show what talent can and cannot do:

Fluency of speech, as a natural gift, may be present or absent without harming the effectiveness of an evangelist considered as a minister of God. Apollos was "eloquent," while Paul was "unskilled in speaking." Human persuasion, natural or carefully crafted, cannot carry out the purposes of God. His appeal is not to the imagination or to the understanding alone, but to the hearts and consciences of sinful men.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Gifted, converted — and still short of the full truth

The next verse limits what he knew to the baptism of John. Writers are careful to say this was ignorance, not unbelief:

After this we find the Lord bringing others into the work, especially Apollos. He was "an eloquent man, and mighty in the Scriptures," yet so ignorant at first that he knew nothing beyond the baptism of John… But if he was in the dark about the Church and the full truth of Christianity, he was a converted man… Apollos had received by the Spirit the early testimony to the Lord, but he did not know the work of Christ.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

No appointment from men, and no pride about being taught

No one appointed him to the work. Notice what he did when a couple offered to fill in what he lacked:

It does not appear that he had received any appointment, ordination, or approval of any kind, from either the twelve apostles or Paul. But the Lord who is above all had called him, and was working in him and by him. In the case of Apollos we see the power and liberty of the Holy Spirit, without human involvement… Though he burned with zeal and was a powerful speaker, Apollos knew only what John had taught his disciples. The Lord knew this, and provided teachers for him. And though he was both learned and eloquent, he was humble enough to let Aquila and Priscilla teach him.

Modernised from Andrew MillerOriginal wording

What he did with his knowledge

All that Scripture knowledge had one target:

But what was uppermost in the mind of an Alexandrian Jew, "mighty in the Scriptures," after he became a Christian? To show from "the Scriptures" that Jesus was Christ (Acts 18). There was something running through the inspired writings which others left aside: they testified in one way or another of Jesus.

Modernised from VariousOriginal wording

Summary

- Words. "Eloquent" means ready of speech, and the same word can mean learned. Apollos had both.

- Might. His strength in the Scriptures came from searching them and teaching them accurately.

- Limit. Skill in speech is not the same as knowing the truth. He was a converted man, yet knew nothing beyond the baptism of John.

- Humility. Learned and eloquent, he still let Aquila and Priscilla teach him — and the Lord, not any human appointment, had called him.

- Aim. All of it served one use: showing from the Scriptures that Jesus is the Christ.

Acts 18:25 · Darby

He was instructed in the way of the Lord, and being fervent in his spirit, he spoke and taught exactly the things concerning Jesus, knowing only the baptism of John.

Apollos speaks about Jesus in the synagogue at Ephesus with heat and accuracy. Yet what he knows stops at John the Baptist. So how much did he really know, and what does God do with a man whose zeal runs ahead of his light?

A gifted man, still unformed

One writer walks through the verse: real gifts, real faith, and one thing missing.

Here comes before us a Jewish workman who soon had no need to be ashamed, however unformed he was at first... He was not merely a scholar and otherwise competent, but already instructed in the way of the Lord. Born of God, he was in understanding ahead of a God-fearing Jew, but short of the fuller truth that the gospel gives... He was ignorant of all truth beyond "the baptism of John". Nor was he lacking in moral courage or zeal.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Instructed — and already born of God

The verse says he was "instructed in the way of the Lord." Was he already a saved man? One writer has no doubt.

There can be no doubt that he was born of God and had made progress in the understanding of the word. He was a believer, though limited in his knowledge... Apollos had been born of God through the testimony of John the Baptist. He must have been a keen student of the word — so much so that he spoke boldly in the synagogue at Ephesus about what he had learned.

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

Fervent — burning in spirit

Fervent means burning. The man who led him to Christ left his mark on him.

This man Apollos, a man who has been taught the way of the Lord, is also a man fervent in spirit. John's testimony converted him, and he was marked by the features of the man who led him to Christ. Fervent in spirit, burning in spirit, like a lamp shining brightly, he stands in that gathering at Ephesus. He speaks "boldly in the synagogue," though as yet he "knew only the baptism of John."

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

Accurately — the word behind "diligently"

Some older Bibles say "diligently" here. One writer draws out what the word means.

That word "diligently" may also be rendered "accurately." How important it is that we quote the Scriptures accurately! The word of God is what the Spirit uses.

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

What "only the baptism of John" left out

The limit was not sincerity or skill. It was subject matter — and it was a limit John himself shared.

This rises far beyond the promised Messiah, which was the substance of John's teaching, with repentance urged on the souls who received it. Apollos knew no more. He might proclaim its value with great eloquence. He might back its truth with fitting proofs from the Old Testament scriptures. Still he knew no more. Someone may argue that John went further in his preaching. After all, he testified of Jesus as the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world. But the conclusion is invalid that John knew or taught redemption by His blood... What His death achieved, the power of His resurrection, the glory of His place on high — John did not enter into these. They were not yet revealed to him as things his faith could hold and enjoy.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

How the gap was filled

The teaching Apollos still needed did not come from a school.

We may observe how distant and different were the means God used from the formal methods of a divinity school... But God's truth is known by faith, and only faith can be trusted with it for good. Faith like that is so rare in the schools that no one can count on finding it there.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The people God used had no public gift of their own.

So God used these believers, who had no public gift, to properly launch a very gifted vessel on his career of service. From Ephesus he went to Corinth, and not only did he convince many Jews about Christ, he also greatly helped the believers. How much of the reward of his effective service will go to the credit of Aquila and Priscilla, who can say?

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Spirit acting freely

No apostle sent Apollos out. One writer says who was at work in him.

Apollos knew only the teaching of John; but, upright in heart, he publicly confessed and preached what he knew. It was the faith of a soul born again. Aquila and Priscilla then teach him the full facts of the gospel, and the truth of a Christ who died and is now glorified... The energy of the Holy Spirit shows itself in him without any involvement of the apostle or of the twelve apostles. He acts independently — that is, the Spirit acts independently in him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Instructed — Apollos was already born of God and taught in the way of the Lord. He starts as a believer, not a seeker.

- Fervent — his spirit burned. He carried the stamp of John, the man who led him to Christ, and he spoke boldly in the synagogue.

- Accurately — what he taught was true as far as it went, because he handled Scripture with care.

- Limited — "only the baptism of John" meant a promised Messiah and a call to repent. It left out redemption by blood, resurrection power, and Christ's glory on high.

- Enlarged — no school supplied what was missing. Two believers with no public gift launched a man who went on to help many at Corinth.

Acts 18:26 · Darby

And *he* began to speak boldly in the synagogue. And Aquila and Priscilla, having heard him, took him to [them] and unfolded to him the way of God more exactly.

A gifted preacher is teaching in the synagogue at Ephesus. Two working believers in the audience hear what he still does not know, and what they do next shows how God teaches a man willing to learn.

What Apollos already had

Apollos was not corrected for error. The key word settles that — the ESV has "more accurately" where older translations read "more perfectly."

When Apollos met Aquila and Priscilla, they "took him to themselves, and expounded to him the way of God more perfectly" — or, as it might read, "accurately." It is the same word again. What he had already learned was accurate, accurate as far as it went. But Aquila and Priscilla "unfolded to him the way of God more exactly."

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

He lacked neither learning nor courage. What he lacked was the fuller truth.

He was a man of learning, or eloquence, and able in the Scriptures. He was not merely a scholar and otherwise competent, but already instructed in the way of the Lord. Born of God, he was ahead of a God-fearing Jew in understanding, but short of the fuller truth which the gospel gives. He did not lack moral courage or zeal, and "he began to speak boldly in the synagogue."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What they added

Apollos preached honestly up to the limit of what he had been taught. The couple carried him past that limit — to a Christ who died and is now in glory.

Apollos knew only the teaching of John. But he was upright in heart, and he publicly confessed and preached what he knew. It was the faith of a soul born again. Aquila and Priscilla teach him fully about the facts of the gospel, and about the doctrine of a dead and glorified Christ.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Grace, not contempt

It is easy to look down on a believer who knows less than we do.

This raised a question of great practical importance. How should we deal with souls who are gifted like this, yet know little of the truth? Grace answers and settles it all by its own power. We should welcome and treasure the newest step beyond the dead level of received tradition. How sad to despise those today who are where we were yesterday!

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Apollos, for his part, could have refused help from two tentmakers.

Though he was both learned and eloquent, he was humble enough to let Aquila and Priscilla teach him. They invited him to their house. There, no doubt in a lowly spirit, they "explained to him the way of God more accurately." How simple! how natural! and how beautiful! All is of the Lord.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

A living room, not a lecture hall

Two people with no public platform gave a great preacher his start.

When Aquila and Priscilla heard him, they saw at once what he lacked. They gladly gave him hospitality, so that they could teach him more fully about what had happened through Christ. So God used these believers, who had no special public gift, to give a very gifted vessel a proper launch into his career of service... How much of the reward of his effective service will go to the credit of Aquila and Priscilla, who shall say?

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The setting itself is part of the lesson.

We may notice how far God's means were from the formal methods of a divinity school... But only faith can know the truth of God, and only faith can hold it with profit.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Priscilla's part

Commentators differ on Priscilla's part. One sees her as the better taught of the two, yet helping only alongside her husband.

I doubt it would have been God's will for a woman to do this alone. But she taught him along with her husband, as they could. I have no doubt that Priscilla knew more than her husband, so it was good that she gave her help.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer follows a text that names Aquila first here, and points to the private setting.

Note that when it comes to teaching, Aquila's name is put before his wife's... In this case the instruction given to Apollos was in the privacy of their own home, and Aquila took the lead here. Happy it is that Priscilla was his helpmate in this blessed work.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

The outcome

The man they taught went on to work with more public power than his teachers had.

His progress was plain to all. He put arrogant opponents to shame, and the faithful were built up through him. For Apollos could work with a force beyond those who had privately led him on.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Accurate, not wrong. What Apollos already taught was true as far as it went; grace supplied the rest instead of dismissing him.

- The missing piece. John's baptism had not carried him to the death and present glory of Christ. The couple supplied it.

- The private room. They used hospitality, not a platform or a school. They invited him home and explained the truth there.

- The humble hearer. Learned and eloquent, he still let two ordinary workers teach him — the reason the help worked.

- The wider reach. Two unknown believers launched a preacher who then helped many. Some of the credit for his work goes to them.

Acts 18:27 · Darby

And when he purposed to go into Achaia, the brethren wrote to the disciples engaging them to receive him, who, being come, contributed much to those who believed through grace.

Apollos had just learned more from Aquila and Priscilla at Ephesus. Now he wants to sail to Achaia, and this short verse shows what happens next: believers write for him, disciples welcome him, and he does a whole company of Christians great good.

Commended, Not Ordained

Nothing in the account gives Apollos an official appointment. He simply moves on with the backing of those who had heard him, and commentators point to this as the pattern of how a teacher was set going.

Take another instructive case in Acts 18:24-28. Apollos, though he knew only the baptism of John, diligently gave out what he knew, and learned the way of God more perfectly through a plain Christian man and his wife, Aquila and Priscilla. Instead of getting him ordained, the believers wrote commending him from Ephesus to Achaia as a great preacher and teacher, without any formal act whatsoever.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Letter That Opened The Door

The writing itself is not incidental. It is the first plain instance in Scripture of one company of believers vouching in writing for a traveller to another.

There is a reference to a letter of commendation in the Scriptures in Acts 18:27. We find that the believers in Ephesus wrote a letter of commendation to those in Achaia, commending their brother Apollos to them.

Modernised from W. R. DronsfieldOriginal wording

Writers draw a working practice out of it — a letter spares a congregation from having to weigh up a stranger at the door in a few rushed minutes.

Letters of commendation should be carried by those who move from one place to another (Rom. 16:1-2; 2 Cor. 3:1). They help strengthen practical fellowship between assemblies. They also give the "doorkeepers" confidence in the principles of reception, when they would otherwise face someone who seems to be a stranger. Fellowship can be enjoyed at once when the bearer of a letter of commendation has ready evidence that they are a true believer.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

What "Helped Much" Looked Like

His help worked in two directions at once. It also showed a strength his own teachers did not have.

He refuted the Jews with force in public, showing from the Scriptures that Jesus was the Christ. His progress was clear to all. Arrogant opposers were put to shame, and he built up the faithful. Apollos could work with a force beyond those who had led him on in private. This is the scriptural way to gain a good standing, and much boldness in the faith that is in Christ Jesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer sums up his method in a single line.

It is said of Apollos that he "helped them much which had believed through grace." How? He showed from the Scriptures the glory of Christ! (Acts 18:27-28).

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

(ESV: "he greatly helped those who through grace had believed.")

The Couple Behind The Preacher

Two people stand behind this fruitful visit. What Apollos gave in Achaia, he had first received at their table.

Apollos had a natural gift of eloquence — he was a master of words. By diligent study he had become "mighty in the Scriptures." Yet when he came to Ephesus he was not well informed about God's intervention in Christ... Aquila and Priscilla heard him and at once saw what he lacked. They did the delightful service of showing him hospitality, so that they could teach him more fully what had come about through Christ. So God used these saints, who had no public gift of their own, to launch a very gifted vessel properly on his career of service. From Ephesus he went to Corinth. There he convinced many Jews about Christ, and he also gave the believers great help. How much of the reward of his effective service will go to the credit of Aquila and Priscilla, who can say?

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A Servant Who Built On Another's Work

The people he helped were already believers, and another servant had reached them first. How Apollos treated that man's work says as much as his preaching.

But there was another circle of interest, and he did not neglect it in his zeal to refute his countrymen. There were believers in the Lord Jesus Christ. These he helped much (Acts 18:27). And Paul, writing afterwards to the Corinthians, reminded them of that eloquent and earnest man's ministry, saying, "I planted, Apollos watered" (1 Cor. 3:6)... Apollos was very eloquent, and no doubt a most attractive speaker. Even so, he had never tried, and still did not try, to gather people round himself. Nor did he try to lessen the love and respect the believers at Corinth had for Paul.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Grace first. The people he served had believed through grace. Grace was at work before he ever arrived.

- Gift next. A couple with no public gift taught him at home and launched a very gifted man into service.

- Letter after. Believers put their commendation in writing. No ordination appears anywhere in the account.

- Help then. He built up the faithful and answered arrogant opposers in public from the Scriptures.

- Christ last. His help had one content: he showed from the Scriptures the glory of Christ. He never gathered a following to himself.

Acts 18:28 · Darby

For he with great force convinced the Jews publicly, shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was the Christ.

This verse closes the account of Apollos with one line about his public work, and it all turns on one method: he argued from the Scriptures. It raises two questions — where did his power come from, and what was he proving?

The weapon he used

Apollos did not invent a new approach. He used the same tool the earlier preachers had used with people who already accepted God's written revelation.

The apostles and early workers in the Word dealt in this same way with people who had a written revelation from God and accepted it. Peter's sermons at Jerusalem, Stephen's defence, and Paul's ministry to his own people show it clearly. Apollos too (Acts 18:28) used the weapon of Old Testament Scripture. He powerfully convinced, or refuted, the Jews, showing in public by the Scriptures that the Christ was Jesus. Every one of them turned to the Scriptures, and used the sword of the Spirit with clear and blessed effect.

Modernised from C E StuartOriginal wording

The one point he proved

His argument had one target. The verse puts it as "the Christ was Jesus" — the Messiah is the Lord Jesus — and he proved it from the Old Testament Scriptures.

Here he was a very real help to the disciples. He also spoke with such power that he convinced the Jews of the truth that the Lord Jesus is the Messiah. He used the Old Testament Scriptures to this good end. Paul had planted the church at Corinth in this same chapter; now Apollos waters it (1 Cor. 3:6).

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What "mightily convinced" looked like

The older translation's "mightily convinced" (ESV: "powerfully refuted") describes an argument that left opponents with nothing to say. Two things happened at once — and the same public work that silenced the critics fed the believers.

Everyone could see his progress. Arrogant opponents were put to shame, and the faithful were built up through him. For Apollos could work with greater force than those who had taught him in private. This is the way Scripture shows for gaining a good standing, and great boldness in the faith that is in Christ Jesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where the power came from

This public strength grew out of private teaching. The two people who taught him held no office and no title.

A believer and his wife taught him more fully. They had no more authority to teach than he did. Soon he is found more active and honoured than ever: "he greatly helped those who through grace had believed; for he powerfully refuted the Jews in public" (Acts 18).

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Accuracy in handling the text

Because everything rested on the Scriptures, how they were quoted mattered. One writer draws a line back to John the Baptist, whose preaching was all Apollos originally knew, and asks what our own teaching might produce.

By the Scriptures. May that word go home to each of us. Suppose John the Baptist had been in that meeting at Ephesus, listening to Apollos. He might have asked where Apollos first met these things. Think of the joy of this servant. He was once puzzled and a little disappointed, and now he learns that Apollos began his service "knowing only the baptism of John." If an "Apollos" was the result of our service, would it not be worthwhile?

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

The verse as evidence for Scripture itself

The result also says something about the documents Apollos was quoting. If they were unreliable, the outcome makes no sense.

Can one refute so powerfully by means of a pack of myths and writings of impostors?

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Freedom in service

No apostle sent him out, and no official appointment lies behind his work.

At Corinth he becomes a powerful teacher of the gospel of the Lord among the Jews. In this way he strengthens the faith of the disciples. The energy of the Holy Spirit shows itself in him without any intervention of the apostle or of the twelve. He acts independently; that is, the Spirit acts independently in him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Taught — a believer and his wife, holding no office, taught him more fully; afterwards he was "more active and honoured than ever."

- Armed — he used "the weapon of Old Testament Scripture," the same sword the earlier preachers used.

- Aimed — at one target only: showing from those Scriptures that Jesus is the Christ.

- Effective — "arrogant opponents were put to shame, and the faithful were built up through him." One public work did both.

- Free — no apostle appointed him; "the Spirit acts independently in him." That is "the way Scripture shows for gaining a good standing."

Acts 19:1 · Darby

And it came to pass, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul, having passed through the upper districts, came to Ephesus, and finding certain disciples,

Paul reaches Ephesus while Apollos is away at Corinth. The first people he meets there are already called disciples — yet his opening question shows something is missing.

The road he travelled

The route named here is about land, not sea. Older translations call it "the upper coasts."

By the upper coasts, or country, we should understand an inland route rather than a coast route. The coast was seen as lying on a lower level than the inland country. In line with this, some good authorities read that he came down to Ephesus, for the city stood on the river Cayster, a few miles from its mouth... A centre of trade, the seat of government, and a stronghold of idol worship — all this made it a place of no small importance.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why he was heading there

The journey that ends at Ephesus began as a return trip to people he had already won.

He went over Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all the disciples (Acts 18:23)... This time he reversed his route, going through Galatia before Phrygia, shaping his course, it seems, for Ephesus, which he had promised to visit (18:21). He had preached in both these provinces on his earlier journey, and he wanted first to revisit those places of work and to strengthen all the disciples.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Who these disciples were

Apollos is named in the same verse for a reason. These disciples had been shaped by his teaching.

So these converts matched their teacher Apollos completely. It is quite true that Apollos was later taught the way of God more accurately; but clearly his teaching had shaped the souls of his converts at the start. It is often so even now. The gospel first used in the conversion of souls goes far to set the character of their Christian life. The nature of the start often decides the whole of the believer's course, and so it matters greatly to preach a full gospel.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Real faith, unfinished ground

Paul calls them disciples and never challenges that. What he challenges is where their baptism had left them.

The apostle does not question the reality of their faith... So they were not even on the ground of Christian profession. As the apostle concluded, John's was "the baptism of repentance, telling the people to believe in the one who was to come after him, that is, Jesus." Christian baptism assumes that He is dead and risen, that the work of redemption is finished, and that eternal life and forgiveness of sins are proclaimed in His name. They were believers. The Holy Spirit had worked in their souls, so that the word of God had entered. But they were entirely without even the privileges that faith in the gospel receives at once.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Paul saw

Something in these men prompted the question. One writer suggests it was a lack of rest, not a lack of faith.

They had faith, they looked to His person; but they had not grasped His work for the peace of their souls... It is likely that he saw something which showed his keen eye that these souls were not at rest, not in the liberty of grace. In spirit they were still under the law.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer states plainly what these men still lacked.

The people mentioned in these verses were believers, but they were not Christians. A Christian is a saint who has the Holy Spirit. True, every Christian is a saint, but he is something more; and that something is a very great deal more, for it is the Holy Spirit... They were disciples of John, and all John's disciples believed that Christ would baptize with the Holy Spirit. But they did not know that the promise had been fulfilled.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The same gap today

Commentators differ over how far this scene applies today. Some press Paul's question on the reader:

it shows that a man may be a believer, may be a child of God, may be converted, and yet may not have the Holy Spirit. They were disciples, and the apostle credits their belief, but still asks, "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?"

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Others say the case does not carry over, because the message preached now is different:

This case gives no ground for saying that there are true believers on Christ today who have not received the Spirit at all. Christ is preached now, and not the baptism of John — that is, wherever the gospel is truly preached.

Modernised from H J VineOriginal wording

Summary

- Road — "the inland country" means a land route, not the coast. Paul came down to Ephesus, a city of trade, government and idol worship.

- Promise — he came by way of Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening earlier converts, and keeping his word to return.

- Start — these men matched their teacher Apollos. The gospel a soul hears first shapes much of what follows.

- Diagnosis — Paul owns their faith but questions their footing. John's baptism looked forward; Christian baptism rests on a Saviour dead and risen.

- Fullness — believers can be real and still be unsettled, short of what the gospel gives. Commentators differ on whether that gap can still happen today.

Acts 19:2 · Darby

he said to them, Did ye receive [the] Holy Spirit when ye had believed? And they [said] to him, We did not even hear if [the] Holy Spirit was [come].

Paul arrives at Ephesus and meets about twelve people already called "disciples." He asks them whether they had received the Holy Spirit. Their reply opens two questions. What kind of believers were these? Does the Spirit come after faith?

Disciples, but in a middle position

One writer describes these men as caught between the old order and the new.

Another important fact opens Acts 19. Paul found at Ephesus a dozen disciples who were in a very ambiguous position. They were not exactly Jews, and they were certainly not Christians in the true sense: they were in a transition state between the two. Does this appear startling to you? It is likely to disturb those who are used to thinking, or at least saying, that everyone must be in one of the two states. They hold that a middle position between them is impossible. But that is not the fact. It is always good to face the word of God; and God has written nothing in vain.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Paul's question is not a challenge to their sincerity. The same writer separates the Spirit's work in giving new life from the Spirit given as a seal.

It is important to see what the inspired narrative makes clear here. These souls had been taught only in part. Paul found them at Ephesus after Apollos had gone to Corinth, and the narrative owns them as disciples. The apostle does not question the reality of their faith. He probably noticed a certain legalism in them, which raised the question not whether they were born of the Spirit, but whether they were sealed by Him.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What their answer meant

Their reply sounds like total ignorance of God's Spirit. It was not. As followers of John the Baptist they knew what the prophets had said. What they lacked was news, not theology.

In Acts 19:2, Paul asks whether they had received the Holy Spirit since they believed. They answer that they have not yet heard whether the Holy Spirit has come. They were John's disciples, so they did not doubt that the Holy Spirit exists. Every thoughtful Jew acknowledged the Holy Spirit spoken of by the prophets. But they had not heard whether the Holy Spirit had come in power, as John 7 speaks of it, and as John the Baptist had said: He would baptise with the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"Since you believed" or "when you believed"?

Here the writers differ, and the difference turns on a single word. Some read Paul's question as proof that receiving the Spirit can follow believing as a distinct step.

The apostle no doubt noticed a certain unease in these "disciples." That led him to ask whether they had received the Holy Spirit since they believed. So there is — certainly there was in the apostle's mind — such a thing as receiving the Spirit after believing.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Others hold that the older wording misleads, and that the verse says the opposite. (The ESV follows this reading: "when you believed.")

The disciples Paul found at Ephesus were disciples of John. The question the apostle asked them has often been made the foundation of wrong teaching about the Holy Spirit. It is claimed that the Holy Spirit must be received in a special way after conversion. The little word "since" in Paul's question must be changed to "when," because it is mistranslated: "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?"

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Why they had not received the Spirit

Behind the whole exchange lies a fixed order. The Spirit comes to live in people only on the ground of a finished work.

We must not suppose this is a question of miracles, or powers, or tongues, or anything of that kind. These very signs might follow too. The early Christians did work miracles, and they had the gift of tongues. But these were only the outward proof of the Holy Spirit. He had always worked whatever was for God's glory in man, yet He was never given in person to believers until after redemption... But can the Holy Spirit come and dwell in us? Only through redemption, when God has righteously put our sins and iniquities away from before His eye.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The missing message

What they lacked traces back to a message no one had brought them.

They were truly "disciples," and they had believed as much of the facts about Christ as they had heard. The Holy Spirit is given to those who believe "the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation" (Eph. 1:13). They had not believed it, because they had not heard it, and so they had not received the Spirit. Like Apollos, they had only heard the earliest beginnings of things, connected with John the Baptist...

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Heard — they were not denying that the Spirit exists. They did not know that the promised coming had happened.

- Half-way — real disciples can still stand between two states, short of what faith in the full gospel brings.

- Hindrance — the missing piece was a message never preached to them, not a defect in their sincerity.

- How — commentators differ. Does Paul's question allow a gap after believing, or does it ask about the moment of believing? The wording "since" or "when" decides it.

- Hereafter — God gives the Spirit in person only on the ground of finished redemption. Tongues and prophecy were the outward proof, not the substance.

Acts 19:3 · Darby

And he said, To what then were ye baptised? And they said, To the baptism of John.

At Ephesus, Paul first asked these disciples about the Holy Spirit. His second question goes further back: what had their baptism committed them to? Their answer — the baptism of John the Baptist — puts them at a stage God had already moved past, and it explains the rest of the chapter.

What the Question Asks

Paul does not ask how they were baptized, but to what.

Scripture gives no definite teaching about the way baptism is done. The great point is what those baptised were baptised to: compare Acts 19:3. The idea in the word is "washing," as with the priests of old (Ex. 29:4), rather than "sprinkling," as with the Levites.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Some translations read "into what," others "to what." One writer argues for "unto," and says what that shows about baptism itself.

The Greek preposition means "unto" (or "to") as often as "into." Which one it means depends on the context or on the nature of the case… So in Acts 19:3 it is "unto," as in the Authorised Version, not "into" as in the Revised. Baptism is the symbol of profession. Reality depends on faith; which might, or might not, be true of the baptised.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where John's Baptism Left Them

Their answer names a real work of God, but an unfinished one.

Twelve people had believed, but they had no teaching beyond John's: their baptism matched it. What they looked for was a Christ still to come, and a Holy Spirit whom He would give. John's baptism called for repentance, but it never went outside Judaism… It was a baptism to repentance for man on the earth, not to Christ's death and resurrection.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Two Baptisms, Not One

Are the two baptisms the same? Commentators say no, and they point to this chapter.

Scripture is plain that John's baptism is quite distinct from Christian baptism. Disciples who had been baptized with John's baptism had to be baptized to Christ when they received the full truth of the gospel (Acts 19)… Confessing a Messiah still to come is very different from confessing His death and resurrection, and this is the root of differences which carry weighty consequences.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The difference comes down to timing.

John also baptizes to death, in the baptism of repentance. Death is the wages of sin, and those he baptized confessed their sins as justly deserving death. But John could not yet baptize to Christ's death; for He had not died.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

Real Believers, Short of the Gospel

So what did they have, and what were they missing?

They were not therefore even on the ground of Christian profession, for, as the apostle concluded, John's was "a baptism of repentance"… Christian baptism supposes Him to be dead and risen, the work of redemption accomplished, with eternal life and forgiveness of sins proclaimed in His name. They were believers, and the Holy Spirit had worked in their souls so that the word of God had entered. Yet they fell wholly short of the privileges that faith in the gospel enjoys at once.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same gap shows up in sincere people today.

How many rest on a promise and have no notion that anything has been accomplished! They agree, of course, that the Saviour has come. But of salvation come, and of God's righteousness revealed, they know nothing… "Am I His, or am I not?" is the question that keeps troubling them.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What the Answer Led To

They did not stay where their baptism had left them.

You can see the state of their souls in this: they at once bowed to the new message, and "were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus."… Paul then laid his hands upon them, and "the Holy Spirit came on them; and they spoke with tongues, and prophesied."… So these disciples passed off Jewish ground and became Christians. They were no longer in the flesh, but in the Spirit, because the Spirit of God now lived in them.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

One writer warns against using this case to argue about believers today.

This case gives no ground for saying that there are true believers on Christ today who have not received the Spirit at all. Christ is what is preached now, not the baptism of John.

Modernised from H J VineOriginal wording

Summary

- The question: Paul asks not how they were baptized but to what. The object of baptism is the great point, and baptism is the symbol of profession.

- The answer: "John's baptism" placed them at repentance and a Christ still to come, not at His death and resurrection.

- The gap: they were real believers, yet not even on Christian ground. John could not baptize to a death that had not yet happened.

- The gospel: Christian baptism supposes Christ dead and risen. They bowed to that at once and were baptized in His name.

- The gift: the Spirit came on them, and they passed off Jewish ground onto Christian ground. Christ, not John, is what is preached now.

Acts 19:4 · Darby

And Paul said, John indeed baptised [with] the baptism of repentance, saying to the people that they should believe on him that was coming after him, that is, on Jesus.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 19:5 · Darby

And when they heard that, they were baptised to the name of the Lord Jesus.

At Ephesus, Paul told a group of men that John the Baptist had pointed them forward to Jesus. They responded at once. The verse raises two questions. Why did men who were already baptized need baptizing again? And what does baptism "in the name of the Lord Jesus" commit a person to?

Where these men stood

These men had believed, but their baptism showed how far short they stood. One writer draws the line:

This raised a further question: "Into what then were you baptized?" The answer was, "Into John's baptism." So they were not even standing on the ground of Christian profession. As the apostle concluded, John's was "a baptism of repentance, telling the people to believe in the one who was to come after him, that is, Jesus." Christian baptism assumes that He is dead and risen, that the work of redemption is finished, and that eternal life and forgiveness of sins are proclaimed in His name. They were believers, and the Holy Spirit had worked in their souls so that the word of God had entered; but they fell wholly short even of the privileges that faith in the gospel enjoys at once.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators describe them differently. Kelly counts them as believers who lacked Christian privilege. Another writer says they did not yet know the Lord Jesus.

Why they were baptized a second time

The second baptism proves the two were not the same thing:

It pointed to the end of the old order and to a new position. It was not the familiar routine that traditionalists would make of it. Scripture is just as plain that it is quite distinct from Christian baptism. Disciples who had been baptized with John's baptism had to be baptized to Christ when they received the full truth of the gospel (Acts 19)... Confessing a coming Messiah is very different from confessing His death and resurrection.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

John's baptism looked for a Messiah to be welcomed, not killed:

John's baptism was so far from being a symbol of Christ's death that, as far as people received it, Christ would not be put to death at all, but received by faith. So (Acts 19) those who had received it had to be baptized over again.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Under His authority

One writer reads the phrase as baptism "unto the name." He explains it by comparing how Israel was baptized to Moses:

There can be little question that to be baptized unto Moses means bringing the people into association with Moses, under his authority. In the same way, baptism unto the name of the Lord Jesus brought people onto the ground where His authority was supreme. It brought them into the company of those who owned that authority... Its meaning is the absolute authority of Christ as Lord, and the responsibility of those who are baptized to confess it.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

That authority reaches everything. It is why Jews, who already carried God's name through circumcision, still had to own Jesus as Lord:

The whole administration of the ways of God is in His hands. All ministry and power is there; God has made all authority and rule subject to Him. So Jews, who were already connected with the name of Jehovah by circumcision, had to own Him whom God had made Lord and Christ. "In the name of Jesus Christ," or "the Lord Jesus," connects baptism, I think, with the power and authority of that name. "Unto the name" would mean confessing His name as Lord, and this must be confessed and owned to the glory of God the Father.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

The hearing that produced it

The verse opens with hearing. Paul's word came first, and the men answered it:

Not knowing the Lord Jesus, they were ignorant of the Pentecostal gift of the Holy Spirit. The men believed the word of Paul, and showed the sincerity of their confession in that they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Whether this repeats today

Some read this passage as a pattern for believers now. Commentators resist that. What was missing here was John's message, not something missing in the gospel:

There is no ground in this case for saying that there are true believers on Christ today who have not received the Spirit at all; for it is Christ who is preached now, and not the baptism of John; that is, where the gospel is really preached.

Modernised from H J VineOriginal wording

Summary

- Heard — Paul preached Jesus as the One John pointed to. The men believed his word, and their baptism proved the hearing was real.

- Short — confessing a coming Messiah left them outside Christian ground. Christian baptism confesses a Christ already dead and risen, with forgiveness proclaimed in His name.

- Repeated — their second baptism settles it. John's baptism and Christian baptism are two different things, not one practice under two names.

- Unto — baptism unto the name puts a person under the supreme authority of Christ as Lord. That confession carries real responsibility.

- Today — the gap here was John's message, not the gospel. Where Christ is preached, no believer is left without the Spirit.

Acts 19:6 · Darby

And Paul having laid [his] hands on them, the Holy Spirit came upon them, and they spoke with tongues and prophesied.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 19:7 · Darby

And all the men were about twelve.

A dozen men at Ephesus had gone as far as John the Baptist's preaching could take them. Luke gives their number only after the Spirit has come on them. Who were they, why does the number matter, and why does their case not set the pattern for believers since?

Men who knew the promise but not the fulfilment

Their problem was not stubbornness or heresy. No one had told them more than John had said.

It was pure ignorance that held back their advance in truth — not stubbornness, and not the absurd and wicked error some have charged them with... In Scripture, John's baptism went with his call to repent, as we have just seen. It also went with the call to believe on the coming Messiah, that is, Jesus. It was in no way the blasphemy of accepting John as Messiah. They knew of promise, not of accomplishment: but that was to stop short of the gospel. They are now given to receive the full truth and blessing. Paul preached to them Jesus. What is there for souls which is not through Him and in Him?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the Spirit waited for their confession

The Spirit came at a definite point: when what they believed about Christ changed.

The Holy Spirit, however, would not come upon them while they believed only in a Christ who was still to come. Then they were baptised in the name of the Lord Jesus. They believed that He had come, that He was delivered for their offences and raised again for their justification, and that He was now glorified at the right hand of God. So He fell upon them, just as He had at the beginning upon those of their own people who believed in the same way.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Their ignorance pointed to something larger than their own experience.

John had announced that the baptism of the Holy Spirit would be the result of Christ's intervention. Yet these twelve men did not know whether there was yet any Holy Spirit. That was plain proof that they had not come into the house of God in which He dwelt.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Why a number is given at all

Only the men are counted here, and that detail carries weight.

There were about twelve men here. The number of women is not mentioned, because the stress falls on the public side of things. This reminds us that whenever we read of the public giving of the Spirit, it was always to many people, never to an individual. Also, there was always an apostle present. The work had to go on in unity with the other assemblies: no assembly was to act on its own.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The fourth occasion

Ephesus was far outside Israel, and that raised a question.

Here now are Jews outside their own land. The Old Testament had never indicated that Jews would be blessed anywhere but in the land of promise. Could these then be publicly received as Christians by the gift of the Spirit? God gives the answer plainly when Paul baptizes them and lays his hands on them as an indication of fellowship. This is the fourth occasion of a public bestowing of the Spirit of God with such signs as speaking with tongues. Each of these occasions involves a different class of people: first Jews at Jerusalem (ch. 2), then Samaritans (ch. 8), then Gentiles (ch. 10), and in this case Jews outside their own land.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Not the pattern for today

Some use this scene to argue that a believer today may be saved and still be without the Spirit.

There is no ground in this case for saying that there are true believers on Christ today who have not received the Spirit at all. The preaching now is Christ, not the baptism of John — that is, wherever the gospel is truly preached.

Modernised from H J VineOriginal wording

Twelve men, then a whole province

This small group became Paul's starting point in the city.

At Ephesus the apostle brings the little nucleus of disciples into full Christian truth and privilege (Acts 19). He carried on the work for more than two years, first in the synagogue, then in the school of Tyrannus. So not the capital only but the province also heard: everyone living in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks. And that word, with special powers worked by God through the hands of Paul, grew mightily and prevailed.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Ignorance, not rebellion. They had stopped at John's preaching: promise without fulfilment. That falls short of the gospel.

- Christ preached. Paul preached Jesus to them. They believed He had come, died, risen, and was now glorified.

- Then the Spirit. He would not come while they waited for a Christ still to come. He came when they confessed the Christ already given.

- Publicly, together. The Spirit came here on a group, with an apostle present. It was never a private, independent experience.

- Twelve becomes Asia. From this little nucleus the word grew and prevailed until the whole province had heard.

Acts 19:8 · Darby

And entering into the synagogue, he spoke boldly during three months, reasoning and persuading [the things] concerning the kingdom of God.

Paul's work in Ephesus starts in the synagogue, and he stays there three months. Two questions sit behind the verse. Why did he begin with the Jews? And what did he press on them when he spoke of God's kingdom?

The synagogue first

Paul took his message to his own people before anyone else. One writer reads the three months as a matter of order and priority.

For three months he patiently preaches Christ in the synagogue and reasons with the Jews, sure of God's strength and of the truth. He gives first place, as the field of testimony, to the people who had been God's instrument: "To the Jews first." It is no longer said, "Salvation is of the Jews," but it is still preached to them first.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Why the kingdom of God suited this audience

The subject he chose fitted the people in front of him. They already had the law and the prophets.

For three months he spoke boldly in the narrow setting of the synagogue. He argued and urged on them "the kingdom of God" (v. 8). Of all subjects it was the one best suited to searching Jews, who knew the law and the prophets. The godly, as we hear of Joseph of Arimathea, were looking for the kingdom of God (Luke 23:50-51). This involved his opening to them the sufferings of Christ and the glories after these. He never thought of belittling that kingdom, still less of denying it, because Christians now have higher possessions and richer grace in the great mystery about Christ and about the assembly (Eph. 5:32).

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "the kingdom of God" means

The phrase is about rule. One writer defines it by God's authority over His subjects, and links it with the gospel of grace.

The kingdom of God is the realm where the authority of God rules. This kingdom had to be set up even before the gospel of the grace of God was announced, which came after the death and resurrection of the Lord. Paul preached both (Acts 20:24-25). There are not two gospels. The kingdom speaks of the authority of God set over His subjects. The grace of God is vital too, for authority and grace complete one another.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

That authority is not only future. Another writer shows what Paul's kingdom preaching meant for believers here and now.

Everywhere he preached the kingdom among the disciples. This clearly touches the present. No doubt he spoke of the kingdom God will set up in public view, when he spoke of things to come. But he also kept it before them that in receiving Christ as Lord they had already come under the authority of God. And he showed them what it meant, in daily life, to be subject to God's holy will.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Reasoning and persuading

Paul reasoned and persuaded as a teacher who could hold his ground in open discussion. His ministry in the word came first.

He was a teacher, and no ordinary one. He could take on both Jews and Greeks in discussion (Acts 19:8-10), and no one had yet beaten him in fair argument… In his ministry of the Word, Paul, as usual, brought the truth to his own people first, in the synagogue. There he spoke boldly for three months, reasoning and persuading them about the kingdom of God. The earlier work of Apollos must have given the Jews there some preparation, though the Apostle surely widened the teaching. He reasoned and persuaded with a fullness that Apollos likely did not have.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Where the three months led

The bold speaking ran on until the hearers divided. Then Paul moved out.

At the end of that time he saw that his work there was finished. The remnant chosen by grace now stood out, and the rest were hardened. So he made the break complete. He left the synagogue and took the disciples with him, to continue his service in the school of Tyrannus — just as at Corinth he had left the synagogue for the house of Justus. This made it quite plain that God was not establishing a fresh group of enlightened believers among the Jews. He was establishing a new thing altogether, taking in both Jews and Gentiles.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- First — Paul gave the synagogue the first hearing. He gave first place to the people who had been God's instrument.

- Subject — his theme was the kingdom of God, the realm where God's authority rules. He preached it alongside grace, for the two belong together.

- Method — he reasoned and persuaded as a teacher who could meet both Jews and Greeks in argument.

- Patience — three months of bold speaking in a narrow setting. He opened the sufferings of Christ and the glories to follow, and never belittled the kingdom his hearers hoped for.

- Parting — when some believed and the rest hardened, his work there was done. The break made plain that God was forming something new out of Jews and Gentiles alike.

Acts 19:9 · Darby

But when some were hardened and disbelieved, speaking evil of the way before the multitude, he left them and separated the disciples, reasoning daily in the school of Tyrannus.

Paul preached boldly in the Ephesian synagogue for three months. Then some of his hearers hardened against him. He did not stay to argue. He took the disciples with him and taught daily in a lecture hall.

"The Way" — the name they slandered

The thing they slandered had a name. Outsiders gave it; Christians did not choose it.

The reader will find the unusual expression "the way" in Acts 9:2; 19:9, 23. We have translated it word for word from the Greek. We have no doubt it was a nickname given to Christianity, just as the world has always invented one for true godliness.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Yet the nickname fitted. What people saw was not just belief but a whole manner of living.

At that time, being a Christian meant more than believing on the Lord Jesus and enjoying peace with God — blessed though these things are. It was a way of life, and not in some parts of life only but in every part. The walk of the believers, alone and together, was so distinctive that people could see it as a particular "way."

Modernised from Mark GrassoOriginal wording

Hardened hearts and the move out

Preaching had done its work in two directions at once. Staying longer would have gained nothing.

The truth preached in the synagogue had now brought out plainly those who received the love of it so that they might be saved. It brought out no less plainly those whose hard rejection of it led them to speak evil of the Way in front of the crowd. Staying longer could have served no good purpose. It would have led to bitter quarrelling and abuse from the opponents. To withdraw from them at this point was clearly of God. The synagogue was no longer a fitting place. A room large enough was owed, not only to the disciples, but to the testimony. So the apostle carried on his daily teaching in the school of a man who, as far as we can judge, taught rhetoric or philosophy.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The withdrawal — a turning point, not a retreat

Until now, Jewish believers had kept their place in the synagogue. Paul ended that, and only after long patience.

This led the apostle to the decisive step of leaving them and separating the disciples. A new era began. Until now the converts from among the Jews seem to have kept their place in the synagogue. But now the time had come when believers in Christ must stand apart from His enemies, and must be gathered together as the assembly. God had borne with His ancient people with much patience. Paul loved his own countrymen deeply, and he had gone in and out among them. He kept hoping against hope that their hearts would open to receive his message.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Paul left when the work in the synagogue was finished. The break also settled a question of identity.

For three months he reasoned with the Jews in the synagogue, persuading them of the gospel. At the end of that time he saw that his work there was finished. The remnant according to the election of grace was now clear, and the rest were hardened. So he made the break complete. He left the synagogue and took the disciples with him, to continue his service in the school of Tyrannus. At Corinth he had done the same, leaving the synagogue for the house of Justus. This made one thing quite plain. What God was establishing was not a fresh group of enlightened believers among the Jews. It was something entirely new, taking in both Jews and Gentiles.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The school of Tyrannus — an ordinary room

The new meeting place had no religious status. The text tells us almost nothing about its owner.

The name is Greek, and nothing is said about Tyrannus being a disciple, so the Christians may have rented the "school," just as halls are rented today.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

That was no loss.

So the place of testimony was of no importance: all the value, virtue, truth, grace, and glory we boast in is in the One preached.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The outcome — a wider hearing

The hostility that pushed Paul out made his audience larger.

The opposition in the synagogue really helped the work forward. Gentiles would no doubt come to the school more readily than to the synagogue. And Jews, if they wanted to learn, could just as easily listen to one of their own nation teaching there. This went on for about two years, so that, as the historian tells us, "all the residents of Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks" (Acts 19:10).

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Rejection. Three months of bold preaching sorted the hearers. Some received the love of the truth. Some hardened and slandered "the Way" in public.

- Withdrawal. Paul left only after long patience. Staying would have bred bitter quarrelling. The move was of God.

- Separation. Paul drew the disciples out of their old ties. A new era began: believers now stood apart from those opposing Christ.

- Something new. God was not improving a group inside the synagogue. He was forming something new, holding Jews and Gentiles together.

- Reach. Two years of daily teaching in a rented hall carried the word to all Asia. The opposition widened the hearing it meant to stop.

Acts 19:10 · Darby

And this took place for two years, so that all that inhabited Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 19:11 · Darby

And God wrought no ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul,

In Ephesus, magic, demon-possession and the worship of Diana were at home. Here God chose to display His power through Paul as He did nowhere else. The verse raises two questions at once: why such unusual works, and what they were meant to prove.

God the Worker, Paul the Instrument

The verse is careful about who did the miracles. One writer notes the phrase "by the hands of" and compares it with the same wording used earlier of Peter and the others:

"God was doing extraordinary miracles ('no ordinary miracles') by the hands of Paul." Compare this with the account of the Spirit's extraordinary energy flowing out through Peter and the other apostles in Acts 5. Note that there, as in Ephesus, the same phrase appears — "by the hands of the apostles." Whoever the servant, he was only the instrument or channel of the divine power.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Why Such Power in This City

The strength of the display matched the strength of the opposition. Ephesus was not neutral ground:

What characterizes the whole account of Ephesus as we have it here is the uniqueness of power shown. It is at the very seat of the enemy's power. You see this in the notorious idolatry there — the worship of Artemis or Diana, in her image that fell down from heaven — and in the demon-possessions, sorcery and magic that filled the place. For this very reason God had to put His power forth in a decisive way.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Cloths From a Working Man's Body

The next verse names what was used. One commentator sees meaning in the objects themselves — the cloths of hard work:

The power of God is now shown in an extraordinary way in connection with Paul, the minister of this new and heavenly grace. Napkins (or sweat-cloths) and aprons from his skin — both signs of a toil that sin has made necessary — not only healed disease but drove demons out of those who had them. So has love's labour worked through Him who came under the penalty of sin to heal spiritual disease and destroy the power of Satan.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Reaching Those Who Could Not Reach Him

Healing at a distance was the striking feature here:

This did not happen only when the apostle was present or when he spoke. What had touched him still worked for the sick who could not come to him. The faith that carried handkerchiefs or aprons from him to them had its reward: the diseases left them, and evil spirits (a distinct class) went out.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What the Miracles Were Testifying To

These works were not an end in themselves. They pointed to a victory already won and a kingdom still to come:

These works attested the kind power of God in man and for man. Later that power will triumph in the kingdom, where all things will be put into the hands of the glorified Son of Man... They were testimonies to His defeat of the devil in man's favour, powers of the world to come — though of course only samples of what will then be universal. Neither the church nor any individual saint has had ground to boast about this through the long centuries since.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer links this display to a promise the Lord made about greater works:

He certainly was a vessel to carry the knowledge of grace, and just as surely a vessel that displayed divine power... Ephesus had never seen such miracles before, and nowhere else were greater ones done. The Lord's words, "Greater works than these will he do, because I am going to the Father" (John 14:12), had abundant fulfilment through Paul as well as Peter.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Not a Method to Copy

This was exceptional, not a pattern to copy. One writer notes that the episode stands alone:

This is so unusual that it is the only case of its kind recorded in Scripture. Many people were healed before this by simply touching the edge of the Lord Jesus' garment. Certain would-be healers have tried to imitate this, but this is not faith.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another observes the direction such gifts faced, and the plain fact that Paul did not always heal:

Gifts of healing showed that the gospel of God was not words only, wonderful as they were, but active love to men. Handkerchiefs from Paul's body healed the sick in Ephesus, as a witness alongside the word that all Asia heard. Yet Paul left Trophimus, himself an Ephesian, sick at Miletus — and that was while he was begging Timothy to come to him... such gifts pointed outward, to the world.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- Source — God did the work; Paul's hands were only the channel, as with Peter in Acts 5.

- Setting — Ephesus was the seat of idolatry, magic and demons. So God acted decisively.

- Sign — work cloths and aprons carried healing to the sick who could not reach Paul.

- Substance — the miracles were samples of the world to come. They witnessed to Christ's defeat of Satan for man.

- Scope — such works faced outward to the world. They stand alone in Scripture, and even Paul left Trophimus sick.

Acts 19:12 · Darby

so that even napkins or aprons were brought from his body [and put] upon the sick, and the diseases left them, and the wicked spirits went out.

In Ephesus God worked through cloths carried from Paul's body to the sick. The verse raises two questions: why such an odd method, and what these healings proved.

Miracles out of the ordinary

Verse 11 calls these "extraordinary miracles." One writer shows how rare they were even in the Bible, and warns against copying them.

At this time in Ephesus God backed His Word by working special miracles through Paul. People brought napkins and aprons that had touched him to the sick, and that contact alone healed them. Some also had evil spirits driven out. This is so unusual that it is the only case of this kind recorded in Scripture. Many were healed before this by only touching the hem of the garment of the Lord Jesus (Matthew 14:36). Certain would-be healers have attempted to imitate this, but this is not faith.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The hands were Paul's, the power was God's

One writer compares this moment with an earlier one in Acts, where the same wording appears.

"God was doing extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul." It is worth comparing this with the account of the extraordinary energy of the Spirit flowing out through Peter and the other apostles in Acts 5 (verses 12, 16). There, as in Ephesus, we find the same phrase — "by the hands of the apostles" — showing that, whoever the servant, he was only the instrument or channel of the divine power.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Cloths of a working man

The two items named are not religious objects. They are the cloths of a man at work, and one writer finds meaning in that.

God now shows His power in an extraordinary way through Paul, the minister of this new and heavenly grace. Napkins (or sweat-cloths) and aprons from his skin not only healed disease but drove demons out of the people who had them. Both cloths are signs of the toil that sin has made necessary. So has love's labour worked through Him who came under the penalty of sin to heal spiritual disease and destroy the power of Satan.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Credentials no one could argue with

These healings settled a question about Paul himself. In a city that had never seen the like, God put His signature on His servant's work.

God attested the apostle in a special and generous way. All who were willing to see could see that God owned Paul as a servant of the God of heaven. He certainly was a vessel to carry the knowledge of grace; he was just as surely a vessel that displayed divine power... Ephesus had never seen such miracles, and nowhere else had they been greater. The Lord's words, "Greater works than these will he do, because I am going to the Father" (John 14:12), had abundant fulfilment through Paul as well as Peter.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

A sample of the coming kingdom

The healings pointed forward. Both sickness and evil spirits gave way. That tells us who has already won.

In this way God attested His kind, beneficial power in man and for man. In time to come it will triumph in the kingdom, where God will put all things into the hands of the glorified Son of Man... Meanwhile the Spirit is here on earth to bear witness of Him and of the victory He achieved in righteousness over Satan. This is the principle behind those early displays of divine energy in man. They were testimonies to His defeat of the devil in man's favour. They were powers of the world to come — only samples, of course, of what will then be everywhere.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Signs aimed outward, not at the church's comfort

The same apostle whose handkerchiefs cured strangers later left a sick friend behind. That tells us who these gifts were for.

God did not forget bodies: gifts of healing showed that the gospel of God was not words only, blessed as they were, but active love to men. So handkerchiefs from Paul's body healed the sick Ephesians (Acts 19:12), a witness alongside the word which all Asia heard. Yet Paul left Trophimus, himself an Ephesian, sick at Miletus (2 Timothy 4:20) — and that while he was begging Timothy to come to him. Some in the Church were healed, as Dorcas was; but the aspect of such gifts was toward the world.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Another writer presses the point further: the power was never Paul's to spend as he pleased.

The servant never chose when to use this gift or gifts like it. God showed them only at the fitting time, and they could only work effectively by His immediate will. Power is His, and always in His hands.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Summary

- Source. The power came from God. The hands were Paul's, but he was only the channel.

- Sign. The cloths were a working man's sweat-rag and apron — signs of toil, turned into tools of healing.

- Seal. These uncommon miracles stamped Paul as God's true servant in a city that had never seen the like.

- Scope. These gifts faced the world. They backed the word all Asia heard. They were not a private benefit for believers — Paul left Trophimus sick.

- Sample. They were foretastes of the coming kingdom and proof that Satan is beaten. God alone decides when such power works, so copying the method is not faith.

Acts 19:13 · Darby

And certain of the Jewish exorcists also, who went about, took in hand to call upon those who had wicked spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, I adjure you by Jesus, whom Paul preaches.

God had worked unusual miracles through Paul at Ephesus. Men who made a living from evil spirits noticed the power in the name he used. This verse shows a group trying to borrow that name second-hand — and it raises the question of who may use it at all.

Who these men were

Casting out demons was already a trade in that city. One writer describes how it was done, and what made Paul different.

These displays of miraculous power brought the question of exorcisms to the front. The marked effect of Paul's miracles led to attempts to rival and equal them in casting out demons. Among the heathen there were those who claimed to drive out demons; among the Jews there were some who really did it... At Ephesus, it seems, there were such people. Luke calls them wandering Jews. Among them were sons of a Jew named Sceva, who did this work. No doubt they used old, well-known formulas thought suitable for the purpose. But now people saw something else. Paul used none of the prescribed charms. He drove out demons simply in the name of the Lord Jesus. This was something quite new at Ephesus.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Older translations call these men "vagabond" Jews, where the ESV says "itinerant." A reference work explains the older word.

A term not used as an insult in Scripture, but meaning a "wanderer"... In Acts 19:13 the Revised Version has "strolling."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Imitation as the enemy's tactic

When God works, opposition often comes as copying rather than open attack. One writer links this moment to Egypt.

When God works, the enemy is watchful. He tries to spoil what God is doing. Yet his interference often ends in his own confusion. The magicians of Egypt tried to copy the divine power Moses displayed. They failed to create life, and that exposed them. Here the Jewish exorcists "undertook to invoke the name of the Lord Jesus over those who had evil spirits." They had no living link with Jesus, and could only speak of Him as "Jesus whom Paul preaches."

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

What their words gave away

Their own formula betrays them. They anchor the name not to their own faith but to another man's preaching — and one commentator points out what is missing from the title they use.

The seven sons of Sceva thought that they too might cast out demons by using the name of the Lord Jesus. But they did not know Him. He was not really Lord to them, and so they could only speak of Him as "Jesus whom Paul preaches," leaving out His title as Lord.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The same writer who described the local exorcism trade draws out what would have been needed for the name to work in their mouths.

Anyone who would use it with effect, however, needed two things. These men had neither. The one was genuine saving faith in Christ; the other a true confession of His Lordship. No one can use that name in conflict with demons unless he is a real believer and confessor of the Lord Jesus Christ. Now the language of these men betrayed where they were and what they were... And the very way they spoke of Him, simply as Jesus, with no title of honour, showed plainly that they did not own Him as Lord.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The name is not a formula

Why did they think this would work? One writer explains their reasoning.

These exorcists were used to charms and spells that anyone who knew them could use with effect. So they supposed that Paul was introducing a new charm, and that others could use it too. For the name of the Lord Jesus, when Paul used it, had a power that plainly no demon had resisted.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The Lord's answer showed that the name is no charm.

Here the Lord showed His displeasure at those who did not own Him, yet tried to use the apostle's action in His name as a charm — a formula they assumed divine power must follow... They called the name of the Lord over people, and it was all in vain. Their daring to command "by Jesus whom Paul preaches" only brought out three things more clearly: the Lord's defence of His servant, their own powerlessness, and the reality of the enemy's power.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The warning that reaches us

This failure is not just an old story. One writer turns it on preachers today.

There were seven of them, and they used the name of Jesus as the apostle had done. Even so, the demons exposed their deceit, and they had to flee in confusion (Acts 19:13-16). Could preachers today fall into the same error as these "vagabond Jews"? They may think that simply retelling the facts of the gospel, eloquently or not, is enough to save the soul. The failure of such men will be a striking parallel to that of the exorcists.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Borrowed. These wandering exorcists had no living link with Jesus. They knew His name only second-hand, as the name Paul preached.

- Imitated. As the magicians of Egypt copied Moses, the enemy answers a work of God by copying it — and ends in his own confusion.

- Untitled. They spoke of Him simply as Jesus, with no title of honour. That showed they did not own Him as Lord.

- Required. Two things were missing — genuine saving faith in Christ, and a true confession of His Lordship. Without both, no one can use that name against demons.

- Vindicated. Treating the name as a charm left them powerless and brought out the Lord's defence of His true servant. Preachers who only retell the facts risk the same exposure.

Acts 19:14 · Darby

And there were certain [men], seven sons of Sceva, Jewish high priest, who were doing this.

Ephesus was famous for magic. Paul cast out demons there in the name of the Lord Jesus, and others wanted his secret. Verse 14 names the men who tried to borrow it. They were seven sons of Sceva, a Jewish high priest — men with rank in religion and no personal link to the One whose name they used.

Who the exorcists were

The trade these men practised already existed. What was new in Ephesus was a name that worked without any formula attached to it.

At Ephesus, it seems, there were such people — wandering Jews, as Luke describes them. Among them were sons of one Sceva, a Jew, who did this. No doubt they used some old and recognised formulas thought suitable for that purpose. But now people saw Paul cast out demons in the name of the Lord Jesus alone, without any of the prescribed charms. This was something quite new at Ephesus. Everyone had to admit that the name worked. These exorcists were used to charms that anyone who knew them could use with effect. So they supposed that Paul was bringing in a new charm, one that others could turn to as well.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Rank without power

Being sons of a chief priest gave these men a platform. It gave them no power, and it made their collapse public.

Here the Lord showed His displeasure at these men. They did not own Him, yet they tried to use the apostle's action in His name as a charm — as if divine power had to follow it. Seven took part in a general way, two (it seems) directly, and the blow fell on those two. Their position too, as sons of a Jewish chief priest, drew all the more attention to so solemn a defeat.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two things they lacked

Their own words gave them away. They spoke of Jesus as somebody else's subject matter, and they never gave Him His title.

But anyone who used that name with effect needed two things. These men had neither. One was genuine saving faith in Christ; the other, a true confession of His Lordship... "Jesus whom Paul proclaims." True, Paul did preach the Lord Jesus, for he believed on Him. But there is not a word here of any acknowledgment on their part that they also believed on the Lord Jesus Christ. And the way they spoke of Him showed that they did not own Him as Lord. They said only "Jesus," with no title of honour.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

A name no one can borrow

The Lord Himself set the limit on who may use His name in conflict with evil powers.

A Jew at Ephesus, a chief of the priests, whose seven sons sought by the name of Jesus to cast out a demon. The demon admitted that he knew Jesus and Paul, but demanded, "Who are you?" He then attacked them through the man he held, and they fled away naked and wounded. Here Satan showed his power as the "strong man." The One stronger than he would not let these men use His power.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The same danger has a modern form. A man can repeat true things about Christ and still stand where these seven stood.

Could preachers today fall into the same error as these wandering Jews? They may think that a mere retelling of the facts of the gospel, polished or not, is enough to save the soul. The failure of such will be a striking parallel to that of the exorcists.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The outcome God drew from it

The story does not end with their defeat.

The intrusion of the sons of Sceva brought about their own defeat. But the Lord turned it to His own glory, for the matter "became known to all the residents of Ephesus, both Jews and Greeks. And fear fell upon them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was extolled." Many who believed unburdened their hearts by confessing their deeds and the name of the Lord. This stronghold of Satan must have been shaken to its foundations when "a number of those who had practiced magic arts brought their books together and burned them in the sight of all." Such was the triumph of the gospel: "So the word of the Lord continued to increase and prevail mightily."

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Credentials. Seven sons of a Jewish high priest had religion, rank and a trade in exorcism — and none of it gave them authority over an evil spirit.

- Copy. Their move was imitation. They took the name of Jesus for a new charm, one that anyone who knew it could use.

- Confession. They lacked real faith in Christ and never owned Him as Lord. "Jesus whom Paul proclaims" was a borrowed phrase, not their own confession.

- Collapse. The stronger One would not let men who did not know Him use His power. The two who faced the demon fled the house naked and wounded.

- Consequence. God turned their defeat into glory for Christ. Fear fell on the city, the name of the Lord Jesus was extolled, magic books went into the fire, and the word of the Lord kept spreading.

Acts 19:15 · Darby

But the wicked spirit answering said to them, Jesus I know, and Paul I am acquainted with; but *ye*, who are ye?

Paul's preaching at Ephesus carried real power over evil spirits, and others wanted the same results without the same faith. Jewish exorcists there borrowed the name of Jesus as a formula. The spirit answered them with a question that exposed everything they lacked.

Imitation as the Enemy's Tactic

The enemy's opposition here took the form of copying, as it did in Egypt:

When God works, the enemy is watchful, and tries to spoil what God is doing, yet his interference often ends in his own confusion. The magicians of Egypt tried to imitate the divine power displayed by Moses, only to be exposed when they failed to create life. Here, the Jewish exorcists tried to use the name of the Lord Jesus over people who had evil spirits. They had no living link with Jesus, and could only speak of Him as "Jesus whom Paul preaches."

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Two Different Words for Knowing

The spirit's reply is not one claim repeated. In the original there are two separate verbs, and the choice is deliberate:

The demon spoke, refusing to do what they demanded. His words must have struck all who heard them: "Jesus I know, and Paul I know (or, am acquainted with), but you, who are you?" The demon knew Jesus, he said. By his language he meant to distinguish between the Lord and His servant Paul. The second verb translated "I know" in the older English version is different from the first in the original. So that name was not a charm which just anyone could use.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The Name Is Not a Charm

Two things were missing, and their own words showed it:

Two conditions were needed for anyone to use it with effect. Both were lacking in these men. One was genuine saving faith in Christ; the other, a true confession of His Lordship. No one can use that name against demons unless he really believes in the Lord Jesus Christ and confesses Him... "I adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preaches," was their word to the evil spirits. "Whom Paul preaches." True, Paul did preach the Lord Jesus, for he believed on Him. But there is not a word here that they also believed on the Lord Jesus Christ. And the very way they spoke of Him, simply as Jesus, without giving Him a title of honour, clearly showed that they did not own Him as Lord.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Recognition did not run both ways:

The demon at once showed that he did not know them, and he was not deceived by their second-hand use of the name of Jesus.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Christ Will Not Lend His Power

The failure was not a technical mistake. The Lord Himself refused to let His name serve as a charm for anyone who wanted power:

Here the Lord showed how He resented those who tried to use the apostle's action in His name as a charm, without owning Him. They acted as if divine power had to attach itself to that name... Their daring to command the spirits "by Jesus whom Paul preaches" only showed three things more plainly: He stood by His servant, they themselves were helpless, and the enemy's power was real. For the wicked spirit declared at once that he was acquainted with Paul and knew his Master. He spoke with withering contempt for the hollow profanity of those who abused His name. He also gave the most practical proof of it. The evil power could trample them down and shame them, instead of handing a victory to such unholy lips.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Knowing Christ Without Believing in Him

The demon's knowledge was accurate and useless. Writers note the same of evil spirits generally:

A real faith is in view here — certainty of knowledge and conviction — the kind the devils have about the oneness of God. They do not doubt it; but there is no link at all between their heart and God through a new nature — far from it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The Outcome in Ephesus

Public humiliation of the imitators turned into public honour for Christ:

The moral impression of this defeat was great on everyone outside in Ephesus. And it was not only that fear fell on them all; the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. It was not simply that God and the enemy were brought before men's consciences; there was a testimony to the Deliverer also.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Imitation. The enemy answers real power with a copy of it; like the magicians of Egypt, the copy runs until it breaks down.

- Recognition. The spirit's two verbs marked off the Master he knew from the servant he knew about — and left the imitators unknown.

- Omission. They said "Jesus," never "Lord." They spoke of a Christ Paul preached, not one they believed in. Their words showed what they lacked.

- Refusal. Christ will not let His name work as a charm for those who do not own Him; the failure was His vindication of His servant.

- Magnification. The exposure ended in more than fear across Ephesus: it magnified the name of the Lord Jesus.

Acts 19:16 · Darby

And the man in whom the wicked spirit was leaped upon them, and having mastered both, prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded.

Ephesus was full of magic, and some travelling Jewish exorcists tried to use the name Paul preached. Why did that name work in Paul's mouth and wreck them in theirs?

Who Was Attacked

The account names seven sons of Sceva. The ESV says the man "mastered all of them," but older translations read "both of them."

In Acts 19:16 it is "both of them" — not the seven, but two of them. "Both" is easily turned into "all," but not the other way round.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

William Kelly reads the beating as an answer from the Lord, not an accident.

Here the Lord showed His anger against men who did not own Him, yet tried to use the apostle's action in His name as a charm that God's power was bound to follow. Seven were involved in a general way; two, it seems, were involved directly, and the blow fell on them. They were sons of a Jewish chief priest, and that drew all the more attention to so solemn a defeat.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why They Failed

Their reasoning was simple: if the name works for Paul, it will work for us. Two things were missing.

But two things were needed before anyone could use that name with effect, and these men had neither. The first was real saving faith in Christ. The second was a true confession of His Lordship. No one can use that name against demons unless he truly believes in the Lord Jesus Christ and confesses Him... And the way they spoke of Him — simply as Jesus, with no title of honour — showed plainly that they did not own Him as Lord.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Their own words gave them away. They called Him "Jesus whom Paul proclaims" — not their own Lord.

Notice that the apostle used the name of One he knew, and whose lordship he never doubted. The exorcists were only imitators. They said, "We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul proclaims" — One they knew nothing about for themselves.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

The Man And The Spirit Acting As One

The verse says the man leaped on them, though the power was not his own. William Kelly sets that against the way the Spirit of God works in believers.

Notice how the evil spirit makes himself one with the man he controls. In His grace the Spirit of God works in the same close way: He lives in believers and makes them vessels to magnify the name of Jesus. He is the One who does all that is good, yet it is all mixed with their own minds and affections, so that the whole is put down to them... It was the man's own act, though he could never have done it except by that terrible power.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A Real Power, Not A Trick

This attack shows what a demon can do to a body.

The demons were also strong, as we see from the way they handled the people they controlled, and from one of them overcoming seven men and making them flee out of the house naked and wounded.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

That strength still has a limit.

Here Satan showed his power as the 'strong man.' But the One stronger than he would not let these men use His power.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The Outcome Satan Did Not Intend

Satan's attack on Paul's work backfired.

This plot was defeated. Satan's agents were put to shame by the very evil spirit they were trying to drive out. The result was to advance the gospel in three ways. First, the news of what had happened to the sons of Sceva spread through the city; fear fell on both Jews and Greeks, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. Next, those who believed were so moved that they cut themselves off completely from their old magical practices, and some brought their costly books of magic and burned them in front of everyone. Last, we are told, "the word of the Lord continued to increase and prevail mightily."

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

A Warning For Anyone Who Speaks For Christ

The same danger reaches the pulpit today.

Is it not possible for preachers today to fall into the same error as these wandering Jews? They may think that simply telling the facts of the gospel, in fine words or plain ones, is enough to save the soul. Anyone who does will fail as strikingly as the exorcists did.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Borrowed — They used a name they had never believed in: "Jesus whom Paul proclaims." Borrowed authority is no authority.

- Bare — They had no faith in Christ and no confession of His Lordship. The demon exposed the gap, and they fled stripped and hurt.

- Beaten — The strong man's power was real, and it crushed them. But the Stronger One refused to let His name work as a charm.

- Broadcast — The whole city heard. Fear fell on Jews and Greeks alike, and the name of Jesus was magnified.

- Burned — Believers destroyed their magic books, and the word of God grew and prevailed. Satan's counterfeit ended by advancing the gospel.

Acts 19:17 · Darby

And this became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, who inhabited Ephesus, and fear fell upon all of them, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.

The scene is Ephesus, a city famous for magic. Seven men had just tried to use the name of Jesus as a magic formula, and the evil spirit they spoke to turned on them and beat them. News of that failure ran through the city. It produced two things at once: fear on everyone, and honour for the name they had abused.

Satan's attack turned into gospel advance

The failure of these intruders did not damage the work at Ephesus. It advanced it.

The intrusion of the sons of Sceva not only brought about their own defeat, but the Lord turned it to His own glory... Many who believed opened their hearts and confessed their deeds and the name of the Lord. This stronghold of Satan must have been shaken to its foundations when many who had practised magic arts brought their books together and burned them in front of everyone. Such was the triumph of the gospel.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The name is not a charm

One writer names two things these men lacked.

Was that name, then, just a charm, only more powerful than other charms in use in the province of Asia?... Two conditions, however, were required for anyone to use it with effect. Both of them were lacking in these men. The one was genuine saving faith in Christ; the other a true confession of His Lordship... The very way they spoke of Him, simply as Jesus, without giving Him a title of honour, clearly showed that they did not own Him as Lord.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The same mistake can be made without any magic at all. Repeating true words is not the same as knowing the One they name.

Is it not possible for preachers today to fall into the same error as these wandering Jews? They may think that simply reciting the facts of the gospel, whether eloquent or plain, is enough to save the soul. Such preachers will fail, in a striking parallel to the exorcists.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Fear that recognises holiness

That fear reached the whole city, and it also reached the believers in it.

News of these things soon reached both Jews and Greeks who lived at Ephesus. It awakened a serious fear of God, as they recognised the holiness of the name of the Lord Jesus. It made believers realise that faith in Christ was no light matter. Ephesus was a famous centre of magic arts, and this no doubt had attracted the sons of Sceva.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What "magnified" means

The ESV says the name was extolled; other translations say magnified. One writer shows how far that reaches.

In Acts 19:17 the name of the Lord was magnified in Ephesus: it was shown to be great and mighty. And Christ may still be magnified today, in the body of the humblest and weakest believer, for His strength is made perfect in weakness. Christ may be magnified with praise, prayer, and witness to Himself... Yes, Christ may be magnified even in our daily work in the house, or shop, or office, or the care of the children.

Modernised from G. C. WillisOriginal wording

That defeat did more than frighten the city.

The moral impression of this defeat was great on all outside in Ephesus. It was not only that fear fell on them all, but the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. This did not simply set God and the enemy before men's consciences. There was a testimony to the Deliverer as well.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What the fear produced

The fear outside the church produced honesty inside it.

It was the word of the Lord that grew so powerfully and prevailed... How precious to see more than the fear of His name overawing Jews and Greeks! Those who believed were so eager for His glory that they told out their own shame and worst degradation now that they were converted. They took vengeance on everything they owned, however costly, that carried the mark of the enemy's power and schemes.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Exposed — the exorcists failed in public. Their own words gave them away: they spoke of Jesus with no title of honour, and never owned Him as Lord.

- Feared — the report reached Jews and Greeks alike. It awakened a serious fear of God, and taught believers that faith in Christ is no light matter.

- Magnified — the name was seen to be great and mighty. It gave the city a testimony to the Deliverer, and it can still be magnified in the daily work of the weakest believer.

- Confessed — believers who had dabbled in magic told out their own shame. They burned their books, however costly, and Satan's stronghold was shaken.

- Prevailed — what Satan meant to spoil, the Lord turned to His own glory, so that the word of the Lord grew and prevailed.

Acts 19:18 · Darby

And many of those that believed came confessing and declaring their deeds.

In Ephesus, some Jewish exorcists — the sons of Sceva — tried to use the name of Jesus as a magic formula, and the demon they addressed turned on them. Fear fell on the city, and then something unexpected happened: people who already believed came forward and said out loud what they had been doing.

Power that opens the heart

What moved these believers to speak? God had shown His power in public, and that display reached their consciences.

It also works on the conscience of the believers. They come and confess their deeds. They bring the books of their magic arts, for which Ephesus was famous, and burn them in front of everyone. The books were worth fifty thousand pieces of silver. When God reveals Himself in power, the heart opens before Him. It honestly confesses everything the conscience knows, and does so openly for His glory. This is a special effect of the showing of His power. A person no longer thinks of himself or of his shame, but is overcome by the presence of God.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What they had to confess

Ephesus was famous for magic, and these believers still carried that past. New life gave them a standard their old practices could not meet — unlike Paul, who had nothing to bring into the open.

They must have revealed things that astonished many in the crowd who knew nothing of these arts. Paul had nothing to hide or to confess. But those now converted saw what their past ways had been. Light shone on them, and confession followed on their part; for clearly the magical arts they had used were not of God. A new life received made them real and true, and they had to give up the past. It did not fit, to say the least, with what was now true.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Telling out their own shame

Two things happened at once in Ephesus. Fear of the name fell on outsiders, and the same name moved believers to speak.

How precious to see the fear of His name overawing Jews and Greeks! And more than that: those who believed were so eager for His glory that they told out their own shame and worst degradation now that they had turned to Christ. They took vengeance on everything they owned, however costly, that carried the breath of the enemy's power and tricks!

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Confession that costs

Words were not the end of it. They burned the books, and the loss was deliberate — they could have sold them.

These events made believers realise that faith in Christ was no light matter. Ephesus was a renowned centre of magic arts, which no doubt attracted the sons of Sceva. But believers now confess their unholy involvement with these things. Many bring their books and burn them in public. The books had cost fifty thousand pieces of silver. They were right to take that loss instead of selling the books to others.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

God first, then men

Speaking of past sins in front of others is not the starting point. Commentators put the matter right with God first, before a word goes to anyone else.

If the occasion arises, we can speak to others about our sins — but only once we have laid everything clearly before God. The Christian converts at Ephesus brought their books of magic. By the power of the Holy Spirit they confessed all their actions. If the love of God is poured out in our hearts, we feel more shame for our sins before God than before other people.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Not a system

Some use this verse to make open confession to one another a regular practice. One writer answers that the text will not carry it.

There is confession here, but no "sharing." They were troubled sinners who came to Paul and his companions, confessing their deeds. They would do it once, and rightly so, but there is no hint of a system of "sharing."

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Power — God showed His hand in public, and that display, not argument, reached the conscience. "When God reveals Himself in power, the heart opens before Him."

- Light — new life showed up their old practices as impossible to keep. What conversion reveals, confession admits.

- Speech — they told out their own shame in public. The honour of the name of Jesus mattered more than their reputation.

- Cost — they burned books worth fifty thousand pieces of silver. They took the loss instead of passing the evil on to someone else.

- Order — lay it all before God first, where the shame is deepest. Speak to people when the occasion calls for it, once, not as a standing system.

Acts 19:19 · Darby

And many of those that practised curious arts brought their books [of charms] and burnt them before all. And they reckoned up the prices of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver.

Ephesus was famous for magic. When the word of God took hold there, people who had traded in charms did something drastic with their books. The verse counts the cost of that fire, and asks what conversion costs — and what it is worth.

What the books contained

Older translations call these practices "curious arts." The ESV calls them "magic arts." A Bible dictionary explains what they were:

Sorcerers in Acts used magical arts (called "curious arts" in Acts 19:19) and bewitched the people. Revelation uses another word for sorcery, pharmakeia. It refers to drugs, "to stupefy with drugs," and then to any system of sorcery by spells. Sorcery ranks among the worst of sins.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

One writer describes what was written in the books, and what the believers did with them:

Quite a few brought their books, which recorded the spells and charms, and burned them in public. It was a complete burning — the effect of the word of God working in their consciences.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What opened their consciences

The fire did not come out of nowhere. One commentator traces it back to God's power at work in Ephesus:

God's power also works on the conscience of the believers. They come and confess their deeds. They bring the books of their magic arts, for which Ephesus was famous, and burn them in front of everyone — books worth fifty thousand pieces of silver. When God reveals Himself in power, the heart opens before Him. It honestly confesses all that the conscience knows, and does so openly, for His glory. Man thinks no longer of himself, or of his shame. The presence of God overwhelms him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Burned, not sold

They had a cheaper option. The books could have been sold on. One commentator notes what they refused to do:

Ephesus was a famous centre of magic arts... But now believers confess their unholy links with these things. Many bring their books and burn them in public. The books had cost fifty thousand pieces of silver, but they were right to take that loss instead of selling the books to others. Such was the precious power of the Word of God.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another writer sees the fire as proof of how they now felt about their old trade:

They gave the best proof of the disgust they now felt at their meddling with the wicked one... Living facts brought home the power of the word, and conscience responded at once.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The price and the gain

The verse names the sum. One writer explains how heavy that loss really was:

They were genuine, and so gave proof of their sincerity, for the sacrifice they made was no small one. Money was worth far more then than it is now, so their financial sacrifice was greater than the same sums would be for us.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Another writer sets that loss against what they gained:

From one point of view this was a big sacrifice. From another it was not a sacrifice at all. It was a blessing to be rid of these books of "curious arts," which held things contrary to God and to His mind... The loss of fifty thousand pieces of silver — the gain of the riches of God's grace. That was something worthwhile! There was ample recompense for what they had given up. How sad it is when we are reluctant to give up what is wrong in the sight of God. Yet to turn away from what is wrong is the pathway to spiritual blessing.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

What the fire cost Satan, and what it left standing

Verse 20 follows immediately: the word of the Lord grew and prevailed. Writers connect the two directly.

This stronghold of Satan must have been shaken to its foundations when many who used magic arts burned their books in front of everyone. Such was the triumph of the gospel: the Word of God grew mightily and prevailed. The outcry of Demetrius and his companions only showed Satan's rage at the plundering of his goods.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Another writer brings the same pattern into our own day, with a warning:

Many others moved away from this dreadful evil. They burned the books that dealt with these things in public, despite what they were worth. The Word of God grew and prevailed, and this Satanic evil grew less and suffered defeat. It is a sad thought for us that in our day people pay less attention to the Word than they once did, while spiritist practices are on the increase.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Power. God's power at Ephesus reached consciences first; the fire was the effect, not the cause.

- Confession. Hearts opened before God. They confessed openly and stopped thinking about themselves.

- Cost. The books were worth real money. They burned them instead of selling them on, and took the loss on purpose.

- Contrast. Fifty thousand pieces of silver went up in smoke. The riches of God's grace came in — ample repayment.

- Consequence. Satan's stronghold was shaken, and the Word of God grew mightily and prevailed.

Acts 19:20 · Darby

Thus with might the word of the Lord increased and prevailed.

Ephesus was the capital of Asia and a famous centre of magic. Luke closes Paul's two years there with one summary line about the word. The verse credits nothing to the preacher. So what does it mean for a message to grow, and what proof was there that it had?

The word itself, not the crowd

Notice what Luke makes the subject of his sentence.

It was the word of the Lord that grew mightily and prevailed. Not merely a company of saints, but the word of the Lord — that word which He has magnified above all His name. It is now the holiest answer on earth to Christ in heaven.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A message is not a living thing, so how can it grow? One writer answers that Scripture often speaks this way, naming the result by its cause.

So it says "the word of God increased" (Acts 6:7). The connection is "and the number of the disciples multiplied." In the same way, "the word of God grew and multiplied" (Acts 12:24). So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed (Acts 19:20). I never heard of these passages being a difficulty to anyone. These passages mark the mighty effect of His word made known in preaching. The effects produced are identified with their source.

Modernised from J. A. TrenchOriginal wording

(Some quotes here use an older translation, which reads "the word of God" where the ESV reads "the word of the Lord.")

How the growth happened

The verse sums up a long stretch of patient work, not a sudden event.

So in Ephesus the word of the Lord grew and prevailed "with might," to use Luke's striking phrase. Every testimony had been at full tide there. There was the clear power and presence of the Spirit, shown by tongues and prophecies. There was bold preaching of the kingdom of God for months in the synagogue. There was freer daily discussion in the school of Tyrannus for two years, and in that time the disciples took up their own separate position. So not only the people of Ephesus but, broadly speaking, everyone living in the province of Asia, Jews and Greeks alike, heard the word of the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Burnt books as the proof

The word reached consciences, and the change showed in what people destroyed.

A new life received made them real and true. They had to give up the past as inconsistent, to say the least, with what was true. Many brought their books, which held the spells and charms, and burned them in public. It was the effect of the word of God working in their consciences.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

They could have sold the books on and kept the money. Another writer weighs what that fire cost them.

The books had cost fifty thousand pieces of silver. They were right to accept that loss instead of selling the books to others. Such was the precious power of the Word of God.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Growth that travelled

The word did not stay in the city where Paul preached it.

Paul himself stayed in Ephesus. Yet from there the Word went through all Asia Minor (Acts 19:10), no doubt carried by others. Colosse and Laodicea were not far away, yet the believers there had never seen Paul's face (Col. 1:2).

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The backlash that followed

The triumph did not go unchallenged.

At Ephesus, the capital of Asia, the gospel won some of its greatest triumphs through Paul's preaching. There "mightily grew the Word of God, and prevailed" (Acts 19:20). And there too, as a result, the devil made one of his fiercest attacks as a roaring lion. He hitched his chariot, as he so often does, to the greed of men. Demetrius the silversmith and his friends were his ready tools. The fierce riot in the Ephesian theatre, murderous in spirit, was the result.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The same word now

The open sorcery of Ephesus is rare today. One writer warns that the enemy has quieter methods, and that the word still does its work.

Whatever these dark arts and devilish energies may be, the god of this age does his widest and most destructive work by methods that seem quite ordinary. He fits his deceptions to the passions and desires of the flesh… Most people perish, not in the terrible displays that appear here and there or now and then, but under the calm surface of what is respected. But the word of the Lord accomplishes the gracious purpose of Him who sends it out. It does so widely too, in the conversion and blessing of souls, if no longer with the might of apostolic days.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Word, first. What grew in Ephesus was the word of the Lord, not a movement named after a preacher. It is the word He has magnified above all His name.

- Word, at work. Scripture names the result by its cause. When the word "grows," Scripture is counting people changed by preaching.

- Word, costing. The proof of growth was a fire worth fifty thousand pieces of silver. The owners burned the books instead of selling them on.

- Word, travelling. From one city it reached the whole province, carried by others while Paul stayed put.

- Word, opposed. The greatest triumph brought the fiercest attack. The same word still accomplishes the purpose of the One who sends it.

Acts 19:21 · Darby

And when these things were fulfilled, Paul purposed in his spirit to go to Jerusalem, passing through Macedonia and Achaia, saying, After I have been there I must see Rome also.

Paul's long work at Ephesus is over. Here he sets the travel plan that shapes the rest of the book, and it raises two questions: whose "spirit" is resolving, and why does a man sent to the nations put Jerusalem before Rome?

"In the spirit"

Translations differ here. Some print "Spirit" with a capital, others "his spirit" with a small one. Commentators read it as Paul's own mind, not the Holy Spirit directing him — the plan of a man whose work in one city was done.

It is not correct to interpret "in the spirit" here of the Holy Spirit. It means only that the apostle planned it "in his spirit" — a phrase he often uses, in this Book and elsewhere. He longed once more to go to Jerusalem after passing through the two Roman provinces of Greece. He felt that his work at Ephesus had ended for now, and that after visiting Jerusalem he must see Rome also.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The strongest argument is not grammar but what happens next. The Spirit's later warnings rule out the idea that the Spirit began this trip.

People often ask how we should understand Paul's purposing in the spirit to go again to Jerusalem. Did he purpose in the Spirit of God, after long prayer, to go up to Jerusalem? Did the Holy Spirit guide him to carry the gifts from Achaia and Macedonia to the poor believers in the city of his fathers? It could not have been the Spirit of God who prompted him to go once more to Jerusalem. During the journey the Holy Spirit warned him many times not to go.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

The hinge of the book

From here the story turns toward Rome. Everything that follows leads to the city Paul names here.

This verse marks an important change. It brings us to the last stage of Paul's recorded acts in this history. Rome is the goal which looms up before him. "I must also see Rome." And he did see Rome — but not in the way he had planned in his spirit. He came as the prisoner of the Lord.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Why Jerusalem first

Behind the detour lay affection, not ambition. Paul carried a gift from the churches of Greece to poor believers in Jerusalem, and his heart went with it.

But behind his burning desire to go up to Jerusalem stood the mighty constraint of love for his own beloved people. How he did love them and how his heart, filled with the love of God, yearned over them! This holy love and courage shaped his answer. His fellow believers had once more begged him by the Spirit not to go up to Jerusalem, and he said, "What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? For I am ready not only to be imprisoned but even to die in Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus."

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Commentators differ on whether that errand suited him. One questions the detour, not the love behind it.

Why not go to Rome in the energy of the Spirit, now that his work in Greece was finished? ... But why should Paul put rebellious Jerusalem between his desire to preach and his work? The affection was good, and the service good — for a deacon, or a messenger of the churches. But this was Paul, who had the whole west open before him for the gospel!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

A man's plan and God's

The desire to see Rome was not only Paul's own wish. The Lord later said the same thing to him.

While at Ephesus Paul had "purposed in the spirit saying, I must also see Rome"; and, what is more important still, it was the Lord's purpose for him — "so must you also bear witness at Rome."

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The plan was granted. The route was not what he pictured.

It was Paul's purpose to visit Rome after going to Jerusalem, and God gave effect to it, for it was God's purpose. But how different was the way under His hand from the apostle's expectation! He must go a prisoner to Rome.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What God did with the delay

Losing his freedom did not end his usefulness. It changed its direction, and what came out of prison has served the church ever since.

He also knows how to overrule any mistakes His servants make. He closes one line of service before them and opens another, which in the end may prove even more important. It was Paul's imprisonment that led him to write those inspired letters, which have built up the church for nineteen centuries.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Spirit, small "s." Paul resolved this in his own mind. The Holy Spirit would later warn him again and again not to go to Jerusalem.

- Purpose. The verse turns the book toward Rome — everything after it is the journey to the city he names here.

- Pull. Jerusalem came first because he loved his own people and carried their gift. Writers ask whether that errand fitted an apostle sent to the nations.

- Promise. What he purposed, the Lord confirmed — he would testify in Rome. His wish became God's word to him.

- Prisoner. He reached Rome in chains, not in freedom. God grants the ask and still chooses the road. He can even turn a servant's mistake into letters that feed the church for centuries.

Acts 19:22 · Darby

And having sent into Macedonia two of those ministering to him, Timotheus and Erastus, he remained himself awhile in Asia.

One quiet sentence sits just before the riot at Ephesus. Paul is still in Asia, and he sends two of his helpers ahead into Macedonia. It is a verse about how a servant of God plans, shares the work, and pays the cost of parting with the people closest to him.

The plan behind the sending

In the verse before, Paul "resolved in the Spirit" to travel through Macedonia and Achaia. Sending these two men is the first step of that plan. The ESV prints "Spirit" with a capital letter. One commentator reads the phrase differently:

It is not right to take 'in the spirit' here as meaning the Holy Spirit. It means no more than that the apostle purposed it 'in his own spirit'. He uses this phrase often, not only in this book but elsewhere. He longed once more to go to Jerusalem after passing through the two Roman provinces of Greece. He felt that his work at Ephesus was done for now.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "helpers" means

The word behind "helpers" is the ordinary word for a servant. It is also the word translated "deacon", and one writer uses that to clear up a common confusion:

Timothy and Erastus served as deacons (Acts 19:22). As for the seven men chosen in Acts 6:5, there is no hint that they were "deacons" in any sense other than the sense in which all the servants of Christ are. Once we remember that "deacon" and "servant" translate the same word, we see at once how mistaken it is to call these seven men "the first deacons." Say "the first servants" instead, and the error is obvious.

Modernised from H. P. BarkerOriginal wording

Erastus is named only a few times in the Bible. One writer groups him with godly treasurers and is not sure that every mention is the same man:

There have been godly treasurers, such as the one who served Queen Candace. We should not look down on him or on Erastus, because Scripture says, "in whatever condition each was called, there let him remain with God" (1 Cor. 7:24). If this is the same Erastus who is described in Acts 19:22 as serving Paul, and who stayed at Corinth (2 Tim. 4:20), we can thank God for such a saint.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What the sending cost Paul

Paul sent the fellow-worker closest to him, and stayed behind himself:

We also see how he directed the service of others with apostolic authority, and did so at great cost to himself. At this very time he sent two of those who served him into Macedonia: not Erastus only, but Timothy, the fellow-worker nearest to his heart, his beloved child, while he himself stayed for a while in Asia.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why they went ahead

Paul held back from going himself. One commentator explains why he sent the two men ahead:

Yet he put off going to Macedonia and Achaia, clearly because he feared what he might find at Corinth (2 Cor. 1:15-23). He did send Timothy and Erastus ahead of him (1 Cor. 4:17), most likely hoping that their ministry would help correct wrong practices there before he came himself.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Sent by an apostle, yet servants of the Lord

Paul decided where his fellow-workers went. Did that make him their master? The same writer, commenting on Erastus staying at Corinth years later, says no:

Even an apostle used no force in directing the work of his fellow-workers. They were servants of the Lord. No one would have urged this more earnestly than Paul, and no one would have drawn back more than he did from setting up an authority that gives orders between the Lord and His servants.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A quiet clue for dating the letters

This verse also fixes where Timothy was at the time. That explains a small detail in Paul's two letters to Corinth:

While Paul was staying at Ephesus, he sent Timothy ahead into Macedonia (Acts 19:22). That probably explains why Timothy's name is missing from the opening of the first letter. By the time Paul wrote the second letter, both he and Timothy were in Macedonia, so Timothy's name appears there.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Purpose. Paul planned the journey "in his spirit" — his own resolve, not a direct word from the Holy Spirit. His work at Ephesus was done for now.

- Servants. "Helper" here is the plain word for a servant. "Deacon" and "servant" translate the same word, and it belongs to everyone who serves Christ.

- Cost. The plan cost Paul personally. He gave up Timothy, the fellow-worker nearest his heart, and stayed behind himself.

- Care. Corinth was in trouble. Timothy and Erastus went ahead to help correct wrong practices there before Paul arrived.

- Freedom. Even an apostle used no force over fellow-workers. They stayed servants of the Lord, and Paul refused to stand between the Lord and His servants.

Acts 19:23 · Darby

And there took place at that time no small disturbance about the way.

Luke calls the riot at Ephesus a disturbance "concerning the Way" — a whole manner of life, not just one preacher. So why did the storm break now, and what were the rioters defending?

"The Way"

The phrase Luke uses is not a title the believers chose for themselves.

The reader will find the rather unusual expression "the way" in Acts 9:2; 19:9, 23. We have translated it word for word from the Greek. We have no doubt it was a nickname given to Christianity, just as the world has always invented one for true godliness.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The name stuck because the life behind it could be seen. It marked people out in Damascus long before the riot in Ephesus.

Saul asked the high priest for permission to arrest the Christians in Damascus. He knew it was enough for the written order to call them men and women of "the way". At that time, being a Christian was not just believing on the Lord Jesus and enjoying peace with God, blessed as those things are. It was a way of life, and not only in some areas but in every part of life. What is more, the believers lived so distinctly, alone and together, that people could see their life as a particular "way". In fact it differed completely from the ways of the world and from the way of every other religion. So everyone knew it as "the way".

Modernised from Mark GrassoOriginal wording

Why the Storm Broke When It Did

The uproar came late, not early. Something had been holding it back.

The enemy is now left free. The powerful effect of the word of God spurs him on, and he raises a great tumult against Paul and the gospel (v. 23). But it is useless to fight against God. His fury spends itself in shouts and cries. Yet when God allows it, opposition shows its true character. The devil works on people's passions, their selfish interests, their base motives. These rise up against the love, the grace and the salvation God sends to ruined men. Thank God, it was too late! His grace was freeing the slaves of a demonic superstition, the worship of false gods. That is what stirred up all this tumult. We have seen that God kept the enemy in check until the work was finished.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Money Wearing a Religious Face

Both money and religion were in play at Ephesus.

The argument aimed at the pocket carried more weight, we may be quite sure, than any real reverence for Diana.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why does that mixture work so well?

Still, religious motives, such as they were, cast a halo here over something that was really selfish and sordid. No device of the enemy is more common or more lasting. In this world Satan ties degrading, destructive superstition to what people care about now: their interests and their honour. So it is no wonder. Most people flare up fastest at a testimony to the truth that threatens their religion and their property. It is the same today, in principle, as it was then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Paul Taught

What Paul taught left no room for the old worship.

A man who does not know God will fight harder for his wealth and his religion than for anything else. And no one could deny the rest. Far beyond Ephesus, and even beyond Asia, Paul had persuaded many people and turned them away from their many gods and many lords. There was no doubt about what he meant. Things made with hands are not gods. For us there is one God, the Father, from whom are all things and for whom we exist, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things and through whom we exist (1 Cor. 8:6).

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What It Cost Paul

Paul later wrote about this riot. It cost him more than a day of shouting.

We start with Asia in 2 Corinthians 1, where Paul refers to the great riot recorded in Acts 19. His preaching at Ephesus was so clearly in demonstration of the Spirit and of power that it overthrew satanic practices. The devil became furious and stirred up his servants. In 2 Corinthians 11:23 Paul speaks of being "often near death," and this was one of those occasions. God came in and delivered him, but the whole affair brought home "the sentence of death" in his own experience. He realised that he was a dead man, and all trust in himself was gone.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Named — the world nicknamed Christianity "the Way," and it fit: the believers' life differed from every other way, in every part.

- Timed — God kept the enemy in check until the work was done. The riot came only after that.

- Provoked — grace was freeing people from the worship of false gods. That is what stirred the tumult, and the uproar showed how far grace had reached.

- Disguised — reverence for the goddess dressed up an appeal to the pocket. Satan still ties superstition to people's money and honour.

- Costly — God delivered Paul, but the riot brought the sentence of death home to him. All self-trust was gone.

Acts 19:24 · Darby

For a certain [man] by name Demetrius, a silver-beater, making silver temples of Artemis, brought no small gain to the artisans;

Paul's long stay at Ephesus had emptied the city's magic books and thinned the crowds around its famous goddess. Now the trouble starts in a workshop instead of a synagogue, and one silversmith's accounts show what the gospel had been doing across Asia.

The trade behind the shrines

What Demetrius sold was not the great temple but a pocket version of it:

Small copies of pagan temples, at Ephesus or elsewhere. The word is ναός (naos), often translated "temple." Acts 19:24.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The ESV calls the goddess Artemis; the older translations these writers use call her Diana. Her worship gave these models a market:

The trade of Demetrius was to make small silver models of the goddess's shrine. People set them up in houses, kept them as reminders, and carried them on journeys. But the coming of Christianity was bound to hurt the sale of these models. So Demetrius stirred up the pagan workmen to raise a public cry for Diana and against the Christians.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Conversions read as lost sales

The phrase "no little business" measures the scale of what was now at risk. Every believer in Asia was one customer fewer:

The large number of converts now in Asia, of whom Epaenetus was the firstfruits (Rom. 16:5), was bound to reduce the demand for silver shrines of Diana. It was this manufacture which proved so profitable to Demetrius and his companions. So the drop in his trade gave him a complaint his fellow-craftsmen could easily understand.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Devotion as a cover for money

Demetrius will soon speak up for the honour of the goddess. Hole reads that as a cover story:

The success of the Gospel had endangered the trade of the silversmiths. It was easy for them to try to revive it under cover of zeal for the reputation of their goddess Diana. Was her greatness to be despised and her magnificence destroyed? Here was excellent camouflage for their real concern about their own money-making prospects!

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

That pairing of piety and profit is not a one-off scandal but a standing arrangement:

In this world Satan works to weave degrading, destructive superstition into people's daily interests and honour. So it is no wonder that most people catch fire when the truth threatens their religion and their property. It is the same today, in principle, as it was then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Paul had preached

Paul had not campaigned against the silver trade. He preached one truth, and the trade suffered as a side effect:

A certain man, Demetrius, earned large sums from making little silver shrines to Diana. He earned so much because this Diana was famous in the whole pagan world, and her temple was one of the seven wonders of the world (v. 27). Driven by the desire for gain, he gathers the craftsmen to oppose the truth that was destroying all their trade (vv. 25, 26). That truth showed that gods made with hands are no gods. How deep is the gloom into which man throws himself when he is without God, and by his very need of a God!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Kelly explains why the reaction was so strong:

Man, ignorant of God, will fight for nothing harder than for his wealth and his religion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The riot as a receipt

Read in sequence, the uproar is not a setback but a report on the previous verses:

Many who believed opened their hearts in confession of their deeds and of the Name of the Lord. This stronghold of Satan must have been shaken to its foundations when "a number of those who had practiced magic arts brought their books together and burned them in the sight of all." Such was the triumph of the Gospel: "So the word of the Lord continued to increase and prevail mightily." The outcry of Demetrius and his fellows only showed Satan's rage at being robbed of his goods.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Craft — Demetrius made small silver copies of the goddess's temple for homes and journeys. "Shrine" here is simply the word for a temple.

- Cash — his workshop "brought no little business" to a whole guild. Every convert in Asia was one customer less.

- Cover — zeal for the goddess hid the real complaint. Money came first, and religion made it look respectable.

- Cause — Paul had only preached that gods made with hands are no gods. Men fight hardest for their wealth and their religion, and he had touched both.

- Consequence — the riot is evidence, not defeat. The magic books had burned, the word had won, and the uproar is the enemy's rage at losing his goods.

Acts 19:25 · Darby

whom having brought together, and those who wrought in such things, he said, Men, ye know that our well-living arises from this work,

Demetrius says nothing about the goddess when he opens his meeting. He starts with money, reminding the silversmiths of Ephesus where their income comes from. Here the gospel stops being an idea and starts costing people their trade. What will a man do when the truth threatens his living?

The Trade Behind the Meeting

Their craft was a real and profitable industry. It grew up around the famous temple of Diana (also called Artemis) in Ephesus, a goddess worshipped far beyond the city.

The trade of Demetrius was to make small models in silver of the shrine of the goddess. These were set up in houses, kept as memorials, and carried about on journeys. But the coming of Christianity was bound to cut the sale of these models. So Demetrius stirred up the pagan craftsmen to raise a public cry for Diana and against the Christians.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Money, not belief, drew the workmen together:

A certain man, Demetrius, made large sums from the manufacture of little silver shrines to Diana. This Diana was celebrated in the whole pagan world, and her temple was one of the seven wonders of the world (v. 27). Moved by the desire for gain, he gathers the craftsmen to oppose the truth which was destroying all their trade (v. 25, 26) — the truth which showed that gods made with hands were no gods. See how deep the darkness man throws himself into — without God, and by his very need of a God!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Profit First, Religion Second

The order of Demetrius' arguments is itself revealing. He begins with the wallet and only then reaches for the honour of the goddess:

Satan succeeds in working on the greed of Demetrius, a silversmith. He suggests to him that Paul's teaching was robbing him of customers for his silver idol shrines. Demetrius calls together other silversmiths and impresses on them the need to protect their financial interests. This is his first concern, though he adds that Paul's teaching was also endangering the magnificence of their great goddess Diana. He knew well that this latter accusation would likely have more weight with the people.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The gospel's success is what set the whole scheme in motion:

The success of the Gospel had endangered the trade of the silversmiths. So it was easy to try to revive their trade under cover of zeal for the reputation of their goddess Diana. Here was excellent camouflage for their real concern about their own money-making prospects!

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Wealth and Religion Bound Together

Commentators see a standing tactic here, not a one-off local quarrel:

In this world Satan works to weave degrading and destructive superstition into the present interests and honour of mankind. So it is no wonder that most men are quickly enraged by the testimony of the truth. It threatens to undermine both their religion and their worldly property. It is the same today, in principle, as then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer sums man up in one line, and notes how far Paul's preaching had already reached:

Man, not knowing God, will fight for nothing harder than for his wealth and his religion. And no one could deny it. Far beyond Ephesus, and beyond Asia too, Paul had persuaded many people and turned them away from their many gods and many lords.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

An Enemy's Unintended Testimony

Demetrius meant to sound an alarm. Instead he proved that the preaching he hated was working:

In Ephesus, that stronghold of idolatry, the truth won its way. It did so in full sight of the temple of the so-called goddess Diana, whom all Asia and the Roman world worshipped. Worshippers were drawn away from her worship, and interest in her was clearly declining. Christians were found throughout the province of Asia, and assemblies had sprung up... The gospel was indeed triumphing, and Demetrius and his fellows could not but admit it.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The Cry Repeated

This complaint did not die at Ephesus. As Christianity spread, the same economic pressure produced the same outcry:

People deserted the pagan temples, neglected the worship of the gods, and seldom bought animals for sacrifice. This naturally raised a popular cry against Christianity, such as we had at Ephesus... People whose living depended on the worship of the pagan gods brought many serious complaints against the Christians before the governors.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The words are also turned inward, as a test for any religious arrangement that profits from keeping people at a distance from God:

But this would raise a great outcry, and the unwanted officials might say, as Demetrius of old said to his fellows, "Men, you know that from this business we have our wealth."

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Summary

- Gain gathers. The desire for money moved Demetrius to call the meeting, not concern for Diana.

- Gain disguises. Money came first in his speech. He added the honour of the goddess because that argument would sway the crowd.

- Gain defends. Satan weaves religion and money together, so that men fight hardest of all to keep both.

- Gain confesses. By admitting his trade was failing, an enemy proved the gospel was winning. Across the province, worshippers had left the idol.

- Gain warns. Wherever a living depends on false worship, the cry of Demetrius rises again — it did across the empire, and commentators say the principle is unchanged today.

Acts 19:26 · Darby

and ye see and hear that this Paul has persuaded and turned away a great crowd, not only of Ephesus, but almost of all Asia, saying that they are no gods which are made with hands.

Demetrius calls his fellow tradesmen together, and without meaning to he reports what Paul's preaching had done. He names the message, measures its reach, and admits its effect — then treats it all as a threat.

The Message Behind the Complaint

Demetrius repeats the charge: handmade gods are not gods at all. But Paul's preaching was not only a denial. It also said who the true God is, and what He now commands.

There was no doubt that he really did mean that those are no gods which are made with hands. He meant that to us there is one God, the Father, from whom are all things and for whom we exist, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things and through whom we exist. We ought not to think, therefore, that the divine being is like gold, or silver, or stone, shaped by the art and imagination of man. And that one God now commands all people everywhere to repent. He has fixed a day on which He is going to judge the world in righteousness, by the Man whom He has appointed. He has given proof of this to all by raising Him from the dead.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Reach of the Preaching

"Almost all Asia" sounds vast to a modern reader. The name covered a much smaller area then.

This term in the New Testament does not refer to the part of the earth now called Asia. It does not include the whole of Asia Minor either. It applies only to the western part of Asia Minor... The province, with Ephesus as its capital, included Caria, Lydia, and Mysia.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Looking back over the whole visit, one writer describes what the preaching had already done to Diana's cult:

In Ephesus, that stronghold of idolatry, the truth won its way in sight of the temple of the so-called goddess Diana. All Asia and the Roman world worshipped her. Worshippers were drawn away from her cult, and interest in her was in noticeable decline... The gospel was indeed triumphing, and Demetrius and his fellows could not help admitting it.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why This Teaching, and Not Another

Ephesus had heard idols mocked before, and no riot followed. The difference this time was money.

Their rage against Paul was not because he had said that they are no gods which are made with hands. Many of their own wise men had said the same. It was because he had persuaded and turned away a great crowd, not only of Ephesus, but of almost all Asia, so that their means of livelihood is threatened.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Devotion as Cover

The speech sounds like religious devotion. One writer names what was underneath it:

The success of the gospel had endangered the trade of the silversmiths. It was not hard to try to revive their trade under cover of zeal for their goddess Diana. Was her greatness to be despised and her magnificence destroyed? Here was excellent camouflage for their real concern about their own money-making prospects!

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A Tactic That Outlives Ephesus

This mix of money and religion is not just an Ephesian problem. One writer sees a deliberate design behind it:

In this world Satan works to tie degrading and destructive superstition to people's present interests and honour. Given that, it is no wonder that most people are so easily inflamed. Nothing stirs them like a testimony to the truth that threatens to undermine their religion and their worldly property. It is the same today, in principle, as it was then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Strange Logic of the Crowd

In that city, the plainest words in the verse became an offence. Numbers, not argument, decided what counted as absurd.

What an absurd thing to deny what all Asia and the world worship!... So saying there are no gods made with hands can come to count as heresy. And the town clerk can shame a crowd out of taking it seriously.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Behind Demetrius's scheming lies something sadder about man himself:

The desire for gain drove him. He gathered the craftsmen to oppose the truth that was destroying all their trade — the truth which showed that gods made with hands were no gods. How deep the gloom into which man, without God, and by his very need of a God, throws himself!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Message. Paul preached that handmade gods are no gods. With it came the positive truth: one God the Father, one Lord Jesus Christ, and a coming day of righteous judgment.

- Reach. "Asia" here means the Roman province of western Asia Minor. Ephesus was its capital, and the message spread out from there.

- Admission. The complaint is a report of success — Demetrius could not deny that worshippers were leaving Diana.

- Motive. Wise men had mocked idols with no trouble. The rage began when the preaching hit people's income — then it dressed itself up as zeal for the goddess.

- Pattern. The enemy ties false worship to people's livelihood. Writers say the same principle is at work today.

Acts 19:27 · Darby

Now not only there is danger for us that our business come into discredit, but also that the temple of the great goddess Artemis be counted for nothing, and that her greatness should be destroyed whom the whole of Asia and the world reveres.

Demetrius has just warned his fellow silversmiths that Paul's preaching is emptying their market. Now he adds a grander reason for anger — the temple of Artemis, or Diana, may be despised — but whose "magnificence" was really at stake?

Trade first, goddess second

Notice the order of his argument. Demetrius starts with the money, and only then names the goddess.

Satan could not stand by and see one of his great strongholds attacked and weakened by the power of the Spirit of God. So he works on the greed of Demetrius, a silversmith. He suggests to him that Paul's teaching was robbing him of customers for his idolatrous silver shrines. Demetrius then calls together other silversmiths. He presses on them the need to protect their money. This is his first concern, though he adds that Paul's teaching was also endangering the magnificence of their great goddess Diana. He knew well that this second accusation was likely to carry more weight with the people.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Religion and self-interest tied together

The appeal worked because money and religion pulled together. Commentators see an old and lasting tactic here, not a one-off at Ephesus.

Religious motives, poor as they were, even here cast a holy glow over something selfish and sordid. No device of the enemy is more common or more lasting. In this world Satan weaves degrading and destructive superstition into people's daily interests and honour. So it is no wonder that most people flare up fastest at a testimony to the truth that threatens to undermine their religion and their property. It is the same today, in principle, as it was then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The teaching that dissolved the trade

Demetrius names no teaching here. But one writer traces the riot back to the single claim that made every silver shrine worthless.

Demetrius made large sums from manufacturing little silver shrines to Diana. Driven by the desire for gain, he gathers the craftsmen to oppose the truth that was destroying all their trade (vv. 25, 26). That truth showed that gods made with hands are no gods. How deep is the gloom into which man throws himself when he is without God, and by his very need of a God!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The word for "worship"

One Greek word, sebomai, lies behind "worship" in this verse. It names the act, and says nothing about whether its object is real.

Sebomai occurs ten times in the Greek New Testament. Six times it appears as worship: Matthew 15:9; Mark 7:7; Acts 16:14; 18:7, 13; 19:27. Three times it appears as devout, and once as religious. So we can see that the basic meaning of sebomai is "I worship." But note, the worship may be right or wrong, true or false. Matthew 15:9 reads: "in vain do they worship me, teaching as doctrines the commandments of men." And Acts 19:27 speaks of the worship of the idol, Diana of the Ephesians. Both of these are wrong worship.

Modernised from G C WillisOriginal wording

The reach behind the boast

The boast about "all Asia and the world" was not empty. The shrines Demetrius made were the export arm of the cult.

Ephesus… was the main seat and centre of heathen idolatry. It was the stronghold of Satan's power, and from it idolatry spread all over the known world (Acts 19). Strangers eagerly bought the small silver shrines of the goddess Diana and set them up as household gods in their distant homes. The wealth of Asia adorned and beautified her huge temple, and people counted it one of the seven wonders of the world.

Modernised from Walter ScottOriginal wording

Fear with good reason

Demetrius was a hostile witness, but an accurate one. His complaint doubles as evidence of how far the gospel had gone.

How the truth had triumphed! In Ephesus, that stronghold of idolatry, the truth won its way. It did so in full sight of the temple of the so-called goddess Diana, whom all Asia and the Roman world worshipped. Her followers were leaving her cult, and interest in her was clearly declining. Christians now lived throughout the province of Asia, and assemblies had sprung up… The gospel was indeed triumphing, and Demetrius and his companions could not help admitting it.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The temple that outlasted hers

Demetrius feared that his goddess would lose her magnificence. Time settled the question: one writer sets her temple beside the temple believers belong to.

The temple of Diana? How little we know of it today! Crumbled, and gone forever; all its glory and all its licentiousness gone. But the temple we belong to still exists today, and God is worshipped, and will be worshipped, eternally.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause: the riot began with money, not conscience — Paul's preaching was costing the silversmiths customers.

- Cover: he re-labelled the threat to his income as a threat to the goddess, because that would move a crowd.

- Claim: the doctrine behind it all was that gods made with hands are no gods.

- Reach: the boast about all Asia and the world was true — Ephesus exported its idolatry in silver.

- Collapse: Demetrius feared rightly — his goddess is gone, while the temple made of believers stands.

Acts 19:28 · Darby

And having heard [this], and being filled with rage, they cried out, saying, Great [is] Artemis of the Ephesians.

Paul's preaching in Ephesus had put the silversmiths' trade in danger. Their shout filled the whole city, and it raises a plain question: why does a message that has harmed no one make ordinary people this angry?

The goddess behind the shout

The name shouted in the street belonged to a goddess worshipped far beyond Ephesus, and known by two names.

Diana is the Latin name of one of the main goddesses of the Greeks and Romans. The Greek name is Artemis. People said that an image of her had fallen from heaven, or had been made of wood or ebony that fell from the clouds. All Asia worshipped it. Her temple was at Ephesus, built of the finest marble... Ephesus was an educated city in every other way, but in religion it was in the dark. Its people were so worked up that they could shout for two hours, "Great is Diana of the Ephesians."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Older translations use the Latin name, Diana. The ESV keeps the Greek name, Artemis. The commentators quoted here use both.

Money wearing the clothes of devotion

The rage was real, but it did not begin with religion. It began with a profit margin, and religion was the respectable word for it.

Satan worked through people's greed. The success of the gospel had put the silversmiths' trade in danger, so it was easy for them to try to revive it under the cover of zeal for the reputation of their goddess Diana. Would people now despise her greatness and destroy her splendour? It was an excellent disguise for their real worry — their own income!

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What Paul had said

The charge against Paul was not invented. He had said the thing the silversmiths reported, and it struck at the whole trade.

People who do not know God will fight for nothing more fiercely than for their wealth and their religion... There was no doubt about what Paul meant. Gods made with hands are not gods. For us there is one God, the Father, from Whom are all things and for Whom we exist, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through Whom are all things and through Whom we exist (1 Cor. 8:6). So we ought not to think that the divine being is like gold or silver or stone, an image formed by the art and imagination of man... But grace knows how to make the wrath of man praise God, and also how to hold back the rest of that wrath.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the cry named the city

The crowd did not just praise their goddess. They tied her to themselves, and that one phrase explains the heat.

Not only were their profits at stake. The importance of their goddess and of their city was in danger too. They do not say, "Great is Diana," but "Great is Diana of the Ephesians." Knowing the true God makes us feel our own nothingness, and it judges the state of the heart. But a false religion forms an alliance with the passions of the heart. Worshippers are great in proportion to their religion and to what they worship. If the Diana of the Ephesians was great, then the Ephesians themselves were important in proportion to her importance. To look down on Diana was to take away from the greatness of her followers.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The rage itself

The verse names their fury before it names their shout. One writer sees a pattern in such anger, and points to the same reaction in a very different crowd.

In people who claim to know God, fits of rage are usually outbursts of false zeal. Man's anger never works the righteousness of God; it always resists it. The men of Nazareth were full of the anger of rebuked self-righteousness when they rose up to kill the Lord, and failed (Luke 4:28-30). In Gentile and in Jew we see the same cause producing the same effects.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

What the cry cost Paul

One slogan was enough to endanger his life, and he later described the experience in his own words.

Their cry of "Great is Diana of the Ephesians!" was a spark that set the whole city on fire, because Satan had been at work preparing the fuel. Then came the frightening riot that Paul refers to in his second letter to the Corinthians. He and his friends "were so utterly burdened beyond our strength that we despaired of life itself" (2 Cor. 1:8). The excited Ephesians were ready to pass the sentence of death on Paul... God did deliver him "from such a deadly peril," but the danger was clearly so great that Paul compares his rescue to a resurrection from the dead.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Money first. The gospel had cut the demand for silver shrines; the protest started at the workbench, not the temple.

- Mask second. Concern for the goddess gave a noble cover to a concern about income.

- Mob third. One phrase, shouted together, turned a trade meeting into a city-wide riot.

- Motive exposed. The cry named Ephesus as well as the goddess. Her greatness was their greatness, so the truth felt like a personal insult.

- Mercy last. Paul counted himself a dead man in that riot, and counted his escape a resurrection. The wrath of man served God's purpose instead of defeating it.

Acts 19:29 · Darby

And the [whole] city was filled with confusion, and they rushed with one accord to the theatre, having seized and carried off with [them] Gaius and Aristarchus, Macedonians, fellow-travellers of Paul.

At Ephesus the gospel spread so far that the trade in silver shrines for the local goddess collapsed. The silversmiths dressed their lost income as religious zeal, and the city poured into the theatre — seizing two of Paul's companions instead of Paul.

Money Dressed as Devotion

The cry that filled Ephesus was about a goddess. The grievance underneath it was money. One writer names the hand behind that mix:

Satan works in this world to weave degrading and destructive superstition into people's present interests and honour. Since that is so, it is no wonder that the testimony of the truth quickly inflames most people. That testimony threatens to undermine both their religion and their property. In principle it is the same today as it was then at Ephesus.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Older translations call the goddess Diana; her Greek name is Artemis. Another writer sees the enemy change tactics:

In the dark arts Satan approaches men with all the cunning of the serpent. Beaten there on this occasion, he turned to action in which he showed himself as the roaring lion. He worked through the greed of men. The success of the gospel had endangered the trade of the silversmiths. It was not hard to try to revive it under cover of zeal for the reputation of their goddess Diana. Would people despise her greatness and destroy her splendour? Here was excellent camouflage for their real concern about their own money-making prospects!

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A Crowd That Did Not Know Why It Shouted

One writer asks a simple question about the shouting crowd: did the people know what it was about?

A crowd picks up a popular cry easily, and that is what happened here. All could shout out "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!" But why were they shouting this? What was it all about? Most of that huge crowd could not tell. They had dragged Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's companions, along in their headlong rush to the theatre. Yet they plainly did not know what to do with them. No one touched either man: not a hair of their heads was hurt.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The theatre was the city's public gathering place. The Greek word for it turns up elsewhere too:

A place built for plays and other public entertainments, and for meetings of the people. At the uproar at Ephesus they rushed into the theatre (Acts 19:29, 31). The word is theatron, and it is translated 'spectacle' in 1 Cor. 4:9; angels and men gazed at the apostles.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Seized for Being Known With Paul

One writer notes why the crowd picked out Gaius:

During the stirring scenes at Ephesus, when the truth was overthrowing the business of Demetrius, the crowd seized Gaius as a well-known companion of Paul. Acts 19:29 calls him a Macedonian. He seems to have been a Macedonian living at Corinth, as Lydia was a woman of Thyatira living at Philippi.

Modernised from H J VineOriginal wording

Commentators differ on whether this Gaius is any of the other men of that name in the New Testament. Another writer will not decide:

We cannot say for certain whether the Gaius of John's third letter is one of the others we read about who bear that name. The Gaius of Acts 19:29 was a man of Macedonia. The Gaius of Acts 20:4 was "of Derbe," a city in Asia Minor. The Gaius of 1 Corinthians 1:14 was a Corinthian.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Aristarchus: The Long Road of Shared Danger

The riot is the first place Aristarchus appears. One writer lists where he turns up after it:

Aristarchus was a fellow-prisoner with the Apostle at the time of writing. He had been a companion in Paul's travels (Acts 19:29); a fellow-sufferer in the shipwreck (Acts 27:2); a fellow-worker in service (Philemon 24); and at last he is a fellow-prisoner in the Apostle's chains.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What the Riot Cost Paul

Paul's own words about this time show how close to death he came:

Their cry of "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!" was a spark that set the whole city alight. Satan had been at work making the material that would burn. Then came the alarming riot. Paul refers to it in his second letter to the Corinthians, when he and his friends "were so utterly burdened beyond our strength that we despaired of life itself" (2 Cor. 1:8). The excited Ephesians were ready to pass the sentence of death on Paul. But as he goes on to tell us, "we felt that we had received the sentence of death. But that was to make us rely not on ourselves but on God who raises the dead" (2 Cor. 1:9).

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause: The gospel cut into a trade. Greed then dressed itself as religious zeal — a mix that still inflames crowds today.

- Cover: Beaten in the dark arts, the enemy changed tactics. The goddess's honour became camouflage for lost profits.

- Confusion: The whole city rushed into the theatre. Most could not say why — and that ignorance kept the two captives safe.

- Cost: The crowd seized Gaius and Aristarchus for one reason: they were known as Paul's companions.

- Continuation: Aristarchus went on from this riot to shipwreck, service and prison — a companion in travel who became a companion in chains.

Acts 19:30 · Darby

But Paul intending to go in to the people, the disciples suffered him not;

A riot over money and a goddess swept Paul's two travelling companions into the Ephesian theatre. Paul wanted to follow them in, but the believers stopped him — is a servant's courage always the same thing as God's guidance?

What Paul Wanted to Walk Into

The theatre filled with people shouting the name of their goddess — Diana in older translations, Artemis in the ESV.

A popular cry starts easily and spreads, as it did in this case. Everyone could shout "Great is Diana of the Ephesians!" But why were they shouting it? What was it all about? Most of that huge crowd could not have said.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What the Riot Was Really About

One writer names what actually set the city off:

The reason for their rage against Paul was not that he said gods made with hands are no gods. Many of their own wise men had said the same. It was that he had persuaded and turned away a great crowd, not only in Ephesus but in almost all Asia. Their means of living was now under threat.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Money and religion together make a dangerous mix. Another writer puts it plainly:

Man, who does not know God, will fight for nothing more fiercely than for his wealth and his religion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Courage That Wanted to Go In

Paul's own travelling companions were inside that theatre.

Paul, with the courage that always marked him, was about to go in there to the people, but the disciples held him back.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

One writer looks at how the crowd treated the two men it did seize:

They had dragged Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's companions, along with them to the theatre, and they clearly did not know what to do with them. No one touched either of them: not a hair of their heads was hurt. Had Paul appeared it might have been very different.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Restraint as God's Care

One writer reads the disciples' refusal as God's own hand over His servant.

The believers restrain Paul and keep him from going there, where his zeal would have carried him. God watches over His servant; there was nothing for him to do there.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Paul's courage would have found no work to do in that theatre. His life, though, still carried something people needed. One writer weighs what hung on that moment:

They little knew that the Judge was at the door, or how thin the thread was that held the sword of justice. Suppose Paul had gone into the theatre, and the blind rage of disappointed greed had killed him. People's souls would then have been cut off from that blessed truth of God. He was revealing that truth through Paul, so that they might have fellowship with Himself.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

An Apostle Who Could Be Persuaded

Paul had the authority to overrule the disciples. He did not use it.

Whatever his own courage or feeling, Paul did not look down on the friends who warned him, despite their position. Scripture shows that he gave way to the protest of his fellow believers. He knew, on the right occasion, how to use heaven's power on earth for the Lord's glory. He wrote with divine authority for the saints here below until Christ comes. Yet he could graciously bend to others, as well as stand alone where that was of God. Only the Holy Spirit can give discernment at the moment, when the eye is fixed on Christ alone.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

How do you tell which moment calls for which? One writer draws the lesson from a later journey, when Paul pressed on after clear warnings:

The truest spiritual desire cannot take the place of the guidance of God... Not that spiritual zeal itself is evil — it is not; but if we lean on it, we will find it misleads us, and we will reap the results.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Zeal. Paul's wish to enter the theatre was real courage. His friends were inside, and courage always marked him.

- Restraint. The disciples' refusal was God watching over His servant. There was nothing for Paul to do in that place.

- Submission. An apostle with divine authority still bent to the protest of ordinary believers. Scripture counts that to his credit.

- Discernment. Only the Spirit shows, at the moment, when to stand alone and when to yield. Zeal is no substitute for God's guidance.

- Stakes. Paul's life carried a message. Had he died in that riot, souls would have been cut off from the truth God was revealing through him.

Acts 19:31 · Darby

and some of the Asiarchs also, who were his friends, sent to him and urged him not to throw himself into the theatre.

Paul wanted to walk into a theatre full of a rioting crowd. Some of the men who stopped him ran the city's religious festivals — and the verse calls them his friends.

Who the Asiarchs Were

These were the leading men of the Roman province of Asia. Their job put them on the opposite side of the argument from Paul:

The word is Ἀσιαρχῶν, "chiefs of Asia." They were officers chosen annually by the cities in the Roman province of Asia. They had charge of the public games and religious festivals. Some of the Asiarchs were friends of Paul. They begged him not to put himself in danger in the theatre, since no one could always control a riotous mob.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

One more detail explains their weight in the city.

These were elected officials, who, at their own expense, furnished festivals in honour of the gods.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

God's Protection Through Unlikely Hands

The men with the most reason to resent Paul's preaching were the men God used to shield him.

Still, as we have seen, God was at work behind the scenes through wiser men of high standing among them. The Asiarchs, whose chief or chiefs lived at Ephesus, had the easiest means and the best position in the state. Their very office would make you expect them to resent any dishonour done to their religion more than anyone. But kindness, if not conscience, made them give Paul wise advice: he should not risk himself in the theatre. God used them to shelter His servant. Here zeal and courage would have done no good, and might have put him in danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The danger was real. The mob had already dragged in two of Paul's companions. Nobody touched them, though. Its fury had one target.

They had dragged Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's companions, with them in their headlong rush to the theatre. Once there, it was obvious they did not know what to do with them. No one touched either of them: not a hair of their heads was hurt. Had Paul appeared it might have been very different.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why These Men Liked Him

Paul said plainly that hand-made gods are no gods at all. His friendship with these officials shows how he said it.

Paul declared faithfully that gods made by hands are not gods at all. Yet these men were his friends. That shows he was not offensive in the way he opposed such idolatry.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Later the town clerk calmed the mob. Even he could clear Paul's team of insulting the city's religion.

It is worth noting what he could say about Paul and his companions: they are "neither temple-plunderers, nor speak injuriously of your goddess" (New Translation). That shows they had carefully avoided anything that might have given offence. Their work was the positive preaching of the Gospel, not the negative work of exposing the follies of idolatry.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Courage That Accepts Counsel

Paul wanted to face the crowd. He didn't. Two things stand out: the mark his life left on these officials, and what he did with their advice.

It is very interesting to see the moral effect of Paul's teaching and life on certain of the chief officers of Asia. Scripture sets them apart from the disciples, yet says plainly that they were his friends. What is more, scripture shows that Paul did not despise these friends, despite their position. Whatever his own courage or feeling, he gave way to the protest of his brothers in the faith. At the right moment he knew how to wield on earth the power of heaven for the Lord's glory. He wrote with divine authority for the saints here below until Christ comes. Yet he could bend graciously to others, and he could also stand alone when that was of God. Only the Holy Spirit can give the discernment at the moment, where the eye is single to Christ.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Behind the restraining hands was a simple fact about the moment: the theatre held no work for him.

The brothers restrain Paul, and keep him from going there, where his zeal would have led him. God watches over His servant; there was nothing for him to do there.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Who — the cities of Asia chose the Asiarchs each year. They ran the public games and religious festivals, and paid for them out of their own pockets.

- Friendship — these officials were friends of the man who said their gods were no gods at all. Plain preaching had not meant offensive preaching.

- Restraint — Paul's zeal pointed him toward the theatre. But there was nothing for him to do there, and the mob would have found its target in him.

- Protection — God sheltered His servant through men of high standing. Courage alone would have achieved nothing there.

- Discernment — the same apostle who could stand alone could also bend to the advice of others. Only the Holy Spirit shows which moment is which.

Acts 19:32 · Darby

Different persons therefore cried out some different thing; for the assembly was tumultuous, and the most did not know for what cause they had come together.

Ephesus was in an uproar. The gospel had cut into the trade in silver shrines, and the crowd had rushed into the great theatre shouting for the city's goddess — called Diana in older translations and Artemis in newer ones. Two questions rise out of the scene. Why is this mob called an "assembly"? And what does it mean that most of them could not say why they were there?

The Same Word as "Church"

The word for "assembly" here is the same word used elsewhere for the church. One writer shows what that word does and does not prove.

Israel was a great assembly or congregation, as nobody can dispute. But that proves nothing about whether it was what God's assembly is now, according to the word. It is "Ecclesia," an assembly, in Acts 7, and the word, being simply an assembled multitude, says just no more than that. Acts 19 uses the identical word when it says that the town clerk "dismissed the assembly." Put "the church" there, and what nice sense you will have!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The same word can carry a far higher meaning. One writer shows what the Spirit of God does with it.

"Assembly" in this verse is exactly the same word the Spirit of God uses for "the assembly, the body of Christ" (Ephesians 1:22-23). It simply means a company of people elected out of the community to represent the city. The Spirit of God takes up that word and gives it a dignified meaning, a glorified meaning. It names ones called out of this world's system. They are to be for God intelligently, to represent God, and to function for God.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

A Crowd Without a Reason

The verse says most of them did not know why they had come. One writer shows how such a cry spreads, and what happened to the two men the crowd dragged along.

A popular cry is easily raised and taken up, as it was in this case. All could shout out "Great is Diana of the Ephesians!" But why were they shouting this? What was it all about? The greater part of that vast crowd could not tell. They had carried Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's companions, with them in their headlong rush to the theatre. Yet plainly they did not know what to do with them. No one touched either of them: not a hair of their heads was hurt.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Religion as a Cover

The noise was religious, but the interests underneath it were not. One writer shows how little religion a crowd actually needs.

This outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world. Worldly interests back him, and they love to shelter under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion; yet how thin a coat of it will do for the crowd, while the crowd in turn will do for the religion... In fact the cry that unites the mob is "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!" Yet when they come together, it is hard to turn that cry into anything that makes sense.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Why the Scene Is Recorded

The book has already shown religious feeling turning violent among the Jews. One writer explains why this scene was needed too, and who God used to keep Paul safe.

It was fitting that we should have a living picture of a half-religious riot among the Gentiles themselves. And we have it in the largest theatre whose ruins survive to this day. The Gentiles were certainly a little more senseless than the Jews, though their convictions were nowhere near as deep... Whatever the selfish motives underneath, they voiced their anger for the great Artemis, the goddess the Ephesians boasted about. Yet, as we have seen, God worked providentially through wiser men of high station among them... God used them to shelter His servant, where zeal and courage would have been useless, and might have exposed him to danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Same Confusion Today

Commentators apply the scene to their own day in two ways. One notes how familiar the pattern remains:

Since that time, men's protest demonstrations have often produced the same senseless confusion.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another turns it on the popular slogan that the voice of the people is the voice of God:

It is the "People's Party" in politics and in religion. It is the "People's Church." And people tell us confidently, "The voice of the people is the voice of God." God does not tell us so. He tells us the opposite. And where is His voice heard in all the noise and confusion caused "by the voice of the people"? Today it is one thing, and tomorrow something else... All around is confusion, as at Ephesus.

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

Summary

- One word, two assemblies. The word translated "assembly" here is the same word elsewhere translated "church." On its own it means no more than a gathered crowd.

- The crowd is the proof. Most of the shouters could not say why they had come — a cause loud enough to fill a theatre and too empty to explain itself.

- Thin coat. A trade interest was doing the real work; the goddess supplied the slogan, and a slogan was all the religion the crowd required.

- Not a hair harmed. The confusion that made the mob dangerous also made it useless: it seized Paul's companions and then had no idea what to do with them.

- The other calling. The Spirit takes the same ordinary word and lifts it. It names a people called out of the world's system, who know why they are gathered.

Acts 19:33 · Darby

But from among the crowd they put forward Alexander, the Jews pushing him forward. And Alexander, beckoning with his hand, would have made a defence to the people.

A packed theatre in Ephesus is roaring, and most of the crowd cannot say why they came. Into that noise the Jews push a man named Alexander, who lifts his hand to speak and gets two hours of chanting instead.

A crowd out of control

Acts has already shown religious excitement among the Jews. One writer sees this riot as the matching scene among the heathen.

In this book we have already had the Holy Spirit's account of religious excitement among the Jews... It was fitting that we should also see a living picture of a half-religious riot among the heathen themselves. It happened in the largest theatre whose remains still survive today. The Gentiles were certainly a little more senseless than the Jews, though their convictions were nowhere near as deep.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the Jews put him forward

Alexander did not step out on his own; the Jews pushed him. They had reason to fear where the mob's anger would land next.

The Jews clearly began to fear that the persecution might turn against them, since most of the people did not know why they had come together. So they put forward a man named Alexander, probably to shift the blame from themselves onto the Christians. But the moment the heathen found out he was a Jew, their fury grew.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Commentators differ on his aim. One takes it as a move to shift blame onto the Christians; another, as a defence of the one true God.

What "motioning with his hand" means

Acts records more than one raised hand before a crowd. One writer separates Alexander's motion from the apostle's own gesture, made while he wore a chain.

It is well to avoid the mistake of confusing the apostle's act here with what he did in the synagogue of Antioch in Pisidia, or what Alexander did in the tumultuous assembly at Ephesus. This was "beckoning with the hand", quite different in character and aim from stretching it out, here too with a chain.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The one fact that silenced him

Alexander never got past his opening move. The crowd saw one thing about him and stopped listening.

It was useless, then, for Alexander to beckon with his hand in the desire to make a defence to the people. It was enough that they saw he was a Jew, and therefore hostile to their idolatry. There was one voice from all, for about two hours, as they cried out, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!" What a true picture of a world governed by prejudice and feeling in what matters most — for this life, and for the life to come! God, the true God, is not in their thoughts, which are therefore open to any and every delusion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A true creed with no strength behind it

The Jews held the right belief about God being one. It bought them nothing in that theatre.

Once again the poor Jews prove themselves without light. Walking in darkness in their own errors, they put forward one of their countrymen to defend the doctrine of the one God. But this only stirred up the fury of the people even more... Without God no one can oppose the devil or uphold the truth. The truth of the one God had no power without faith and truth in the heart, and neither did the name of Jesus, linked with Paul who announced Him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Is this Alexander the coppersmith?

Paul later warns Timothy about a coppersmith named Alexander who "did me great harm" (2 Timothy 4:14).

The Apostle then refers to "Alexander the coppersmith." Whether he is the same man mentioned in Acts 19:33 we cannot now tell. Here he carries the unenviable reputation of an uncompromising opponent of the truth, and of the Apostle in particular.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

The hand behind the noise

Paul came out of the riot safely. One writer traces that deliverance to a chain of unlikely helpers.

From the account in Acts we can see how God used one person and then another to work the deliverance. He used certain of the chiefs of Asia; Alexander, who drew attention away from Paul; and the town clerk with his diplomatic talk. Most of the wild demonstrators had no idea exactly why they were demonstrating.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

One writer sees God at work in the advice those men of rank gave Paul.

Kind feeling, if not conscience, made these men of high station give Paul the wise advice not to venture into the theatre. God used them to shelter His servant, where zeal and courage would have been useless, and might have exposed him to danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Confusion — Religious excitement filled the assembly, but it had no idea of its own cause. Most of those present could not say why they had come.

- Calculation — Alexander did not step out on his own. The Jews pushed him, likely to move the blame onto the Christians.

- Gesture — His motion of the hand asked the crowd for a hearing. That differed in aim from Paul's own gesture of address.

- Contempt — One fact ended his defence before it began: he was a Jew. That is a world ruled by prejudice and feeling, with no place for God in its thoughts.

- Control — Right doctrine without God carried no power that day. Yet God used the whole uproar — Alexander included — to shelter His servant Paul.

Acts 19:34 · Darby

But, recognising that he was a Jew, there was one cry from all, shouting for about two hours, Great [is] Artemis of the Ephesians.

Paul's preaching in Ephesus had hurt the trade in silver shrines. A silversmith's complaint swept the city into the theatre, and for two hours the crowd did not argue — it chanted.

The Goddess Behind the Chant

The ESV calls her Artemis. Older English translations call her Diana, and some quotes below use that older name. One reference work describes her, and the city that shouted for her:

Diana is the Latin name of one of the main goddesses of the Greeks and Romans; the Greek name is Artemis. People said an image of her had fallen from heaven. All Asia worshipped it. Her temple was at Ephesus, built of choice marble... Ephesus was an enlightened city in other ways, but it was dark when it came to religion. The excited people could shout for two hours, "Great is Diana of the Ephesians."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

One Voice, No Thought

Kelly sees in this crowd a picture of how the world settles the questions that matter most:

There was one voice from all, for about two hours, as they cried out, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians." What a true picture of a world ruled by prejudice and feeling in the thing that matters most — not only for this life, but also for the life to come! God, the true God, is not in their thoughts, and so their thoughts lie open to any and every delusion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Most of the crowd could not have said what the quarrel was about:

A popular cry is easily started and taken up, as it was here. Everyone could shout out "Great is Diana of the Ephesians!" But why were they shouting this? What was it all about? Most of that huge crowd could not tell.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why "Of the Ephesians"

The crowd does not just praise the goddess. They praise their goddess, and Darby notes that their own standing rises with hers:

They do not say, "Great is Diana," but "Great is Diana of the Ephesians." Knowing the true God makes us feel our own nothingness, and it judges the state of the heart. A false religion, by contrast, joins hands with the passions of the heart. Worshippers are great in the measure of their religion, and of what they worship... To look down on Diana was to take away from the greatness of her followers.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Money Wearing a Religious Coat

Underneath the devotion lay a threatened income. The religious cry gave that interest a respectable voice:

The story of this outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world, held up by worldly interests that love to hide under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion; yet how thin a coat of it is enough for the crowd, while the crowd in turn is enough for the religion.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The Silenced Spokesman

The Jews of the city pushed Alexander forward to speak for them. It backfired the moment the crowd saw he was a Jew:

Here again we find the Jews putting Alexander forward. However clever the plan, it did them no good. It only inflamed the crowd all the more. The idol-worshippers instinctively resented a defender like this. Could anyone honestly think that the Jews had more respect for their great goddess than the Christians had?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Darby draws a further lesson from the failure. These men held a true belief — that God is one — yet could do nothing with it:

Without God no one can stand against the devil or hold up the truth. Neither the truth of the one God, nor the name of Jesus joined with the name of Paul who preached Him, had any power without faith and truth in the heart.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

God Over the Noise

Outside the shouting, God was at work. Kelly sees His hand in the advice that kept Paul out of the theatre:

God worked through wiser men of high standing among them... Kind feeling, if not conscience, made them give Paul the wise advice not to risk himself in the theatre. God used them to shelter His servant, where zeal and courage would have done no good, and might have put him in danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Darby sets the struggle at Ephesus in a longer view, reaching to Christ's return:

Until the Lord comes, this conflict must go on. Miracles have ceased, but the care of His servants never grows weaker in the heart of Jesus. He works as truly as ever, and God's government orders everything for the good of His work. He may allow Satan's rage to break out, but He never forgets His own.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause. The uproar started with threatened profits. Religion supplied the slogan that made greed sound noble.

- Cry. "Of the Ephesians" is the giveaway. A false god makes worshippers feel great; the true God shows them their nothingness.

- Crowd. Two hours of one voice, and most could not say what it was all about. Where God is left out of people's thoughts, feeling and prejudice take charge.

- Collapse. Alexander held a true belief about God and still could not be heard. Truth without faith in the heart carries no power.

- Care. God sheltered His servant through the men who kept Paul out of the theatre — and He works as truly today.

Acts 19:35 · Darby

And the townclerk, having quieted the crowd, said, Ephesians, what man is there then who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple-keeper of Artemis the great, and of the [image] which fell down from heaven?

The riot at Ephesus has run for two hours, with the crowd chanting one slogan. Then a city official steps forward, and his first words are not a defence of Paul but a compliment to Ephesus.

The Office He Held

The man is not a clerk in the modern sense. The office carried real weight in that city, and the speaker uses it well.

The town clerk, or recorder, now comes on the scene. In that age and country he was a far more important man than such an officer is in most places, as we learn from ancient inscriptions and other evidence. He worshipped idols like the rest. But their pointless frenzy shocked his common sense. His speech states in plain, sharp terms their own folly and wrong — not their wrong towards God, but towards other men, and above all in the eyes of their Roman governors.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The City's Boast

Older writers call the goddess Diana; the verse uses her Greek name, Artemis. The clerk appeals to what no one in Ephesus would deny: the city keeps her temple, and it keeps an image people believed had dropped out of the sky. One writer points out what that image really was.

He appealed to what everyone knew: Ephesus worshipped Diana and the image they claimed had fallen down from Jupiter. The image was clearly a man-made thing. It stood for the powers of nature that give birth and feed, and that is why it had many breasts. But men given to idols will accept any superstitious lie.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Ephesus was no backwater. Its culture and its religion were in two different worlds.

Diana is the Latin name of one of the chief goddesses of the Greeks and Romans. The Greek name is Artemis. People said an image of her had fallen from heaven, or that someone had made it from wood or ebony that fell from the clouds. All Asia worshipped it. Her temple stood at Ephesus, built of choice marble… Ephesus was in other ways an enlightened city, yet it was dark in religion: the excited people could shout for two hours, "Great is Diana of the Ephesians."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

No Crime, No Cause for Riot

The clerk argues that no one had touched the city's honour, so the crowd had no reason to riot. One writer, giving his own translation of the clerk's next words, notes the hint buried in the little word "for" and corrects an old mistranslation of what these men were not.

"Since no one can deny these things, you ought to be quiet and do nothing rash. For you have brought these men here, and they are neither temple-robbers nor blasphemers of our goddess…" The little word "for", which our version and perhaps every other leaves out, hints without saying it outright: Why all this fuss?… All the old Protestant English versions give the completely false rendering "robbers of churches".

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The men the crowd had seized had done nothing to the goddess or her temple, and Demetrius had a lawful way to bring any complaint.

How foolish they looked! Neither Gaius nor Aristarchus had attacked their goddess. Neither they, nor any Christians, had committed the sacrilege of robbing the temple. So the right thing for them all was to be quiet and do nothing rash. If Demetrius had a grievance, the law courts and the Roman governors were there; he should take it to them, not to the excited crowd filling the theatre. So they should all break up quietly, or the city's leaders would have to answer for the uproar.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

A Crowd With No Room For God

A crowd that chants for two hours shows how it thinks. One writer sees the whole world in it.

What a true picture of the world! It is ruled by prejudice and feeling in the very things that matter most — not only for this life, but for the life to come. God, the true God, is not in their thoughts, so their thoughts lie open to every delusion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Hand Behind the Speech

The speech holds no gospel and no truth about God. Yet it is what keeps Paul and the believers in Ephesus safe.

It was good for everyone that the town clerk was a man of great tact and skill. He flattered the crowd, calmed them, soothed them, and sent the assembly home. But faith sees more: God was using the persuasive speech of an idol-worshipping official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The Same City, Later

The clerk's proud phrase turns up again in a later letter to these same people. The apostle writes to them as Gentiles — non-Jews — about what they once were.

The apostle was writing to Gentiles. They had once been "worshippers of the great goddess, Diana," and of the image which they imagined had fallen "down from Jupiter." Poor idol-worshippers they were then. These Gentiles are the "you" of that solemn statement, and he himself with other Hebrews are the "we."

Modernised from H. Forbes WitherbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Boast. The city's proudest title was "temple keeper" of Artemis and of a stone said to have dropped out of the sky — an object that human hands had made.

- Blindness. An otherwise cultured city shouted one slogan for two hours; where the true God is not in men's thoughts, any delusion can move in.

- Brake. A city official stops the riot with plain civic sense: these men insulted no goddess and robbed no temple, so no one had cause to act rashly.

- Behind it. The speech preaches no gospel, yet faith reads God's hand in it: He shelters His servant through a man who did not know Him.

- Beyond it. The very words "worshippers of the great goddess Diana" later describe what grace lifted these same people out of.

Acts 19:36 · Darby

These things therefore being undeniable, it is necessary that ye should be calm and do nothing headlong.

Paul's stay at Ephesus ended in a riot. The riot ended with no sword and no sermon: a city official talked the crowd back into its senses. He began by granting the mob its premise. The greatness of Artemis and the stone that fell from the sky were beyond argument. Then he drew the opposite conclusion: if nothing is under threat, nothing needs to be done.

The man who spoke

The speaker was no minor clerk in the modern sense, and he was not on the Christians' side.

The town clerk, or recorder, now comes on the scene. He was a much more important person in that time and country than in most others, as we learn from ancient inscriptions and other sources. He was a pagan like the rest. But his common sense was shocked by their pointless excesses. His speech sets out in plain, sharp terms their own folly and wrong — not as to God, but as among men, and especially before their Roman governors.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "cannot be denied"

The whole argument rests on something the speaker treats as settled fact. That is exactly where one commentator presses.

This is how man is deceived. He assumes as beyond question what is merely a delusion of the enemy. Intelligence is no protection against the lie of Satan; nothing protects but the truth brought home by the Spirit of God. For this man, otherwise sensible, the great Artemis and the stone that fell from the sky were things that could not be denied. On that assumption he insists that calmness is the only fitting state of mind for his fellow worshippers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The pressure that produced quiet

His argument moves from the men in custody, to the proper courts, and finally to a risk the city itself was running.

He calls for calmness and for holding back from any rash action. He tells them that the men they had seized (Gaius and Aristarchus) were neither temple plunderers nor blasphemers of their goddess. He knew that these men were not agitators, but that Demetrius was causing the agitation. So he tells them this: if Demetrius and the other craftsmen want to bring a civil charge against anyone, the courts were fully available, and lawyers too... For, as he says, the Roman authorities would likely ask hard questions about such an uproar. And they could give them no satisfactory answer.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Nothing to accuse them of

The official could clear Paul's companions of any crime against the temple. That says something about how they had preached in the city.

The town clerk was able to say of Paul and his companions that they are "neither temple-plunderers, nor speak injuriously of your goddess" (New Translation). This shows that they had carefully avoided all that might have given offence. They went in for the positive preaching of the gospel rather than the negative work of exposing the follies of idolatry.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A crowd shamed out of its own cause

The craftsmen feared for their trade. But the whole city shared something else, and it took very little to show how thin it was.

The history of this outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world, supported by the worldly interests that love to shelter under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion; yet how thin a coat of it will do for the crowd, while the crowd in turn will do for the religion. What an absurd thing, to deny what all Asia and the world worship! ...So it can become heresy to say that things made by human hands are not gods. And the town clerk can shame a crowd out of taking it seriously.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Who was really speaking

Faith sees more here than a skilful official.

Fortunately for all parties, the town clerk was a man of great tact and admirable policy. He flattered, calmed, soothed, and dismissed the assembly. But to faith it was God using the persuasive eloquence of a pagan official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Summary

- Quiet asked. The town clerk tells the mob to be still and do nothing rash. His advice was sensible among men. But it aimed at the city's standing before its Roman governors, not at honouring God.

- Quiet on a lie. What he calls undeniable is a delusion of the enemy. Intelligence is no defence against such a lie. Only truth brought home by the Spirit of God is.

- Quiet deserved. The town clerk could clear Paul's companions of robbing the temple or insulting the goddess. They had preached the gospel rather than attacked idols.

- Quiet enforced. What settled the crowd was fear. Rome could charge them with riot, and they had no answer to give for the day's uproar.

- Quiet given. To faith, God was using a pagan official's eloquence to protect His servant and His many children in that city.

Acts 19:37 · Darby

For ye have brought these men, [who are] neither temple-plunderers, nor speak injuriously of your goddess.

The riot at Ephesus ends with a city official clearing Paul's companions in public. His sentence holds two things at once: the Christians are innocent, and he still calls Artemis "our goddess".

Who Speaks

The city was in uproar and no one could quiet it. Then a public officer stepped forward, and the mood changed:

Fortunately for everyone involved, the town clerk was a man of great tact and admirable skill. He flattered the crowd, calmed them, soothed them, and sent the assembly home. But to faith it was God using the persuasive speech of a pagan official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

What The Words Mean

The word behind "sacrilegious" means temple-robbers — men who break into a shrine and steal its treasures. Older English Bibles got it wrong, and Kelly says so bluntly:

All the old Protestant English Versions have the absurdly false rendering "robbers of churches". Bad habit runs that deep, and not only among ordinary people.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

So the clerk clears them of two crimes: robbing the temple, and insulting Artemis. Stuart points to the two men the crowd had seized:

How foolish they looked! Neither Gaius nor Aristarchus had attacked their goddess. Neither they, nor any Christians, had committed sacrilege by robbing the temple. So the right course for them all was to keep quiet and do nothing rash.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The Acquittal As Evidence

An official who worshipped Artemis could find nothing to charge them with. Hole reads that silence as evidence of how Paul and his companions had worked:

Note how he could say of Paul and his companions that they are "neither sacrilegious nor blasphemers of our goddess". This shows they had taken care to avoid anything that might cause offence. They gave themselves to the positive preaching of the Gospel, not to the negative work of exposing how foolish idol-worship is.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

So the gospel did its work by what it preached, not by insults aimed at what others worshipped.

The Speaker's Own Blindness

The same man who defends the Christians is himself deceived — and he treats his delusion as the one thing beyond argument. Kelly draws the warning out:

This is how man is deceived. He takes as beyond question what is only a delusion of the enemy. No amount of intelligence protects a man against the lie of Satan; nothing does but the truth brought home by the Spirit of God. For this man, sensible in other things, the great Artemis and the stone that fell from the sky were facts no one could deny.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

He knows law and public order, yet about God he is wrong.

Religion As Cover

This riot also raises a question about the crowd itself. What was their religion actually worth?

This outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world, propped up by worldly interests that love to shelter under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion; yet how thin a coat of it is enough for the crowd, while the crowd in turn is enough for the religion. What an absurd thing to deny what all Asia and the world worship! Really, men believe in men... So it can end up being heresy to say that things made with hands are no gods; and a town clerk can shame a crowd out of taking it seriously.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The Right Channel

Having cleared the accused, the clerk turns to the accusers.

He knew that these men were not the troublemakers. Demetrius was the one stirring things up. So he tells them that if Demetrius and the other craftsmen want to bring a civil charge against anyone, the courts are open and there are lawyers too. As he says, the Roman authorities would likely question them closely about the reason for such an uproar, and they could give no satisfactory answer. It was the Lord's mercy that the matter ended in this way.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Cleared — The clerk names the two crimes nobody could pin on them: robbing the temple, and insulting the goddess.

- Careful — A man who worshipped Artemis found nothing to charge them with. Paul's companions had given no needless offence.

- Constructive — They put their strength into preaching the Gospel, not into attacking idols.

- Cover — The crowd's religion was a thin coat over worldly interests. A town clerk could shame them out of it.

- Cared for — A man still deceived about Artemis spoke well. Faith sees God using him to protect His servants.

Acts 19:38 · Darby

If therefore Demetrius and the artisans who [are] with him have a matter against any one, the courts are being held, and there are proconsuls let them accuse one another.

Paul's preaching in Ephesus had cut into the trade in silver shrines, so the silversmith Demetrius raised a mob that shouted for two hours. The town clerk calmed it and pointed Demetrius to the courts, and God used that pagan official to shield Paul's companions.

Court days and proconsuls

Two phrases in the verse come from Roman court life. One writer explains what they meant in Ephesus.

The town clerk of Ephesus tried, and with success, to calm the excited crowd in the theatre of the city. That city took pride in being the temple-keeper of Artemis the Great. "If Demetrius," he said, "and the craftsmen with him have a matter against any man, the law is open" (rather, the law courts are being held), "and there are deputies (or proconsuls): let them bring charges against one another."

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The writer is correcting an older translation. "The law is open" does not mean that law exists in general. It means the court days had come round and the officials who heard such cases were on hand — what the ESV calls "the courts are open, and there are proconsuls."

A charge has a place

The clerk's point is that a complaint against a man is not settled by a crowd.

So he tells them this. If Demetrius and the other craftsmen want to bring a civil charge against anyone, the courts were open and lawyers available. Other matters — political ones, for instance — would need a properly arranged assembly under proper government. For, as he says, the Roman authorities would likely question closely the reason for such an uproar, and they could give them no satisfactory answer.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another writer notes that the clerk goes further. He calls the whole proceeding out of order and unsafe.

He is more exact as well. He puts before Demetrius and the craftsmen with him that their procedure was irregular and dangerous for everyone. A charge must come at a proper time and place, and before the right judge. Only there could a case reach a lawful result.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Clear-headed and deceived at once

The same clerk who knows court procedure treats the tale of a stone fallen from the sky as beyond question. One writer draws the lesson: clear thinking is no defence against a lie.

This is how man is deceived. He takes as beyond question what is only a delusion of the enemy. No amount of intelligence protects him from the lie of Satan. Nothing does that but the truth brought home by the Spirit of God. For this man, otherwise sensible, the great Artemis and the stone that fell from the sky were things that could not be denied.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Nothing to charge them with

The clerk could point Demetrius to a courtroom because there was nothing to try. One writer traces that back to how Paul and his companions had worked.

Notice what he could say of Paul and his companions. They are "neither temple-robbers, nor do they speak against your goddess," which shows that they had carefully avoided all that might have given offence. They went in for the positive preaching of the gospel , not the negative work of exposing the follies of idolatry.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

God behind the official

No miracle rescued Paul's companions. A city official with a gift for handling crowds did. Faith sees who was behind him.

Fortunately for all parties, the town clerk was a man of great tact and admirable policy. He flattered, calmed, soothed, and dismissed the assembly. But to faith it was God using the persuasive eloquence of a pagan official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

What the meeting had proved

Once the clerk named the courts, the crowd had nothing left to do. Its real character had already shown itself.

He then dismisses the disorderly and irregular assembly, which had done nothing but show what man is under the power of Satan and moved by his own selfishness.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Courts. "The law is open" meant real court days in session, with proconsuls on hand. Demetrius had a remedy he could use.

- Order. A charge belongs at the right time and place, before the right judge. Only there can a case end lawfully. A mob in a theatre is neither the place nor the court.

- Blind. The clerk knew the law well, yet he took the myth of the goddess as fact. Intelligence is no shield against the enemy's lie; only truth brought home by the Spirit is.

- Clear. The clerk could send Demetrius to court because there was nothing to try. Paul's men had robbed no temple and insulted no goddess. They preached the gospel instead of attacking idols.

- Kept. God shielded His servants with no miracle, only the tact of a pagan official. The meeting then broke up. It had shown nothing but what man is under Satan's power and his own selfishness.

Acts 19:39 · Darby

But if ye inquire anything concerning other matters, it will be settled in the regular assembly.

A riot has filled Ephesus, and the town clerk finally gets a hearing. He gives the silversmiths no verdict, only a procedure — and the Greek word he uses for the lawful assembly, ekklesia, is the same word the New Testament uses for the church.

The clerk's remedy: the right place, the right time

The clerk does not weigh the silversmiths' complaint. He tells them that the way they raised it was out of order:

He is also more exact. He puts it to Demetrius and the craftsmen with him that their way of proceeding was irregular and dangerous for everyone. A charge must be brought at the proper time and place, and before the right judge. Only there could there be a lawful result. Any other question must be settled in the lawful assembly — and this gathering was not that.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One word, three kinds of assembly

The word translated "assembly" here is ekklesia. Elsewhere the same word is translated "church." So does this verse call a pagan city meeting a church?

It simply means an assembly, and the context decides what kind of assembly it is. For example, the same word is used three times of the riotous crowd at Ephesus, which Demetrius the silversmith and his fellow tradesmen brought together (Acts 19:32, 39, 41). In each of those places it is translated assembly.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

The word already had a settled meaning in Greek city life before the church existed:

The word by which the Church is named is itself an example — and hardly a more striking one could be found — of how a word is gradually raised in meaning. We have ekklesia in three distinct stages: the pagan, the Jewish, and the Christian. As to the first, ekklesia was the lawful assembly in a free Greek city of all those who held the right of citizenship, called to handle public affairs. The last part of the word says that they were summoned. The first part says that they were summoned out of the whole population — a select portion of it, which left out the common crowd, foreigners, and those who had lost their civic rights. Both the calling and the calling out are worth remembering when the word is taken up into its higher Christian sense, for much of its fitness for that greater use lies in them.

Modernised from H. B. CoderOriginal wording

What the irregular assembly achieved

By pointing to the lawful assembly, the clerk showed what this gathering was not:

The town clerk calms the people. He lets them understand that the authorities would most likely step in because of the riot, and that the men (Gaius and Aristarchus) had done nothing against the law. He then dismisses the disorderly and irregular assembly. It had done nothing but show what man is under the power of Satan and moved by his own selfishness.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Religion as a cover for money

The riot was raised in the name of a goddess. One writer names what was really holding it up:

The story of this riot shows us the power of the prince of this world, propped up by the worldly interests that love to hide under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion. Yet how thin a coat of it is enough for the crowd — and the crowd, in turn, is enough for the religion.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

God's hand behind a public official

The clerk was no believer, and his skill was political. Yet that is not the whole account of what happened:

It was fortunate for everyone that the town clerk was a man of great tact and skill. He flattered the crowd, calmed it, soothed it, and dismissed the assembly. But to faith it was God using the persuasive speech of a pagan official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Nothing to charge them with

Notice what the clerk could say about Paul's companions in front of an angry crowd:

It is worth noting that he could say of Paul and his companions that they are "neither temple-plunderers, nor speak injuriously of your goddess" (Acts 19:37, older translation). That shows they had been careful to avoid anything that might have caused offence. They gave themselves to the positive preaching of the Gospel, not to the negative work of exposing the follies of idolatry.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Assembly, not mob. A charge belongs at the proper time and place, before the right judge. This crowd was none of those.

- Assembly, defined by context. Ekklesia simply means an assembly. Context decides which one: the riot, the lawful city meeting, or the church.

- Assembly, called out. In the Greek city it meant citizens summoned, and summoned out from the rest of the population. Both ideas carry into its Christian use.

- Assembly, dismissed. The crowd settled nothing. It only showed what man is under Satan's power and his own selfishness, with religion as a thin cover over threatened trade.

- Assembly, overruled. A pagan official's tact calmed the city. Faith sees God behind it, guarding His servant — and no charge of temple-robbing or slander would stick.

Acts 19:40 · Darby

For also we are in danger to be put in accusation for sedition for this [affair] of to-day, no cause existing in reference to which we shall be able to give a reason for this concourse.

A mob has filled the great theatre at Ephesus for two hours, angry that Paul's preaching is ruining the trade in images of Artemis (Diana). The town clerk closes his speech with the one argument that works: Rome punishes riots, and this crowd cannot say why it came.

The warning that worked

The clerk's earlier points were reasonable. This last one carried a threat — and he included himself in it. One writer traces how the argument builds and why the final sentence was enough.

He is more precise. He points out to Demetrius and the craftsmen with him that their action was irregular and dangerous for everyone. They must bring a charge at the proper time and place, and before the right judge. Only there could there be a lawful result. Any other question belongs in the lawful assembly, and this was not one. More than that — "we are in danger". Not only they, but "we", might face a charge of rioting over this day's business. There was no reason they could point to that would account for this gathering. The Romans, as everyone knows, were deeply suspicious of such disorderly gatherings. They often punished them with bloodshed beyond measure. Since his speech closed with such a pointed hint, he had no trouble in dismissing the assembly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A gathering with nothing to show for itself

The clerk's phrase — "no cause that we can give to justify this commotion" — is an admission about the whole affair. The crowd had produced noise and nothing else. The man who ended it saw that better than the men who started it.

The assembly dispersed. It had done nothing but shout. It had achieved nothing except to cover itself with ridicule. Its folly was exposed. Its senseless act was rebuked. The town clerk was wise. Demetrius and his fellows had fooled the people. Many a thoughtful person probably saw it the next day, when he reviewed the whole matter calmly.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Money wearing the clothes of religion

The mob's slogan named the goddess. One writer looks at what was holding the crowd together.

The history of this outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world. Worldly interests hold him up, and they love to shelter under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion. Yet how thin a coat of it is enough for the crowd, while the crowd in turn is enough for the religion… In fact the cry that unites the mob is "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!" But when they come together, it is hard to turn this into anything they can put into words. … until the town clerk brings it to an end. He wonders at what was never in question. He pleads for men who are neither sacrilegious nor blasphemers. And behind it stands the hint of Rome's harsh way of putting down a riot.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Who was really protecting Paul

Nothing in the clerk's speech is Christian. He flatters the city and worries about the authorities. Yet Paul and the believers there come out of the day unharmed.

Fortunately for all concerned, the town clerk was a man of great tact and admirable judgment. He flattered, calmed, soothed, and dismissed the assembly. But to faith it was God using the persuasive eloquence of a heathen official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Another writer notes that the same speech cleared the Christians of any charge: the clerk dismissed the disorderly meeting, "which had done nothing but show what man is under the power of Satan and moved by his own selfishness."

J. N. Darby

The word behind "assembly"

The Greek word for the crowd in the theatre is ekklesia. The New Testament uses the same word for the church.

The word does cover the riotous meeting at Ephesus that the town clerk dismissed (Acts 19:41). But it also means "called out ones". Archbishop Trench says: "The name we give the Church is itself an example of how a word is gradually ennobled — you could hardly find a more striking one… In a free Greek city, ekklesia was the lawful assembly of all those who held the right of citizenship, for the conduct of public affairs. The second half of the word says they were summoned. The first says they were summoned out of the whole population, a select portion of it — not the general public, not strangers, and not those who had lost their civic rights. Both the calling and the calling out are worth remembering when we take the word up into a higher Christian sense."

Modernised from H. B. CoderOriginal wording

Summary

- Uproar — A trade grievance dressed up as devotion. The crowd shouted for two hours and could not say why.

- Warning — The clerk's last argument was fear, not truth. Rome punished riots, and no one could account for this one.

- Dismissal — The meeting broke up with nothing to show but its own ridicule. By the next morning many saw the folly.

- Protection — Faith reads the scene another way. God used a pagan official's tact to shield His servant and the believers in that city.

- Assembly — One Greek word covers this mob and the church. The difference lies in who does the calling, and out of what.

Acts 19:41 · Darby

And having said these things, he dismissed the assembly.

Acts 19 closes not with an apostle's sermon but with a city official sending a mob home. The riot had roared for two hours over Artemis — the goddess the older English Bible calls Diana. It ended in nothing, and the question is what God was doing in it.

The clerk's closing threat

The clerk told the crowd this gathering was not a lawful assembly. Then he warned them that Rome could hold them answerable for the day.

Any other question had to be settled in the lawful assembly, which this gathering was not. More than that, "we are in danger" — not just they, but "we". They could be accused of riot for what happened that day, and they had no reason to give that would account for this gathering. The Romans, as everyone knows, were deeply suspicious of such disorderly gatherings, and often punished them with unlimited bloodshed. His speech closed with such a pointed hint that he then had no difficulty in dismissing the assembly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The word "assembly"

The Greek word used for this crowd, ekklesia, is the same word translated "church" elsewhere in the New Testament. One writer tests the point by putting "church" into this verse.

Israel is called "Ecclesia," an assembly, in Acts 7, and the word, being simply an assembled multitude, says just no more than that. The same word appears in Acts 19, where the town clerk "dismissed the assembly." Put "the church" there, and see what nice sense you get!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Another writer sets the two assemblies side by side:

The "assembly in the wilderness" was of Israel; while the assembly of Acts 19:41 was an Ephesian mob. The Church of God is, moreover, called the "House of God," "Bride of Christ," "The Lamb's wife," and so on, applying to it, and to nothing else.

Modernised from C J DavisOriginal wording

A sensible man under a delusion

The clerk spoke well. But his whole appeal rested on something false.

This is how man is deceived. He treats as beyond question what is only a delusion of the enemy. No intelligence protects against Satan's lie; nothing does but the truth brought home by the Spirit of God. For this man, otherwise sensible, the great Artemis and the stone that fell from the sky were things that could not be denied.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer looks at what was really driving the crowd:

The history of this outbreak shows us the power of the prince of this world supported by the worldly interests that love to shelter under the cover of religion. Men must have a religion; yet how thin a coat of it will do for the crowd, while the crowd in turn will do for the religion.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

God's hand behind the official

The man who ended the riot was no believer. Faith still saw who was behind him.

For two whole hours the people shouted, "Great is Diana of the Ephesians." Fortunately for everyone, the town clerk was a man of great tact and admirable policy. He flattered, calmed, soothed, and dismissed the assembly. But to faith it was God using the persuasive eloquence of a pagan official to protect His servant and His many children there.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

God had already used others in the same way:

God used these men of high position to shelter His servant, where zeal and courage would have been useless, and might have exposed him to danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Nothing accomplished

For all its noise, the gathering settled nothing.

The assembly broke up. It had done nothing but shout. It had achieved nothing except to cover itself with ridicule. Its folly was exposed. Its senseless act was rebuked. The town clerk was wise.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The enemy spent

The riot was a real attack, but it broke on nothing. The timing tells the story. The word had already done its work in Ephesus before God let the storm rise.

The enemy, left free and stirred up by the powerful effect of the word of God, raises a great tumult against Paul and the gospel. But it is useless to fight against God. His fury spends itself in shouts and cries… Thank God, it was too late! We have seen that until the work was finished, the enemy was held in check.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Word first. The gospel had already spread through Ephesus before the riot broke out. God held the enemy back until the work was finished.

- Noise next. The mob shouted for two hours and gained nothing but ridicule.

- Shelter given. God protected Paul through people outside the faith. Men of rank sheltered him, and a tactful clerk talked the city quiet.

- Delusion exposed. The clerk argued well on a false foundation. Being clever is no defence against the enemy's lie. Only the truth brought home by the Spirit is.

- Words matter. The "assembly" here is the same Greek word as "church". The word means a gathering, and the context decides who is gathered.

Acts 20:1 · Darby

But after the tumult had ceased, Paul having called the disciples to [him] and embraced [them], went away to go to Macedonia.

The storm quieted, the work at Ephesus closed

The uproar was not simply crowd trouble that fizzled out. One writer sees Satan behind the riot, and the same hand that once calmed the sea calming this storm too:

Satan was defeated. Then, after a pause — in which we read of Paul's "purpose in the spirit" to visit Jerusalem and Rome — he stirred up a public riot against the new teaching through Demetrius the silversmith. But He who had once stilled the storm on the lake of Galilee quieted these angry waves too. He rescued His servants and His people from the danger. The apostle's work, however, in Ephesus was now ended.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Sending for the disciples: care that builds up

Paul does not slip away. He sends for the believers, encourages them, and says goodbye. One commentator sees the sharpest contrast between that time and ours right here — in the care given to converts after they believe:

In this passage, as in many others of Scripture, we see living proof of the ties that joined believers together. They worked so well in apostolic times, keeping the saints in unity, fellowship, and love. There was no lack of missionary zeal. But besides that, the Spirit of God worked much in the exhortation and encouragement of the saints. This is how the body of Christ was built up. It is in this care that we see the clearest contrast between modern times and the earliest days. If converts are guarded from turning aside, that is generally the most that is now attempted.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same care also went out in writing:

A new and distinctive form of Christian teaching was now in full use: the letters the apostles wrote. No form of writing allows greater openness and closeness. None gives such scope to the affections of the heart. It was from Ephesus that the apostle wrote the First Letter to the Corinthians.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Luke leaves out

Paul's own letters fill in a journey Acts compresses into one line. He stopped at Troas, found an open door there, and could not stay:

From these verses we gather that Paul made a short stay at Troas on his way to Macedonia. But he was anxious to meet Titus and hear news of the Corinthian saints. So he left for Macedonia, despite the open door for service there. Once in Macedonia he was still in great distress and trouble. Yet there Titus did appear, and Paul was comforted. So after the trouble in Ephesus, more trouble followed at Troas and in Macedonia. Acts, however, says nothing about this whole side of things.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The same writer notes what changed and what did not. The danger outside stopped; the pressure inside did not:

He moved into an outward calm, but found himself plunged into conflict of an inward sort... From the outward dangers of Ephesus he had plunged into inward distress of spirit. It left him unfit for service in the gospel there. This inward distress was as decisive in its effects as the outward. The one sent him off in haste from Ephesus; the other in haste from Troas.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why so short a record

Why is the account here so short? One writer takes up an explanation others have given, and fills in what the visit involved:

The record before us is very brief. Some have thought the reason is that the Apostle had turned aside from His given ministry, so the Holy Spirit had nothing to report. We believe that this is correct... Paul's parting at Ephesus is the first farewell scene on this memorable journey. He must have visited Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea and perhaps other cities. Besides giving them much exhortation, he received their fellowship for the poor saints in Jerusalem.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Others read the brevity simply as Luke moving the story forward, and stress what Paul left behind and what he still gave:

Finally Paul follows Timothy and Erastus to Macedonia, leaving a field of labour that had been most fruitful. How long he spent in Philippi, Thessalonica and Berea we are not told, but he gave them much exhortation.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Quieted — God stilled the riot, as He once stilled the sea. The same act rescued Paul and closed his work in Ephesus.

- Gathered — before leaving, he sent for the disciples. In those days zeal did more than win converts. It built the saints up in unity, fellowship, and love.

- Written — the same care went on by letter. Paul wrote 1 Corinthians from Ephesus. No writing gives more openness, or more scope to the heart.

- Hidden — Acts says nothing of Troas. His own letters show he left an open door there. Inward distress drove him on as hard as outward danger had.

- Debated — why so short a record? Some have thought the Apostle had turned aside from His given ministry, so the Spirit had nothing to report. Even so, he gave much exhortation and received their gift for the poor saints in Jerusalem.

Acts 20:2 · Darby

And having passed through those parts, and having exhorted them with much discourse, he came to Greece.

Luke gives nearly a year of Paul's life a single line. Paul walks back through Macedonia, strengthens the believers there, and arrives in Greece. Behind it lie months of travel, letters we still read today, and deep strain of heart.

The route behind the names

"Those regions" and "Greece" are not vague names. They cover towns where Paul had already preached, and he had already written letters to some of them.

We are not told how long he spent in Philippi, Thessalonica and Berea, but he gave them much encouragement. This of course took place well after his second letter to the Thessalonians. Luke was clearly there too, and joined Paul's party when he left. We are not told which places he may have visited in Greece (or Achaia): we know only of an assembly at Corinth. This visit also came after his second letter to the Corinthians.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

A year in one sentence

Luke's record here is very short. Paul's own letters fill in what he leaves out.

The historian is very brief in his record of what Paul did at this time. He packs all his information into these words: "He said farewell and departed for Macedonia. When he had gone through those regions and had given them much encouragement, he came to Greece. There he spent three months." Most take these few words to cover a period of nine or ten months. Happily, the apostle's letters supply what is missing. The letters written on this journey give us many historical details. Better still, they give us from his own pen a living picture of the deep and painful struggles of mind and heart he was going through at the time.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Care for those already won

Paul went back to people who already believed. One writer sees in that care the clearest difference between those early days and our own.

This passage, like many others in Scripture, shows us the joints and ligaments that held the saints together so well in the days of the apostles, keeping them in unity, fellowship, and love. There was no lack of missionary zeal. But the Spirit of God also worked much in the exhortation and encouragement of the saints. This is how the body of Christ was built up. Here is where we see the clearest contrast between our own times and those earliest days. Keeping converts from turning aside is usually the most that anyone attempts now. Zeal usually goes out towards the conversion of sinners... Growth in the truth is rare, and almost unknown even among the teachers, let alone the converts.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Spoken words and written letters

The care shown in these visits was not only spoken.

In these early days we see the opposite: the greatest care and zeal in going back to visit those who had already been brought to God and gathered to the name of Jesus. And it was not only by spoken teaching. A new and distinctive kind of Christian teaching, which took shape in the letters of the apostles, was now fully at work. No form of writing allows greater openness and closeness; none gives such room for the affections of the heart.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The cost hidden inside "much encouragement"

Paul encouraged others while he waited for news from Corinth. His fellow worker Titus carried that news, and Paul's own words show the strain.

At last the long-awaited Titus arrived in Macedonia, probably at Philippi. Now Paul's mind is at rest and his heart is comforted. Titus brings him better news from Corinth than he had expected to hear... "For even when we came into Macedonia, our bodies had no rest, but we were afflicted at every turn — fighting without and fear within. But God, who comforts the downcast, comforted us by the coming of Titus."

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The three months in Greece

Those three months in Greece produced one of the great letters of the New Testament. They also show God overruling a plan Paul had held for years.

It was during the three months spent there that he wrote the Epistle to the Romans. He had long wanted to visit Rome in person, but so far he could not. Urgent duties kept him elsewhere, and God purposed that His servant should enter Rome only as a prisoner. This is not how even the apostle would have arranged things, and still less the saints. It is good, however, to learn and accept God's profound wisdom in all these dealings of His.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Silence — One sentence covers about nine or ten months. What Luke leaves out, Paul's own letters supply.

- Strengthening — Paul went back to believers he had already won. Building them up is how the body of Christ was built.

- Writing — The visits were not only spoken. The letters of the apostles were now fully at work, with an openness and closeness no other writing allows.

- Suffering — He encouraged others while he had no rest himself. There was conflict outside and fear inside, until God comforted him by sending Titus.

- Sovereignty — Those three months in Greece produced the letter to the Romans. God also kept His servant from reaching Rome except as a prisoner.

Acts 20:3 · Darby

And having spent three months [there], a treacherous plot against him having been set on foot by the Jews, as he was going to sail to Syria, [the] resolution was adopted of returning through Macedonia.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 20:4 · Darby

And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater [son] of Pyrrhus, a Berean; and of Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius and Timotheus of Derbe, and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus.

A plot against Paul has just changed his travel plans. Why does Scripture record seven men, their home towns, and even a father's name — and what does the list show about how God's work moved forward?

A changed route

The list belongs to a journey Paul had not originally planned. He meant to sail for Syria, but the danger made him double back overland through Macedonia.

Yet complete good sense marks Paul's action. The Jews plotted against him as he was about to sail to Syria. He avoided it by deciding to return through Macedonia instead of straight from Achaia. The Jews had enormous influence in that great trading centre, Corinth. Humanly speaking, he could easily have met injury or death as a passenger on one of the many ships of that day.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Seven men, seven places

Luke does not lump them together. He names each one with the city or region he came from, and the group then travelled ahead of Paul.

He returned by land to Philippi, with his companions Sopater of Berea, the son of Pyrrhus, as Luke most likely wrote... They separated on the road, though where is not stated. His companions went ahead to Troas to wait for him, while Paul stayed a little at Philippi with Luke.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Commentators differ over whose home town Derbe was.

It is not important, but in verse 4 we should read, "Gaius and Timothy of Derbe."

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Money carried in the open

Paul was carrying a gift to Jerusalem. Commentators link this travelling party with that collection.

His mind was set on going to Rome. But first he had this mission of charity on his heart... "For Macedonia and Achaia have been pleased to make some contribution for the poor among the saints at Jerusalem." (Romans 15:26) The names listed in Acts 20:4 are thought to be believers carrying the collections made in the different places named.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Paul would not handle such money alone. The churches themselves chose the men who carried it.

In 2 Corinthians 8:18-19 we see the same thing. The churches chose a brother to travel with Paul and Titus. This kept things honest not only before the Lord but also before men. That is what the phrase "messengers of churches" means. The churches that sent help to the poor believers elsewhere chose these men. The apostle would not take charge of the collection otherwise.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Workers who were not tied down

The verse shows a whole company of servants moving with Paul rather than settled in one town.

Here we find no fewer than seven companions in service, who were in no way limited to one fixed local area. The elders laboured and took the lead in their own places. Many others besides the apostles moved about with perfect liberty. They sought the blessing of the faithful and the spread of the gospel.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

They were free men. Yet Paul sent them where he could not go himself.

It is worth noticing how the gospel Paul preached stirred these hearts. All were free. Some, such as Apollos, laboured on their own. The others were companions of the great central figure... Paul kept them busy and sent them to carry on and complete the work in places he would himself have visited, if he had not been obliged to go elsewhere.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The writer slips into the story

The very next verse changes pronoun, and the change tells us something about the man holding the pen.

In verse 5 we learn of another devoted personal companion: Luke, who wrote this very book by inspiration. "These went on ahead and were waiting for us at Troas." This honoured man quietly hints that he too was with the apostle at this time and at Philippi.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What became of them

Aristarchus appears again years later, on a voyage where Paul travelled as a prisoner.

Luke is with the apostle on his voyage, and Aristarchus also. He has appeared before us from time to time in this book as the companion of the apostle. See Acts 19:29; Acts 20:4; and he is named afterwards in Colossians 4:10; Philemon 24. Neither appears to have been a prisoner at this time. Both became sharers with the one who was so treated. Love led them to join him in the face of shame and danger.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

These weeks on the road left their mark on Gaius.

He was with him at the breaking of bread at Troas. He heard the all-night talk there, and the warnings and instructions given to others afterwards. Gaius knew the apostle's teaching, conduct, purpose, pleadings, tears, hopes and fears. He held fast to the truth. He was still walking in it long afterwards, when John wrote to him.

Modernised from H. J. VineOriginal wording

Summary

- Plot — a plot sent Paul back through Macedonia; the list of companions is the fruit of a route he did not choose.

- Company — seven men from Berea, Thessalonica, Derbe and Asia went with him. Each is named with his home town.

- Gift — they are linked with the collection for the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches chose the carriers, keeping the money honest before men as well as before the Lord.

- Freedom — no one tied them to a single town. Some worked with Paul; others, like Apollos, worked on their own.

- Endurance — Aristarchus later shared Paul's shame and danger. Gaius still walked in the truth years later. A travel list becomes a record of lasting faithfulness.

Acts 20:5 · Darby

These going before waited for us in Troas;

Seven named men go on ahead to Troas, and the writer of Acts rejoins the story with one word: "us." Why did the party split? Why Troas? And why does Luke never name himself?

Seven fellow-workers, not one apostle

The previous verse named these seven. One writer sees in them how the work spread — through many travelling servants, not one leader.

It was not just that the apostle laboured in all directions. Here we find no fewer than seven companions in service, who were in no way tied to one fixed local sphere. The elders laboured and took the lead locally. Many others besides the apostles moved about with perfect liberty. They sought the blessing of the faithful and the spread of the gospel. Among these labourers we can see at least two classes. A few attached themselves as much as possible to Paul's company, and we have a sample of them before us. But others, like Apollos, worked in a more independent way. They spent less time with him, though they had his entire love and confidence.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One commentator reads their scattered origins as evidence of what the gospel does:

Seven names of those accompanying him are listed in this case, from four different areas. This is a lovely testimony to the unity the Gospel of Christ brings about among people of different backgrounds and cultures.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Why these men were travelling at all

The seven were not only travelling companions. One account explains their errand and Paul's roundabout route:

The list of names in Acts 20:4 — Sopater, Aristarchus, Secundus, Gaius, Tychicus, and Trophimus — are thought to be brothers carrying the collections made at the different places named. Instead of sailing straight to Syria, he goes round by Macedonia, because of the Jews who were lying in wait for him. At Troas he spent a Lord's day, and even a whole week, to see the brothers.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The one word "us"

With the word "us," the narrator puts himself into the scene without announcing himself.

In verse 5 we learn of another deeply attached personal companion, Luke, the inspired writer of this very Book. "These went on ahead and were waiting for us at Troas." This honoured man quietly shows that he too was with the apostle at this time and at Philippi. It will be remembered that it was in these regions that Luke had first become the companion of Paul.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the party divided

Commentators differ. One takes it that Paul went ahead with the seven, and that Luke stayed on at Philippi for the feast days:

These seven and Paul left Philippi before Luke and whoever was with him. No doubt Luke, who had already spent some time at Philippi, wanted a longer visit there, taking in "the days of unleavened bread," that is, the week following the Passover.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Kelly reads it the other way. He will not guess further, and he is sharp about one popular theory:

Why the party did not move together, why the others went before, and Paul and Luke waited till after the feast, we can only guess. But we see the special association of Luke with the apostle, and we utterly reject the empty explanation Wieseler suggests, that Luke travelled with him as his physician.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A writer who will not write about himself

This "us" is the only trace Luke leaves of himself anywhere in two long books.

The Gospel of Luke and its sequel, the Acts of the Apostles, are unique in this. They are books of important historical events, and the writer took part in many of them. Yet he never once mentions himself as having done or witnessed anything at all. He does not even mention his own name or existence. The only way he lets us hear of his presence is where he sometimes changes the pronoun from "they" to "we."

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

And it is not a small role he is covering over:

Through it all he certainly filled no unimportant place — more so, one would say, than others who are named. Yet he keeps to the reserve that marks him all along the way. There is no trace of self-consciousness about him; and how beautiful this is in the inspired historian of such a book as this! What an example for us! Sadly, we are so quick to give all our own doings at least their due value.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Waiting where there was an assembly

The delay was not empty time. Believers already gathered at Troas:

Leaving Philippi, in five days they come to Troas, and there stay seven days. Everywhere assemblies had been formed… We do not know how the gathering at Troas began; but there was one, and we are allowed to look into it a little — not at its discipline or gifts, as in Corinthians, but at its ordinary walk.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Sent. Seven men from four areas travelled with Paul, tied to no one place, while elders led at home.

- Trusted. They are thought to be carrying the collections made in the places they came from.

- Waiting. Troas already had an assembly, so the delay became a Lord's day and a whole week among believers.

- Rejoining. The word "us" puts the writer back with the party; commentators differ over who waited at Philippi for the feast days.

- Hidden. Luke names everyone but himself — the model of a servant who fills a large place and leaves no trace of self in the record.

Acts 20:6 · Darby

but we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and we came to them to Troas in five days, where we spent seven days.

This travel note gives a date, a route and a stop: a Jewish feast sets the season, the crossing takes five days instead of two, and the company stays at Troas for a week. Why does Luke bother to count the days, and why would Paul — racing to reach Jerusalem — spend a whole week in one port?

"We" — Luke Rejoins the Company

The small word "we" shows that the writer of Acts is travelling with Paul again. The "them" he joins at Troas are the companions who sailed ahead.

Verse 4 gives us the names of his travelling companions on this journey back. They went ahead across the sea and waited for him at Troas. In verse 5 Luke again uses the pronoun "us," which shows that at this point he again made one of the party. Paul, Luke and others had a five-day voyage. It brought them again to Troas, where not long before "a door was opened … in the Lord."

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Days of Unleavened Bread

The phrase fixes the time of year. One commentator reads the longer stay at Philippi as care for fellow believers.

No doubt Luke, who had spent time at Philippi before (after Acts 16:40), wanted a longer visit there. That visit took in "the days of unleavened bread," that is, the week after the Passover. As a Gentile, Luke would himself attach little importance to this. But his care for the consciences of his Jewish brothers and sisters is beautifully clear (See Romans 14:1-6).

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Five Days Instead of Two

They had made this same crossing far faster once before. Something went against them at sea.

The voyage from Philippi took five days. That was probably longer than anyone expected the ship to take. We know that when they crossed into Europe on an earlier trip, they made the journey between the same towns in two days only. Two days stretched into five proves almost beyond doubt that contrary winds, or something like them, badly held the ship back this time.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

A slow voyage need not be a waste. One writer hears God's kindness in it:

Was the Lord saying to His servants, "Come away by yourselves … and rest a while"? For the Lord tenderly cares for His servants, and knows when we have need of rest; and a sea voyage may be a great rest.

Modernised from G C WillisOriginal wording

Why Seven Days at Troas

Seven days sit oddly beside Paul's hurry.

Why did Paul stretch out his stay in Troas, when we know he was hurrying to be at Jerusalem by the day of Pentecost (Acts 20:16)? He avoided Ephesus on purpose, because he would not let anything delay him on the way. Yet here at Troas he spends no less than seven days.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The delay at sea cost them one meeting. The week was the price of catching the next.

Unexpected delays on the voyage brought the travellers to Troas just too late for the usual weekly gathering of the disciples to break bread. So to share with them in the customary remembrance of Christ, they had to stay a week for the next one.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What the Week Shows About the First Day

The seven days also show which day the early disciples gathered, and why.

In Acts 20 Paul and his company are at Troas, where he stayed seven days. He may have stayed to spend the first day of the week with the brothers and sisters there, so that they might break bread together. If that is so, the first day of the week, or Lord's day, was above all the day set apart for the Lord's supper. One thing is clear, even from this Scripture: the apostles and the early disciples had the habit of coming together on the first day of the week for the express purpose of breaking bread. Not for preaching, though Paul did preach, but specially to remember the Lord in His own appointed way.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

A Habit, Not an Accident

The same length of stay turns up later in the journey. One commentator reads that repeat as a clue.

The apostle goes on his way, finds disciples, and stays among them at Tyre for "seven days," as we are told. This seems to have been a common length of stay, and we can easily see why. One great reason, I do not doubt, was to enjoy the fellowship of the saints together. It was to spend with the Christians in a new place that day which has the strongest possible claim on a heart that is true to Jesus — the first day of the week.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators differ here. Some say Paul "possibly" stayed for that reason. Others read the breaking of bread as the plain motive of the story.

Summary

- Count the days. Luke dates the trip by the feast, counts five days at sea, and marks seven on shore. Each number carries weight.

- Days given to others. The stay at Philippi over the days of unleavened bread shows care for the consciences of Jewish believers. Luke, a Gentile, had no stake in the feast himself.

- Days lost at sea. A crossing once made in two days took five. Contrary winds held the ship back — and a forced delay can be the Lord's rest for His servants.

- Days redeemed on shore. Paul landed too late for one gathering to break bread. He waited a week for the next, though he had just avoided Ephesus to save time.

- Days that set a habit. Seven-day stops keep recurring. They point to the first day of the week as the set time when disciples came together to break bread.

Acts 20:7 · Darby

And the first day of the week, we being assembled to break bread, Paul discoursed to them, about to depart on the morrow. And he prolonged the discourse till midnight.

The scene is Troas, a stopover on Paul's journey. Luke slips in one sentence that has shaped Christian gathering ever since. Believers meet on the first day of the week, and the reason given is to break bread. Why that day, why that purpose, and why does an apostle's preaching come second in the sentence?

(Older translations read "the disciples came together to break bread." The writers quoted below use that wording.)

The Day of a New Creation

The choice of day is not casual. One writer compares the first day with the seventh, and says what each one marks.

There was no transfer from the seventh day to the first, and the first day is never called the Sabbath. The Sabbath, not the first day, was the memorial of creation rest. In due time the law imposed it as a most holy commandment, bound up in a special way with God's authority and honour. The resurrection of Christ has brought in a new creation, after He had by Himself purged our sins on the cross. So the first day is the day of clear and triumphant life in Christ, who is our life. On it our hearts go out in worship, communion and service. A rest for the body, shared with the ox and the donkey, does not rise to the blessed associations of Christ risen from the dead. The New Testament does not close without stamping this day as "the Lord's day" (Revelation 1:10). That is not the prophetic "day of the Lord", which will bring ever-increasing and solemn judgments from God on the earth. The Lord's day is a day of heavenly grace. It brings us already into the victory of His resurrection, the pledge of our own resurrection or change at His coming.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer points to what marks the day out, and to what it is not.

The first day of the week is marked out for the Christian, not as law, but as blessing. Christ rose; Christ met His disciples on it, and again the following week. On the first day of the week the disciples met to break bread. On the first day they were to lay aside their profits for the poor saints.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Seven Days at Troas

Paul was in a hurry. That makes his week-long stop worth explaining.

Why did Paul stretch out his stay in Troas? He was hurrying, as we know, to reach Jerusalem by the day of Pentecost if he could. He deliberately avoided Ephesus because he did not want to be delayed on his journey. Yet here at Troas he spends no fewer than seven days.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The same writer gives the reason for the week's delay.

Unexpected delays on the voyage meant the travellers landed at Troas just too late to join the usual weekly gathering of the disciples to break bread. To share with them in the customary remembrance of Christ, they had to stay a week for the next one.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The Object of Coming Together

Luke does not only say that they met. He says why.

This passage implies that this act was the object of their meeting, though other things might go along with it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The same verse also settles how often they did it.

The early disciples came together not once a year, nor once a quarter, nor once a month, but on the first day of the week to break bread. It is no new theory, no notion of moderns or ancients, but what God has written in Acts 20:7.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Preaching Second, Not First

One writer weighs Paul's preaching against the supper, and notes the hour they met.

Even the apostle's teaching, precious as it was, is spoken of as a secondary thing. The remembrance of the Lord's love in dying for us, and all that He has brought us into as risen again, was and is the first thing. If there is a chance to minister the word in a way that gathers up the thoughts and affections of the worshippers to Christ, it is good to take it. But the breaking of bread ought to be the first consideration, and the main object of the assembly. The Lord's Supper on this occasion came after sunset.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Who Came, and How

Luke names who came, and what they came for.

Then it was "disciples" who came together. That suggests people who had followed the Lord faithfully during the week before. They came "together to break bread." Hymns and thanksgiving must have their place. But they are not the reason we come together. We come to "break bread."

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

So who may lead it?

The New Testament never says that a man must be ordained to administer the Supper. It is clear that Christians came together on the Lord's Day to break bread.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Ready to Depart on the Next Day

The long speech had a reason behind it.

He knew that dangers were looming ahead. No doubt that made him all the more anxious to give the disciples everything he could in his parting words. So he continued his speech until midnight.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Day — The first day is the resurrection day, the mark of a new creation, not a transfer of the Sabbath.

- Purpose — On that day the stated object of the gathering is to break bread, not to hear preaching.

- Frequency — The pattern is weekly, not monthly, quarterly or yearly.

- Priority — Preaching, even an apostle's, is secondary to the remembrance of Christ.

- Proof — Paul, in a hurry to Jerusalem, spent seven days at Troas to be there for it.

Acts 20:8 · Darby

And there were many lights in the upper room where we were assembled.

Luke pauses his account of Paul's last night at Troas to note the room and its many lamps. Why record the lights at all, and what does an upstairs room say about the church's worship?

The meeting place

The New Testament never mentions a building put up for worship. This verse is one of the few glimpses of where the first believers met.

What kind of places of worship did they have? Did they have churches, or chapels, or temples? Did they have consecrated bells, or buildings? These are everywhere now, but do we find a trace of them in the New Testament? Not a trace. We find them in an upper room in Acts 20:8. Wherever the saints were gathered together to Christ, there — and only there — was the true church or assembly. Was it not so?

Modernised from C. StanleyOriginal wording

This was not for lack of time or money.

Years after Pentecost we never hear of grand or beautiful buildings, which they certainly had the heart and the means to build, if buildings had been any object at all. The most we hear of is "the upper chamber" to break bread in (Acts 20:7-8), or the school of Tyrannus where the apostle taught, or lectured, every day (Acts 19:9). There is not a trace in the inspired record, not a hint, that the church of God tried to copy or outdo the earthly splendour of the Jewish temple.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Lamps, lights, or torches

Translators have not settled on one English word for what these lamps were.

The Greek word lampas in the plural is translated 'lights' only once, in Acts 20:8; several times 'lamps,' and once 'torches,' in John 18:3. Perhaps torches would suit in every place. The word occurs five times in the parable of the ten virgins (Matthew 25:1-8). In India and other parts of the East people keep torches burning with oil, so the same rendering would suit here.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Not a meeting held in the dark

Believers in the earliest days did not all meet at the same hour.

The Lord's Supper on this occasion was celebrated after sunset. In early times, some places observed it before daylight; others after sunset. But here the disciples were not forced to meet in secret.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The same detail also hints at the size of these gatherings and the homes that held them.

It was not, however, an assembly held in secret or in the dark. There were many lamps to light the upper chamber in which they met. By the place in which they came together we see that the assemblies were not composed of very many persons. The upper room in Jerusalem received, perhaps, one hundred and twenty. It appears from various greetings that they met in private houses — in several of them, most likely, if the number of believers required it. But there was only one assembly.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"Where we were gathered together"

Older English versions say "they were gathered together." Better texts read "we" — which puts the writer in the room with everyone else.

The gathering together of the saints at Troas (Acts 20:7) was the united action of the assembly in that town. The wording used shows a common and habitual custom of the church of God. Our ordinary version hides this by using the third person instead of the first. But the revised and other critical translations follow a better text and restore the true force of the passage: "when we were gathered together to break bread" (verse 7), and again, "in the upper chamber where we were gathered together" (verse 8).

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The scene the lamps create

The number of lamps hints at the size of the room — and, with the crowd, at the heat that overcame one young man.

The room they were in must have been of no small size, for there were many lights in that upper chamber. Yet we can imagine that, between the lights and the company, the heat was great. To one person present, sleep was overpowering. Eutychus, a young man, weighed down by sleep, fell from the third story and was picked up dead — not seemingly dead, but dead.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

One writer sees a picture in the room itself.

Many lights are spoken of in the upper room where they were gathered. No doubt the upper room reminds us of heaven, the true home of the Church, with its plentiful light for the teaching of the saints. At least it was not lack of light that induced sleep on the part of Eutychus.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Place: the New Testament records one meeting place for breaking bread — an upper room in a private house. No temples, no chapels, nothing consecrated.

- Plainness: by this point the believers had both the heart and the means to build something grand, and did not.

- Light: the word behind "lights" is closer to torches, the same word used of the ten virgins' lamps.

- Openness: the lamps show a gathering that had no need to hide — not secret, not in the dark.

- People: the better reading is "where we were gathered." That puts the writer among them, and marks this as the assembly's settled habit, not a one-off.

Acts 20:9 · Darby

And a certain youth, by name Eutychus, sitting at the window-opening, overpowered by deep sleep, while Paul discoursed very much at length, having been overpowered by the sleep, fell from the third story down to the bottom, and was taken up dead.

It was Paul's last night in Troas, and his farewell sermon ran past midnight. A young man in the window lost his fight with sleep and fell three floors, leaving two questions: was he really dead, and what does sleeping through the Word cost?

The Setting: A Farewell Sermon

One writer sets the physical scene: the lamps, the crowd, the heat. Then he presses the exact words the text uses about the young man.

He knew that dangers were waiting ahead. So he was all the more anxious to give the disciples everything he could in his parting words. So he continued his speech until midnight. The room they were in must have been large, since there were many lights in that upper room. Yet we can imagine that the lamps and the crowd made the heat great. For one man there, sleep was overpowering. For Eutychus, a young man, weighed down by sleep, fell from the third story. He was taken up — not as if dead, but dead. Life was gone. But Paul could restore him to life. He did.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Dead, or Still Living?

Commentators differ. One writer reads Paul's words over the body as proof that soul and body had not yet parted.

Human weakness is such that all this affected a certain Eutychus. Sleep overcame him while Paul preached at length. He was sitting by the window, and he fell from the third floor. He was picked up dead. Paul breaks off his sermon, goes down, and throws himself on him. He declares that life is still in him. Soul and body had not yet parted. The fall had stunned him, and if the power of God had not stepped in, death would have taken hold of him. Life had not yet gone out of the body. By the Spirit, Paul so works on it that the functions of life are restored. In the case of the child brought back to life by the prophet Elijah, the soul had already left the body, and returned to it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The writers differ over whether life had fully left him. Neither doubts that the young man lived again.

The Name Behind the Fall

One writer reads the whole scene as a picture of the church.

In this young man (whose name means "prosperous") we are no doubt meant to see a picture of the Church. It would reach a prosperous state and grow weary of Paul's ministry. When circumstances are hard and demanding, we are usually more awake to the truth. Prosperity on earth tends to make us self-satisfied. It leaves us insensitive to our need of the full truth of the Word of God, especially the heavenly truth that Paul teaches. Then we easily fall from our high position and suffer drastic results.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What Sleep Costs

He got his life back. He did not get the sermon back.

Through the tender mercy of God he recovered his life, but the part of Paul's ministry he lost while sleeping he never recovered. And who knows whether the last part was not the best on that memorable night and very special occasion?

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Sleep costs more than a sermon. A sleeping believer is an easy target:

The saint's sleeping time is Satan's tempting time; every fly dares to creep on a sleeping lion. Samson asleep, and Delilah cuts his hair. Saul asleep, and the spear is taken from his very side without his knowing. Eutychus asleep, nods, and falls from the third floor, and is taken up for dead. A Christian asleep may soon lose his spiritual strength… He may fall from a great height of profession down into scandalous practices. Others may then question whether there is any life of grace in him.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Paul Goes Down After Him

The story does not end with the fall, because someone followed him to the bottom.

At Troas, it seems, there was no lack of gift, but conditions of failure and death came in. Eutychus "sank down" with sleep and then "fell down". But Paul "went down". In this he shows the features of the Man Christ Jesus, seen so wonderfully in the second chapter of Philippians.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Summary

- Sank down — Heat, a crowd, a late hour and a long sermon. The room was full of lamps; what gave way was human weakness.

- Fell down — From the third-floor window, and taken up dead. Writers differ over whether his soul had left the body. Neither doubts that he lived again.

- Went down — Paul broke off his sermon and went down to the young man, showing the features of Christ seen in Philippians 2.

- Lifted up — Paul gave him back alive. But the part of the sermon he slept through was gone for good.

- Stay awake — His name means "prosperous," and prosperity is what dulls us to the Word. The saint's sleeping time is Satan's tempting time.

Acts 20:10 · Darby

But Paul descending fell upon him, and enfolding [him] [in his arms], said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him.

Paul preached at Troas until midnight. A young man named Eutychus fell asleep in a window seat, dropped to the ground, and the others took him up dead. Paul went down, held him, and told the frightened crowd that "his life is in him." What had happened to Eutychus, and what did those words mean?

Really dead, not merely stunned

Luke, a doctor, wrote this account. One commentator presses that fact against every reading that softens the fall into a fainting spell.

Eutychus was sitting on the window seat. Deep sleep came over him as Paul spoke at great length, and he fell from the third storey to the bottom, and they took him up dead. We must admit that the inspired physician who wrote this account was a most competent witness. It is not just that he appeared dead, or that they took him up for dead, as some have said. He was really dead. But Paul went down and fell upon him, as the prophet of old famously did, and clasping him said, "Do not be alarmed, for his life (soul) is in him." In these words the apostle had no desire to make light of the power of God which had worked in this miracle.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators differ on the moment of restoring

Writers do not agree on whether Paul's words describe a soul recalled or a soul still present. One reads the sentence as spoken after the miracle had already been done, so that only God's power was holding the soul in place:

It may help to compare Luke 8:49-56, where "the spirit" of the Jewish girl had departed. But the Lord's words were enough; and "her spirit returned." Here it was not so. "His soul is in him," said the apostle — though divine power alone could keep it there, or prevent the break-up that was about to follow.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another takes the words at face value: soul and body had not yet parted. He then contrasts this with the child the prophet Elijah raised:

The separation had not yet taken place. The fall had stunned him, and if the power of God had not stepped in, death would have taken him in its grip. Life, however, had not yet gone out of the body; and by the Spirit, Paul so works on it that the functions of life are restored. The bonds between soul and body are re-established. In the case of the child restored to life by Elijah (1 Kings 17:21-22) the soul had already left the body, and returned to it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"His life is in him" — the word behind it

The word rendered "life" here is the word for "soul." That is why a body without it is a body people mourn over.

Paul said, "His soul is in him," to tell them not to be troubled about the young man whose body they took up (Acts 20:10). This only shows that the usual trouble and mourning at death happen because the soul and spirit have left the body.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Paul went down

The verbs in the story move in one direction. Eutychus sank down, then fell down — and the apostle followed him down.

If we turn to Acts 20 we see what took place at Troas when Paul was there. Apparently there was no lack of gift, but conditions of failure and death came in. Eutychus "sunk down" with sleep and then "fell down." But Paul "went down." In this he showed the features of the Man Christ Jesus, so wonderfully seen in the second chapter of Philippians.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Paul acted as other servants of God had acted in the presence of death. They prayed first, and did not command in their own strength.

Peter did not dare to say to the body of the dead disciple, "Tabitha, arise," until he had knelt down and prayed. Nor did Paul, when he fell on the dead Eutychus and held him in his arms.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A meeting steadied, not scattered

A death in the room could have ended the meeting.

The power of God was so displayed through Paul that this episode did not break up the meeting or distract everyone from Paul's message. Instead their hearts were comforted and strengthened, so that they settled down and listened till daybreak... The story is marked by the absence of anything ceremonial and official, but it pulsates with power. In popular Christianity today the ceremonial holds the field and the power is absent.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What the sleeper lost, and what he kept

One writer draws a warning from the sleeper. Mercy gave his life back. It did not give back the hours he slept through.

Through the tender mercy of God he recovered his life, but the part of Paul's ministry which he lost while he was sleeping he never recovered. And who knows whether the last part was the best on that memorable night and very special occasion?

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- Fall. Luke, a physician, records a real death — not a faint, and not a body only thought to be dead.

- Descent. Paul went down after the one who had gone down, taking the place of dependence, not of command.

- Life. The word for "life" here is the word for "soul." God's power alone held soul and body together.

- Difference. Commentators differ: had the soul left and returned, or never left? Both agree that only divine power kept the young man alive.

- Comfort. The interruption ended in strength, not panic. The meeting stayed and listened till daybreak — but the hours Eutychus slept through were gone for good.

Acts 20:11 · Darby

And having gone up, and having broken the bread, and eaten, and having long spoken until daybreak, so he went away.

The night at Troas ends with one line that readers have argued over ever since. Was the bread Paul broke the Lord's Supper, picked up again after the young man's fall, or a meal a tired man ate before a long journey?

The Bread Paul Broke

The verse describes one man acting, not a company sharing. Kelly builds his reading on that, and on the particular word Luke uses for eating:

Some have supposed that when Paul had gone up and broken the loaf and eaten, it was the interrupted celebration of the Lord's Supper. This appears to me opposed to what the context suggests. Scripture describes it, not as fellowship, but only as the personal act of the apostle. No doubt it was "the loaf" of the Lord's Supper. But the apostle took that loaf here for his own refreshment. He had spoken so long, and in such trying circumstances, and he was about to go out on his journey. The word used for his eating is rightly translated "eaten", or literally "tasted". We can understand, then, why the Lord avoids such a word when He calls on His disciples to "take, eat" at the institution of His supper. Again, the apostle's "conversing" with them a long while, till daybreak, much better suits a meal than the assembly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Elsewhere Scripture ties the Supper to the whole gathering, never to one man:

In verse 11, after the incident with Eutychus, Paul returned to the upper chamber, broke the bread, ate, and conversed till break of day. This does not sound like the Lord's Supper, which is always referred to as the action of the whole assembly. Compare verse 7, "when we were gathered together to break bread"; and 1 Cor. 10:16, "The bread that we break." But in verse 11 it is Paul who breaks the bread, as he does in Acts 27:35, after the fourteen days' fast on board ship. Here the apostle eats of the loaf to satisfy his hunger, before the long journey he was to start at dawn. So eating in this case is not sharing in the feast of remembrance, but taking a meal. "Conversing" is the fitting word for that, and it differs from the more formal discourse that had gone before.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The Other Reading

Commentators differ. Stuart reads the bread as the Supper itself, shared once the young man was alive again:

The apostle assured them that Eutychus was alive again. Joy must have filled the whole company at hearing that. And surely with full hearts they all took part in the Lord's Supper which followed.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

A Meeting Interrupted, Not Dissolved

Whatever the bread was, the accident did not break up the meeting:

The fall and death of Eutychus interrupted, but did not dissolve that meeting. This we learn from verse 11. The breaking of bread expresses the unity of the whole assembly, and it was that which gathered the saints at Troas — not to hear Paul speak. He did speak, and speak twice. That gives divine warrant for ministry both before and after the Lord's Supper, if the Spirit of God leads a servant this way, when the assembly is gathered together to break bread.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Order Without a Rigid Rule

Paul spoke past midnight and on till sunrise. Kelly sees liberty in that, not a fixed rule:

The prime call was to remember the Lord in the breaking of bread. Yet the apostle did not break divine order here. He not only "discoursed" (not "preached"). Since he was leaving the next day, he also drew the discourse out till midnight. The principle is, "Where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is freedom" (2 Cor. 3:17). The Lord's Supper has its own deep solemnity and thanksgiving. Even that does not shut out a long discourse in special circumstances.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Since an apostle breaks the bread here, some have argued that only an appointed minister may do it. Darby answers:

For an apostle to break the bread, when he was present (Acts 20:11), was a very natural thing, and it seems to me very suitable. But I do not see that this proves that the ministry alone had the right to do so.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Till the Break of Day

Grant reads the whole night as a picture of the church's present season:

After his revival the breaking of bread took place as well as eating, then continued ministry until the break of day. In these last days God has given some reviving of the truth of the assembly. For our present comfort He provides the breaking of bread and fellowship, as well as enough ministry until the break of day — the coming of the Lord.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Bread — Kelly reads the broken loaf as Paul's own refreshment before his journey. Scripture presents it as one man's act, not the assembly's.

- Difference — Commentators differ. Stuart takes it as the Lord's Supper itself, shared with joy once Eutychus was alive again.

- Unbroken — The fall interrupted the meeting but did not end it. Paul went back up and carried on.

- Liberty — They gathered to remember the Lord. The teaching before and after shows freedom in special circumstances, not a rigid rule.

- Daybreak — Paul spoke till dawn, then left. Bread, fellowship and teaching carry the church through the night until morning comes.

Acts 20:12 · Darby

And they brought [away] the boy alive, and were no little comforted.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 20:13 · Darby

And we, having gone before on board ship, sailed off to Assos, going to take in Paul there; for so he had directed, he himself being about to go on foot.

After a whole night of teaching at Troas, Paul sent his companions ahead by ship and walked the next stretch himself. Luke gives us the plan but not the reason, so two questions are left open: why take the slower road, and why go alone?

A planned separation, not an accident

The wording marks this out as something Paul had settled in advance. One writer notes that Paul planned the harder road for himself:

At this point, beyond any question, we see that Paul had arranged to be apart from his beloved companions, who went on board ship. He did so even though it meant a more tiring journey for himself by land.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The plan also shows the quiet authority Paul had among his fellow travellers:

Paul chose to go alone from Troas to Assos. All through the history we see that he arranged the willing services of his companions, by the power the Spirit gave him over them. This was not, of course, as their master — yet it was more complete than if he had been.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Assos and the timing of the walk

Assos was a harbour town on the west coast of Asia Minor. Paul's land route and the ship's sea route met there:

A seaport in Mysia, in the west of Asia Minor, on the north shore of the Gulf of Adramyttium, twenty miles from Troas. A glance at a map will show that Paul, by walking from Troas to Assos, could be there as soon as the ship.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Writers put the distance at somewhere between twenty and twenty-five miles.

A time to be alone

Paul was not withdrawing from people because he disliked them. He was taking time that public work tends to crowd out:

There is a time for fellowship with others, and there is a time also for being alone. Perhaps no believer has ever enjoyed heart fellowship with his brothers as the apostle did, yet he realised that this was a season to be alone... His habitual godliness would lead him now and then to look for such a chance to unburden his spirit, and to renew in a marked and full way his sense of dependence on the grace of Christ. These secret dealings with the Lord were needed all the more, because the work demanded energy and prominence in front of people.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same instinct shows up elsewhere in Scripture, and one writer sets Paul's walk beside the last journey of the prophet Elijah — who tested whether his successor Elisha would stay with him or turn back:

Paul once walked from Troas to Assos — about twenty-five miles — alone, sending his companions round by sea. He had his own reasons for avoiding conversation just then. With Elijah and Elisha it was different.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

What filled those miles

Paul was heading for Jerusalem. One writer pictures the questions that would have filled his mind on the road:

He was going to Jerusalem — a place of so many memories, and perhaps of his most real conflict. What was waiting for him there? What lay beyond it? Would it affect the rest of his course? Would it change those plans of future service that reached as far as the furthest bounds of the west? No doubt he had plenty to occupy him with the thoughts that crowded in over those twenty-five miles or so to Assos.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Another writer links the walk to what Paul said soon afterwards to the elders from Ephesus:

It seems that his reason for this is explained in his address to the Ephesian elders soon after... Paul was clearly deeply concerned in heart about all he had to say to them. His own long walk alone gave time for thoughtful consideration of these things.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Commentators differ on the motive

Scripture gives no reason. Kelly notes the guesses others have made: Paul's health, kindness to his companions, or visits along the road. Another writer will not guess at all:

Why he did this has led to many guesses. But since nothing more than guesswork can be offered to the reader, and guesswork based on no known fact, it is better to leave all that alone.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What the departure reveals about the week before

The timing of Paul's setting out also throws light back on his seven-day stay at Troas:

When the first day of the week came, the disciples broke bread together. The apostle was so unwilling to lose another moment that he set off at daybreak on foot for Assos. He did this even though he had spent the whole night in the company of the saints. It is clear, then, that Paul stayed the seven days to be present at the gathering of the church in Troas.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Arranged. The separation was Paul's own plan, made in advance, and his companions willingly fell in with it.

- Costly. He took the harder road and left the easier one to the others. He walked while the ship sailed round.

- Alone. Paul valued fellowship more than almost anyone. He still knew there is a season to be alone with the Lord.

- Necessary. A servant out in front of people needs hidden dealings with God. They keep him leaning on the grace of Christ.

- Unexplained. Scripture never gives the reason. Writers point to the burden of Jerusalem and to the talk with the Ephesian elders, but others say guessing is better avoided.

Acts 20:14 · Darby

And when he met with us at Assos, having taken him on board, we came to Mitylene;

A single line of travel log — Paul rejoins his friends at Assos, and the ship carries them all on to Mitylene. The meeting was planned. Paul had sent the others ahead by sea and walked to Assos alone. Why would a man so devoted to his companions travel apart from them?

The Meeting Point

Walking cost Paul no time at all. A reference note shows why:

Seaport in Mysia, in the west of Asia Minor, on the north shore of the Gulf of Adramyttium, 20 miles from Troas. Acts 20:13-14. A glance at a map will show that Paul, in walking from Troas to Assos, could be there as soon as the ship.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

A Season to Be Alone

Paul chose the harder road, on foot and by himself. One writer reads this as the other half of a life given to people:

There is a time for being with others, and there is a time also for being alone. The apostle enjoyed fellowship of heart with his brothers as perhaps no other believer ever did. Yet he realised that it was now a season to be alone. We can hardly doubt that this was a common thing for someone so busy in public work as Paul. His habitual devotion would lead him now and then to seek such an opportunity. There he could unburden his spirit. There he could renew, in a marked and full way, his sense of dependence on the grace of Christ. These private dealings with the Lord were all the more necessary. The demands of the work called for energy and a prominent place in front of people.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Filled Those Miles

What filled Paul's mind on that road? One writer pictures the walk as the room where he carried a burden:

At this moment solitude likely suited him better than company. That was true even of men as close to him in spirit as his companions were then. The future of that Church, so dear to him as the Church of Christ, was, as we know from what follows, on his heart. Of all people on earth, he was the one who carried this burden (2 Cor. 11:28-29)… He was going to Jerusalem, a place of so many memories, and perhaps of his most real conflict. What was waiting for him there? What lay beyond this?… No doubt he had enough to occupy him. Thoughts crowded in over those twenty-five miles or so to Assos.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Where the Text Stays Silent

Not every commentator is willing to name Paul's motive. One writer refuses to guess at all:

All went by sea to Assos, except Paul, who travelled there overland, a distance of about nineteen miles. Why he did this has led to many guesses. But no one can offer the reader more than guesswork here, and guesswork founded on no known fact. So it is better to leave all that alone. At Assos he rejoined his companions, when they sailed for Mitylene.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

So commentators differ. Some read the walk as a deliberate withdrawal. Others hold that Scripture does not say.

Companions Who Went Ahead

The whole group moved according to a plan Paul had set. That pattern runs through his ministry:

Paul chose to go alone from Troas to Assos. All through the history we see him arranging the willing services of his companions. He did this by the power the Spirit gave him over them. He was not their master, of course, yet he directed them more completely than if he had been. He is, under Christ, the centre of the system in which he works, the centre of energy. Christ alone can by right be the centre of salvation and of faith. It was only as filled with the Spirit of God that Paul was the centre even of that energy.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Ports on the Way

Mitylene is the first of several place names in quick succession. One writer warns against reading meaning into them:

There is no spiritual reason to dwell on the associations that Assos or Mitylene, Chios or Samos, Trogyllium or Miletus might suggest. They come before us here only as the changing points of the apostolic journey. Historical questions would distract us from that, interesting as each of them is.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Alone — Paul sent the ship ahead and walked. He planned his solitude; he did not stumble into it.

- Burdened — the miles gave room for what pressed on him: the church's future, and what waited in Jerusalem.

- Silent — the text gives no reason for the walk, and guesswork about his motive is better set aside.

- Rejoined — at Assos his friends took him on board again, back among the companions whose journey he had planned.

- Led — Paul guided his companions by the Spirit's power, never as their master; Christ alone is the centre of salvation and faith.

Acts 20:15 · Darby

and having sailed thence, on the morrow arrived opposite Chios, and the next day put in at Samos; and having stayed at Trogyllium, the next day we came to Miletus

Acts 20:15 is a sailor's log: three days of short coastal hops down the Aegean, ending with Paul's ship at Miletus. That last stop matters most, because Miletus lay near Ephesus — and Paul had decided not to go there.

The ports and the wording

One writer explains a word that older English left unclear:

"And [having stayed at Trogyllium] the day after we came to Miletus. For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, so that he might not have to spend time in Asia." … "By" is unclear, as it might mean by that way. "Past" means without stopping there.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer refuses to make the place-names carry more than they can:

There is no spiritual reason to dwell on the associations that Assos or Mitylene, Chios or Samos, Trogyllium or Miletus might suggest. They come before us simply as the changing points of the apostle's journey. If we filled our minds with historical questions, they would divert us from it — interesting as each of them is.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Miletus and not Ephesus

The choice was not coolness toward Ephesus. It was the opposite:

Paul's heart was filled with what was of the deepest importance for the saints in Ephesus. Even so, he came near them at Miletus, rather than at the capital of Asia… He was so known and loved and loving that a visit to Ephesus would have meant a stay of some length among them. He therefore made Miletus his place of brief stay, so that nothing should hinder his desire to be at Jerusalem for the day of Pentecost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer sees a man who knew his work was ending:

It is clear that the apostle's mind was full of the circumstances he was in — the apparent end of his career. This thought probably influenced him when he went alone on foot to Assos. It was also the cause of his long speech at Troas.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The stop that God used

Paul's shortcut did not cut him off from the Ephesians. The ship's own schedule opened a window:

The most important stage of this journey is Miletus, though the sacred historian carefully notes the different places they pass or call at… But as the ship was to be held at Miletus for some time, he sends for the elders of the church at Ephesus to meet him. The distance between the two places is said to be about thirty miles, so the journey there and back would take two or three days. Still, they had enough time for their meeting before the ship sailed. So the Lord thinks of His servants and makes everything work together for their good and His own glory.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Whether the haste was right

Commentators differ over the deadline itself. Some read Paul's rush to Jerusalem as devotion running ahead of guidance:

He did not himself go to Ephesus, for he was anxious to get to Jerusalem by the time of the feast of Pentecost, when many would be present. He clearly felt he could make some useful impression on the Jews. But God had given him no assurance of such results. His love for his own nation evidently influenced him greatly, rather than the leading of God.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Others hold both together. God willed the journey and blessed it, but natural affection was what moved Paul:

I believe that the hand of God was in this journey of Paul's. In His sovereign wisdom He willed that His servant should undertake it, and also have blessing in it. But the means used to lead him into it, according to that sovereign wisdom, was the apostle's human affection for his own people, his own flesh and blood. He was not led into it by the Holy Spirit acting on the part of Christ in the assembly… Paul's affection was good in itself, but as a spring of action it did not rise to the height of the work of the Spirit.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Summary

- Route. Chios, Samos, then Miletus — three plain sailing days. The writers read the names as stages of a journey, not as hidden meaning.

- Reason. Paul sailed past Ephesus, not by way of it. The people he loved there would have kept him for a long stay.

- Reach. Miletus lay about thirty miles off. The ship's delay gave the Ephesian elders time to come and go before it sailed.

- Risk. Pentecost at Jerusalem set the deadline, and commentators differ on it. One sees love for his nation outrunning God's leading. Another sees God's hand in the journey, with natural affection as the motive.

- Result. A port that was never the destination became the place where Ephesus came to Paul — the Lord making everything work for His servant's good and His own glory.

Acts 20:16 · Darby

for Paul thought it desirable to sail by Ephesus, so that he might not be made to spend time in Asia; for he hastened, if it was possible for him, to be the day of Pentecost at Jerusalem.

Luke pauses the travel diary to explain a decision. Paul sailed past Ephesus, a city full of believers he loved, because he wanted to be in Jerusalem for Pentecost. Two questions follow: why skip Ephesus, and what drew him to the feast?

What "sail past" means

Older English translations say Paul chose to "sail by" Ephesus. That wording can mean two things. One commentator explains the difference:

"By" in the Authorized Version is ambiguous, since it could mean by that route. "Past" means without stopping there.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why he sailed past Ephesus

Avoiding Ephesus was not coldness toward the believers there. The reason was the opposite:

He had a strong affection for the many believers at Ephesus, and many ties with them. Had he gone to the city itself, he could not have left them without a long delay. So he chose to sail past Ephesus, so that he would not defeat the purpose of his journey to Palestine. He made Miletus a brief stopping place instead, so that nothing should hinder his desire to be at Jerusalem for the day of Pentecost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The one delay he did accept

The haste makes an earlier stop stand out. Days before this, Paul had stayed a full week at Troas. One writer sets the two facts side by side:

It is striking that the apostle waited, because he was in a great hurry to reach Jerusalem by the day of Pentecost, and his time was precious. His time was so short that he could not visit the important assembly at Ephesus. Instead he sent for the elders to meet him at Miletus (Acts 20:16). Still, Paul stayed in Troas seven days for the breaking of bread.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Another writer draws attention to the same contrast and treats it as a deliberate signal in the narrative — the apostle who would not lose a day at Ephesus, and who later made the elders travel thirty miles to him, spent a week at Troas:

He deliberately avoided Ephesus because he would not be delayed on his journey. Yet here at Troas he spends no less than seven days... Are we not bound to gather from these facts, that some important consideration was of sufficient weight with the apostle to cause him to stay so long in Troas?

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What was drawing him to the feast

Crowds gathered in Jerusalem for the feast. Commentators differ over how to read Paul's eagerness to be there. One sees natural love for his own people running ahead of God's leading:

He did not himself go to Ephesus, because he was anxious to get to Jerusalem by the time of the feast of Pentecost, when many would be present. He seems to have felt that he could have some good effect on the Jews, though God had given him no assurance of such results. What moved him so strongly seems to have been love for his own nation, not the leading of God.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another sees the same journey as the ordered travel of a servant filled with the Spirit. In this reading, the ship's delay at Miletus is God's provision:

Paul, being filled with the Spirit, gives directions for the journey... He arranges not to go to Ephesus, though that was a central place, because he had set his heart on being at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. But since the ship would stay some time at Miletus, he sends for the elders of the church at Ephesus to meet him... So the Lord thinks of His servants and makes everything work together for their good and His own glory.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

A farewell for Ephesus

Whatever drove the schedule, the city was not simply left behind:

But he could not leave Ephesus aside with no token of his lasting love, and the stay at Miletus gives him the opportunity he wanted. Ephesus was only thirty miles away, with a good road between; so he "called the elders of the church to come to him," for his last tender greeting.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Summary

- Past, not by. "Sail past" means Paul did not stop at Ephesus at all. The older wording could be misread as the route he took.

- Love was the risk. He skipped Ephesus because he loved the believers there. A visit would have cost him time he did not have.

- Haste had one exception. No time for Ephesus, yet seven days at Troas for the breaking of bread: what he would not sacrifice tells you what he valued most.

- The motive is debated. Some see love for his nation running ahead of God's leading. Others see a servant filled with the Spirit ordering his journey. The verse itself gives only his eagerness for the feast.

- Nothing was wasted. At Miletus he sent for the Ephesian elders. The city he sailed past still received his farewell.

Acts 20:17 · Darby

But from Miletus having sent to Ephesus, he called over [to him] the elders of the assembly.

Paul is hurrying to Jerusalem, so he sails past Ephesus, the city where he had worked longest. From Miletus he still sends inland for its elders, which raises two questions: why avoid a church he loved, and why call only its leaders?

Why He Stopped Short of Ephesus

This was not coldness. Love for those believers would have cost him time he did not have.

He had a strong affection for the many saints at Ephesus, and many ties with them. If he had gone into the city itself, he could not have left again without a long delay. So he chose to sail past Ephesus, rather than frustrate the purpose of his journey to Palestine.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Distance They Travelled

The elders had to travel to reach him, and none of them grudged the trip. That meeting also left us something we would not otherwise have.

They came at once, even though the journey was thirty-six miles. But which of them would not have been glad to take that trouble when the apostle asked for them? … It is the only speech of the apostle on this third journey that has come down to us. … We can see why it was worth keeping. It shows us the spirit in which Paul worked, and the different lines of teaching he handled.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

"The Elders of the Church"

Paul sends for the elders of one church at Ephesus, not for leaders from the whole region — though some later readers assumed he did.

This does not fit the usual habits and thoughts of men — not to say their selfishness. So from ancient times the idea slipped in that he meant the elders of all the churches round about. But we must not tamper with the word of God like that for a moment. The apostle sent to Ephesus and called to himself the elders of the church there, not of the churches around. There may have been many meeting-places in Ephesus. But Scripture never speaks of the assemblies in a city, always of the assembly, or church, in it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Elders and Overseers Are the Same Men

Later in the same speech Paul gives these men another name. The change settles a long argument about church office.

Paul called for the elders of the church at Ephesus, Acts 20:17, and in Acts 20:28 he called them "overseers." … These two passages prove something. Today, in the Christian world, one bishop usually takes charge of a large district, with what men call lower clergy under him. It was not so then. Each city had more than one bishop or overseer, and at that time there was only one assembly in a city.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Why He Called Only the Elders

He chose his audience to fit his message. The warning he carried was for the men who watched the flock.

He did not call all the saints over, only the elders, who had the care of the saints. He had warnings to speak to them about the days that were coming, warnings that would do them much good. So, while these words are for all the saints, those who have the interest of Christ's saints at heart should heed them most of all.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Yet Paul's heart reached past the men standing in front of him.

It is evident that in sending for them he had on his heart not only those elders, but all the Christians of the place, and even of the whole province. … When he speaks to them of "you all," he does not mean the elders only.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What Is Left When the Elders Are Gone

Paul warned these overseers that the danger would come from among themselves. So he pointed them past their own office to something that outlasts it.

Elders were appointed to give godly care in the undivided local assembly — to shepherd the flock. Any attempt to appoint them now would not only lack the necessary apostolic authority; it would also ignore the divided state of the church. … The elders were no security for the church. The apostle warned that from among them men would rise up, speaking perverse things. So he commended them, not to some church authority or council, but "to God and to the word of his grace" — a resource that all Christians still have. Happily, there are servants of God today who care for the saints … and who devote themselves to the work of the ministry without any apostolic appointment, as the household of Stephanas did.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Summary

- The detour. Paul sailed past Ephesus because love for those believers would have delayed him. His schedule set the route, not his feelings.

- The summons. He called the shepherds, because the words he carried were warnings about the flock they guarded.

- The title. Paul later calls these same men "overseers" — one office, several men, one city.

- The reach. He sent for elders, but his "you all" takes in the whole assembly, and the speech has come down to us for everyone.

- The resource. No one can appoint elders now, so the flock still stands where Paul left it: not with an authority or a council, but with God and the word of His grace — which every Christian still has.

Acts 20:18 · Darby

And when they were come to him, he said to them, *Ye* know how I was with you all the time from the first day that I arrived in Asia,

Paul's ship has stopped at Miletus, and he sends to Ephesus for the elders of the assembly there. He does not open with teaching. He points to their own memory of how he lived among them — which raises the question of why a farewell should begin with himself.

The Farewell at Miletus

This address survived when the rest of Paul's preaching on that journey did not.

From Miletus he sent to Ephesus to summon the elders of the assembly there to meet him. They came at once, though it meant a journey of thirty-six miles for them... It is the only address of Paul's from this third journey that has come down to us... We are familiar with it, and we can see why it was right to preserve it. It shows us the spirit in which Paul worked, and the different lines of teaching he handled.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Paul called one assembly's elders, and he called them with authority.

It is certain that neighbouring towns or churches are completely ignored here. Only the elders of Ephesus were summoned, and only they are addressed... Notice that the apostle summoned the elders with authority, and that they responded to his call without question.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"You Yourselves Know"

The word Paul uses for their knowing is not guesswork or hearsay.

epistamai means, first of all, to know something with the knowledge that comes from being near it... it is therefore the knowledge gained by experience — like that of an expert.

Modernised from J. A. TrenchOriginal wording

So he is not asking them to take his word for it. They had watched him themselves.

Why Paul Speaks of Himself

Talking about his own service did not come naturally to him. Need forced it out of him.

Here the apostle does not hold back from reminding them of his own service among them. This was a habit of his, as we see clearly in the First Epistle to the Thessalonians and elsewhere. Only burning zeal and a good conscience before God account for it. Nothing could be further from his character than liking to speak of himself... They knew very little of what the glory of Christ demands, of what the walk and service and devotedness of a Christian should be... They needed not only teaching, but — what is so much more powerful along with it — a living example to form and fashion the ways of Christ in them.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Manner of Life Comes First

Paul had authority to command, yet he rests his charge on how he lived among them at every point. The order of these opening verses matters.

Paul could speak to them with apostolic authority, but he bases his instructions on what he had been among them at all seasons... In Acts 20:18 he speaks of his manner of life, and in Acts 20:19 of his service to the Lord. In Acts 20:20 he speaks of his service to the saints, and in Acts 20:21 of his testimony to all men. Is this order not especially important in days of wholesale departure from the truth? Nothing can be right if the manner of life is inconsistent with the word ministered; everything takes its character from this.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

A Record Fit to Be Reviewed

What Paul can do here, not every worker can do. Two sets of eyes have been watching.

The work of every servant is under the eye of God. It is also, to some extent, under the eyes of those among whom he works. He is happy when, as in this case, he can remind the saints of its character with a good conscience.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

A life and a message must match, or the message loses its force.

Our teaching and our appeals have no more value than our lives give them. Of the scribes and Pharisees of our Lord's day He had to say, "The scribes and the Pharisees sit on Moses' seat, so do and observe whatever they tell you, but not the works they do. For they preach, but do not practice"... How deeply solemn! The teaching was good, but the teachers did not match the teaching. Happy is the man — Samuel, Paul, or anyone else — who can honestly point those who know him best to his manner of life from first to last, as his service draws to a close.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Summary

- Known — Paul's word for their knowing means knowledge gained by nearness and experience, not by report. He rests his case on what they had watched themselves.

- Manner — He speaks of his manner of life first, before his service, his care of the saints, or his preaching. Nothing else can be right if the life contradicts the message.

- Motive — He disliked speaking of himself. He did it only because these believers needed a living example as well as teaching.

- Measure — Every servant's work lies under God's eye, and partly under the eyes of those he serves. Our teaching is worth only what our lives make it worth.

- Moment — Paul reviews a consistent life as his service closes. That order — life first, then work — matters most in days of wholesale departure from the truth.

Acts 20:19 · Darby

serving the Lord with all lowliness, and tears, and temptations, which happened to me through the plots of the Jews;

Paul's farewell to the elders of the Ephesian church does not open with a list of results. It opens with the spirit in which he had worked among them — lowliness, tears, and the plots of enemies — and that order is itself part of the lesson.

Life Before Words

One writer traces the sequence running through the whole address.

In Acts 20:18 he speaks of his manner of life. In verse 19 he speaks of his service to the Lord. In verse 20 it is his service to the saints, and in verse 21 his testimony to all men. Is this order not of special importance in days of wholesale departure from the truth? Nothing can be right if the way a man lives contradicts the word he preaches. Everything takes its character from this. Then all true service must have the Lord Himself in view. It is from Him and to Him. He must be the source, the motive, and the object of all done in His Name... So that God's order was, first the Lord, then the saints, then the world.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Serving the Lord

Paul names the One he served, and the choice of words matters. It also rules out a humility that is only skin-deep.

Then he says, "Serving the Lord" — not, strictly speaking, serving the saints. The Lord was before him, not the service of humanity. If we serve according to this pattern, we keep the Lord as the sole Object of our service. And we serve "with all humility" — humility of mind, not of behaviour. A man may be only a hypocrite, humble on the outside but not in mind.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Lowliness of Mind

Paul could have pointed to learning or results. He puts forward something else, and the hardships named in the verse help produce it.

It is not learning or success in ministry which he puts before them, but serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind. How often that service puffs up the novice! What dangers surround even the most experienced! Lowliness of mind is of all moment in it, and the Lord helps by the very difficulties and griefs which accompany it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Many Tears

The tears were not weakness or breakdown. They put Paul in the footsteps of the One he served.

The Lord Himself was a Man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. He wept over hardhearted sinners, and wept with broken-hearted saints. Paul, following in His steps, was a man of tears. He watered his service with tears, for he speaks of "serving the Lord with all lowliness and with many tears." Moreover, he wept over the saints as he foresaw the failure and sorrows that would overtake the Church after his death.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Older translations read "with all lowliness of mind" and "with many tears." The ESV has "with all humility and with tears."

Trials and Plots

The third mark is one no ministry report would list — the trials that came through the plots against him.

A pattern ministry does not mean one that leads from success to success in a continual round of triumph. Because our own circumstances are easy, we must not imagine that Christian service is a triumphal procession of large meetings and eager crowds... He had all kinds of testings and trials, and those very testings proved what he was made of spiritually. If you hear that someone is serving and running into endless difficulties, you need not always shake your head and say he is no good. He may be good in extraordinary measure.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Kelly points out who stood behind those plots, and how Paul spoke of them.

Paul was not ashamed to speak of his tears, any more than of the trials which came upon him through the plots of the Jews. They were the constant opponents of the gospel, filled with special bitterness against Paul.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A Pattern to Copy

The small words "all" and "many" carry weight here. And the closing question turns Paul's example into an invitation.

So he served not only humbly but with "all humility of mind"; and not only with tears but with "many" of them. He served with a tender heart and one from which the curse of pride, which ruins so many, was wholly absent. He went out weeping as he scattered the precious seed, and he will come again rejoicing, bringing his golden sheaves. What a pattern servant! And why should we not follow his example?

Modernised from J Wilson SmithOriginal wording

Summary

- Order — Life first, then the Lord, then the saints, then the world. Nothing later in the list can be right if the manner of life contradicts the message.

- Object — He served the Lord, not humanity and not a congregation. The Lord is at once the source, the motive, and the goal of the work.

- Spirit — Humility "of mind," not of behaviour, since a hypocrite can wear outward lowliness. Paul's credential is not learning or success but a lowly mind.

- Cost — Tears mark a servant who feels what he handles. He follows the One who wept over hard hearts and with broken ones.

- Proof — The plots and trials were not signs of failure. They proved what he was made of, and the Lord used them to keep him low.

Acts 20:20 · Darby

how I held back nothing of what is profitable, so as not to announce [it] to you, and to teach you publicly and in every house,

Paul is giving the elders of Ephesus a last account of how he worked among them. Two claims stand out: he held back nothing useful, and he taught in two settings — in public and in people's homes.

Nothing held back

Holding nothing back has a cost. One writer names what it takes.

Further, he could say that they knew how he kept back nothing that was profitable. This needs faith, and without faith, faithfulness will fail. The apostle was completely above the fear of man. He withheld nothing that was for their good. He announced it to them and taught them publicly and in their houses, testifying to both Jews and Greeks about repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What counts as profitable

So what counts as profitable? One writer says the apostle owed his hearers everything he had received — and that every truth needs its right place.

The apostle knew very well that what he received he had to pass on; he was a steward "of the mysteries of God" (1 Cor. 4:1). He later wrote to this very assembly a letter that unfolds the highest truth, and that subject was no doubt part of his spoken teaching. So he counted it, no less than the other parts of revelation, profitable to his hearers. The fact is, under the Spirit's guidance, it is impossible to turn to any part of revealed truth that is not profitable. "All Scripture is breathed out by God and profitable," the same writer says in another letter (2 Tim. 3:16). There is need to emphasise that word all. No doubt there are chapters in God's word — as well as doctrines — of special importance, but the point to keep in mind is that all are necessary. We would think a face sadly deformed if any feature were missing. Giving the other features extra prominence would not make up for it; and so not only should every truth find a place, but its right place, and that in proper proportion.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Paul limits his claim to what was profitable. One writer draws out what that implies.

He kept back no ministry that was profitable, which means that he did keep back what was unprofitable. That is a further example to follow honestly. From house to house and publicly, to the few or the many, he had the good and the profit of all at heart.

Modernised from J. Wilson SmithOriginal wording

"Showed you and taught you"

Two verbs are used, not one, and commentators read the first differently. One takes "showed" as demonstration that then has to be driven home:

He was not content with showing; he explained and enforced what he had shown. A teacher may fully understand a mathematical problem and be able to work it out on the blackboard. Passing that knowledge on to his pupils is another thing. Now this is what the apostle, the "teacher of the Gentiles," sought to do... To this end the apostle, not content with public ministry, went from house to house. He no doubt found on his visits that much he had said in his public address had not been grasped. Are we not often surprised, when we question our hearers, to find how little they have retained?

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Another writer takes the showing as the life Paul lived in front of them.

We only teach effectively if our own lives match what we say. The apostle Paul illustrated this well. He referred to it twice when speaking to the elders of Ephesus: "I have showed you, and have taught you," and again, "I have showed you all things" (Acts 20:20, 35). He illustrated in his life what he taught with his mouth. This is the effective way of teaching, in Paul's day or in ours.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Publicly and from house to house

The verse names two settings, and one writer sees two kinds of work joined in one man.

The teacher unfolds truth; the pastor applies it. The teacher enlightens the understanding; the pastor looks to the state of the heart. The teacher supplies the spiritual food; the pastor sees what use is made of it. The teacher's work is mostly public; the pastor's work is mostly private. When the two are joined in one person, the teaching gift gives the pastor immense moral power. The pastoral element gives the teacher a tender affection.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

The same writer notes which half tends to be dropped, and what is lost with it.

A man may perhaps give us a short address on the Lord's day, or a lecture on a weekday; but where is the "house to house" side of the question? Where is the close, earnest, diligent looking after individual souls day by day? Very often the public teaching shoots completely over the head; it is the house to house teaching that is sure to come home to the heart. How often something said in public is entirely misunderstood and misapplied, until the loving pastoral visit during the week supplies the true meaning and the right application.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Private work feeds public ministry

For one writer, private visiting is not the lesser half. It is what keeps public ministry sound.

I think the visiting part quite as important, if not the most important part of the work: it is said, "publicly, and from house to house."... The clock strikes the hours, and that serves the passers-by. But the works inside make the good clock, and make the striking and the hands right. I think it should be your main work; indeed, I do not believe anyone can minister well without it. The springs of love, and the use and application of doctrine, are fed there; minds are understood. Otherwise we are apt to get essays, theories or thoughts... I dread much public testimony, and altogether so, if there is no private work.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Faith first. Holding nothing back takes faith. Without faith, the fear of people wins.

- All is profitable. Every part of revealed truth is useful. Each truth needs its right place and proportion; what a servant holds back is the unprofitable.

- Show, then teach. Showing is not enough. The truth has to be explained, pressed home, and matched by the teacher's own life.

- Two settings, two gifts. Public teaching unfolds the truth; house-to-house work applies it to the individual heart. Much of a public address is not grasped until a visit follows it up.

- Inside the clock. Private work feeds public ministry. Without visiting we get essays and theories; the works inside make the striking right.

Acts 20:21 · Darby

testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance towards God, and faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ.

Paul is saying goodbye to the leaders of the church at Ephesus. He sums up everything he preached among them in two words: repentance and faith. What is repentance? Why does it point to God, while faith points to Christ? And does one come before the other?

One message for everyone

Paul names two groups. One writer notes how that message would land on the first of them:

The Jew would strongly resent that message. He would say it was obvious that the Greek should be told to repent, but to come and tell them, the people of God, to repent was very objectionable. But Paul calmly and plainly told the truth of God in both directions.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Repentance toward God

Repentance is not what many people assume. One writer clears away the wrong ideas, then defines it and explains the word "toward":

It is not a mere change of mind on certain points (this would confuse it with faith); for the Lord preached, "Repent and believe in the gospel" (Mark 1:15). It is not simply a conviction of having done wrong; for when the crowd were cut to the heart, Peter urged them to repentance (Acts 2:38). It is not sorrow for sin, for "godly grief produces a repentance that leads to salvation without regret" (2 Cor. 7:10)… But it is a change of mind, a judgment of self, of one's ways and sins, shown by a changed life. It is God's gift; the risen and ascended Christ gives it (Acts 5:31)… It gives God His right place in the conscience of His creature, so it is "toward God."

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ

Why is repentance directed one way and faith another? The answer lies in two different needs. The name Paul uses matters too:

It is against God we have sinned, and it is He who has passed judgment on our sins. So when we are convicted of our guilt, it is to Him we turn with confession and self-judgment. In this state our one need is to learn the way of salvation, just as the jailer, conscience-stricken, ran to Paul and Silas and cried, "Sirs, what must I do to be saved?" They answered by presenting Christ… But they used the full title — the Lord Jesus Christ. That shows they preached a full gospel: the gospel about His person, His death and resurrection, and His present exaltation as Lord at the right hand of God.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Two things, one work

The verse names two things. Where God is at work, each one guarantees the other:

Repentance and faith are inseparable where there is reality… As there is no genuine repentance without faith, so there is no faith of God's elect without repentance. Repentance toward God is the soul judging itself and confessing its ways as in His sight. Faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ is the soul receiving the good news God sends concerning His Son.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Does the order of the words set an order of events? One writer says repentance cannot come first:

But people badly abuse that sentence (Acts 20:21), putting repentance before faith. If it means faith in the full efficacy of Christ's work, then of course it can and will come after repentance. Repentance cannot go before faith. When a man brings a testimony, it produces no effect unless people believe it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Neither a human preparation nor a mere idea

Two opposite errors twist this verse. Neither one is of God:

The low views which make repentance a human work as a preface to faith are no less objectionable than the so-called high views which merge everything in faith, making repentance no more than a change of mind. Neither legalism nor antinomianism is of God, but the grace and truth which came by Jesus Christ.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Real, but not identical in everyone

If both must be present, must they be equally strong? The answer is no. Here is what repentance sounds like when it speaks:

Peter repented when he said, in the presence of the Lord, "I am a sinful man." The tax collector repented when he said, "God, be merciful to me, a sinner!" The prodigal repented when he said in the presence of the father, "I have sinned against heaven and before you." The thief repented when he said, "We are receiving the due reward of our deeds." There may be different measures of repentance, just as there are different measures of faith… but wherever there is a work of God in the soul, these two things will be found.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Summary

- Same message. Paul told Jews and Greeks the same two things. The religious hearer needed to repent as much as the Greek did.

- Repentance is Godward. Not regret, not sorrow, not a mere shift of opinion — it is self-judgment that gives God His right place in the conscience.

- Faith is Christward. Once we turn to God in confession, our one need is the way of salvation. The answer is a person: the Lord Jesus Christ, in His death, resurrection and present exaltation.

- Never separated. No genuine repentance exists without faith, and no faith without repentance. Repentance cannot come first, since a message nobody believes does nothing.

- Real, not uniform. The depth varies from soul to soul, yet where God works, both are always there.

Acts 20:22 · Darby

And now, behold, bound in my spirit *I* go to Jerusalem, not knowing what things shall happen to me in it;

Paul's farewell to the Ephesian elders turns from his past work among them to the road ahead. He is going to Jerusalem, held by something he cannot shake off. Two questions follow. What was binding him? And how could he be so sure of the destination while knowing nothing of what waited there?

Whose Spirit Bound Him

The phrase behind "constrained by the Spirit" can be read two ways, and translations still divide over it. One writer weighs the older reading against the usual sense of the words.

Some of the older writers take the phrase to mean that Paul went "led captive by the Spirit." But the usual sense of the words, and the way the following verses say "the Holy Spirit" instead, both point to his own spirit. Paul was not free in his spirit for any other direction than Jerusalem, whatever it might cost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Reading it as Paul's own spirit does not leave God out of the story. It changes how He is at work in it.

Paul (Acts 20:22) was not, I believe, bound "in the Spirit," but in spirit, his own. It was the overruling hand of God upon him, not the actual guidance of the Spirit of God. God so ordered it for His own divine purposes. Morally, Paul was not going for testimony; he was going with the collections for the saints.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What Held Him

If it was his own spirit, something had gripped it. One writer traces that grip to Paul's love for his own people, and to the words he wrote about them to the Romans.

Behind his burning desire to go up to Jerusalem stood the mighty constraint of love for his own beloved people. His heart, filled with the love of God, yearned over them. He expresses this love so fully in his letter to the Romans. "I am speaking the truth in Christ — I am not lying; my conscience bears me witness in the Holy Spirit — that I have great sorrow and unceasing anguish in my heart. For I could wish that I myself were accursed and cut off from Christ for the sake of my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh" (Romans 9:1-3).

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

The Weight in the Word "Bound"

The verb itself carries a shadow. One writer sets Paul's tone here beside his tone elsewhere, and hears the difference.

He is going to Jerusalem, bound in spirit. Surely this is not the Holy Spirit, since the word he uses could not apply to Him. Nor does it speak of the sweet and happy constraint of love, though love is in it — deep and constraining love. But along with that love there is certainly a foreboding which casts a shadow over him. The word "bound" reminds us of a sacrifice tied for the altar. Yet if that were all, and he felt the Lord was leading him this way, his spirit would be brighter. Contrast his words to the Philippians. There he writes: "Even if I am to be poured out as a drink offering upon the sacrificial offering of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all" (Philippians 2:17).

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Warning Received, Direction Assumed

Paul had been warned, and more than once. What he did with the warning is the question.

The apostle had no lack of warning. He said so himself to the elders from Ephesus: the Holy Spirit testified to him in every city that chains and afflictions were waiting for him. Yet he clearly treated this as a note of the danger ahead, not as personal direction he had to obey. His mind was made up. Whatever the danger, whatever the suffering, he would go through with it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Even those who question the journey refuse to belittle the man who made it.

But none of these things could move him from his purpose. His devotedness itself is precious, though we may question if it was rightly directed on this occasion.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What God Made of It

The chains came, exactly as forecast. So did something no one forecast.

Still, God was in it all. During these very bonds Paul wrote the letters which give us — as we are glad to know — the fullest and brightest light of Christ and on heavenly things ever given for the lasting instruction and comfort of the saints of God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Bound — most writers here read it as Paul's own spirit, not the Holy Spirit. Some earlier writers read it the other way, and translations still differ.

- By love — his longing for his own people tied his spirit. That same longing made him wish himself cut off from Christ for their sake.

- With a shadow — "bound" carries foreboding. It lacks the brightness he shows in Philippians, where he speaks of being poured out as an offering.

- Past warning — the Spirit's testimony in every city told him the cost. He went with his eyes open, treating it as danger to face, not a route to change.

- Under God's hand — the chains came as promised. Out of them came the letters that give the church its clearest light on Christ.

Acts 20:23 · Darby

only that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city, saying that bonds and tribulations await me.

Paul is saying goodbye to the elders of the church at Ephesus, and he does not know what waits for him in Jerusalem. He knows only what the Holy Spirit keeps telling him in city after city: chains and hardship.

Bound in whose spirit?

The verse just before this says Paul went "constrained by the Spirit." Which spirit is meant? One writer answers by looking at what was pushing him to Jerusalem.

When he speaks of going "bound in the spirit" to Jerusalem, it is his own spirit he is speaking of, not the Spirit of God. His love for Israel was so deep and so real that it urged him forward. He went despite warnings from the Holy Spirit "in every city" that going there would end in imprisonment and suffering. Notice that he fully believes that it was the Holy Spirit who was giving these warnings.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The wording of the two verses points the same way.

Normal usage, and the separate naming of "the Holy Spirit" in the verses that follow, point to his own spirit... Paul was not free in his spirit to go in any direction but Jerusalem, whatever it might cost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The one thing he knew

Paul did not know the shape of what was coming, only its character. One writer traces both the cost of it and what God did with it.

He did not know the exact shape of what was coming. Still, he lets them know that he went in with open eyes to the weight of trouble ahead. That trouble paused only for a short time, and then it all ended in a martyr's death. He knew as well that, whatever the end might be, chains and hardships came first. To a heart that loved the church, what could be more serious for the testimony of the Lord and for the saints? Yet God was in it all. During these very chains Paul wrote the letters that give the fullest and brightest light on Christ and on heavenly things ever given. And we are glad to know it: that light was given for the lasting teaching and comfort of God's saints.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A note of danger, or an order to stop?

Commentators differ here. Some point to how Paul himself took the testimony: as news about the road, not as an order to change route.

Certainly the apostle did not lack warning, as he said himself to the elders from Ephesus... But he clearly took it as a note of the danger waiting for him, not as a personal order he had to obey. He had made up his own mind to go through with it, whatever the danger and whatever the suffering. The Master had done the same, in a perfection no one can match, for His infinite work, at any cost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Others find the repeated warnings unusual. Even so, they do not conclude that Paul was outside God's will.

The Holy Spirit does not usually warn of danger. He leads in the path of the Lord, and if persecution comes, He gives strength to endure it. Here the warnings came to Paul again and again. His friends beg him not to go up. Nothing changes his mind. They fall silent, far from satisfied, and say, "The will of the Lord be done." I do not doubt that it was His will. But it was His will in order to work out purposes Paul did not know through the understanding the Holy Spirit gives. He only felt pressed in spirit to go, and ready to suffer all things for the Lord.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The lesson for us

Kelly goes further elsewhere. He holds that Paul went past a warning from God — and then he turns the lesson away from Paul and onto us.

He had gone where God had warned him not to go. And if this is true of him, what shall we say of ourselves? Do not allow your lips to say strong things about the apostle Paul; but let your own conscience, and let mine, take heed to our own ways, and above all beware of this — that we are not found slighting one word that comes to us from the Holy Spirit. Let us weigh and treasure every expression of God's mind.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Unmoved

Whatever the warnings meant, Paul's own answer to them was settled devotion.

"Now," he has to add, "the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city that imprisonment and afflictions await me." There was more trouble for the pattern servant, but he says, "None of these things move me." He was a man of extraordinary steadiness and faith... Here was a man devoted to death for the name and the service of the Lord.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Bound — What pushed Paul to Jerusalem was his own spirit, moved by love for Israel. The voice naming chains and hardship was the Holy Spirit's.

- Warned — He believed the warnings came from God. He took them as news of what the road held, not as a fence across it.

- Disputed — Commentators differ on whether he read them rightly. Some see a servant walking into the cost with open eyes. Others see a check he pressed past.

- Weighed — The best use of the passage is not to judge Paul. It is to watch our own ways and never brush aside a word from the Spirit.

- Fruitful — God was in the chains. Out of that prison came the letters that give the brightest light on Christ and heavenly things the saints have ever received.

Acts 20:24 · Darby

But I make no account of [my] life [as] dear to myself, so that I finish my course, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the glad tidings of the grace of God.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

Acts 20:25 · Darby

And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom [of God], shall see my face no more.

Paul is saying goodbye to the elders of the church at Ephesus. In one sentence he tells them they will never see him again, and names the one theme of all his years with them: the kingdom.

A farewell, not a pause

One commentator notes that the manuscripts differ over how this verse names what Paul preached.

It is his farewell. His work, as far as being present among them, was ended. The best and oldest manuscripts and versions, apart from the Vulgate and others, read simply "the kingdom." Others add "of God," which is meant even if not expressed; others "of Jesus," and "of the Lord Jesus."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer reads this parting as the close of Paul's public work, with lasting effects on the church he left behind.

Solemn departure, the end of the apostle's public work. He speaks of it as a finished work. He announces that from now on, because he is gone, evil would prevail in the outward assembly of God on the earth. But he assures the faithful that God and the word of His grace would be enough to build them up and give them an inheritance among those who are sanctified.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Grace and the Lord's authority

Paul preached grace, and one writer notes he pressed the Lord's authority just as firmly.

Though Paul emphasised the gospel of the grace of God, he insisted just as much on the authority of the Lord Jesus. That authority belongs to the kingdom of God. And that kingdom has an important present aspect that we cannot ignore. Now he tells the Ephesian elders that he knows they will not see his face again. That fact gives more solemn weight to his message for them.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The subject he names: the kingdom

Paul names one theme for all his work among them. One writer argues that this theme has dropped out of much preaching since.

Here we have another and distinct topic, one that modern preaching easily overlooks — "the kingdom." Anyone who examines the Acts of the Apostles will find how large a place it holds in the preaching, not of Peter only but of Paul. We may be sure it filled the preaching of all the other servants of the Lord in those early days. It is a grave blank where the kingdom is left out as it is now. Unfaithful preachers today rob the saints of the future as God has planned it. And the gospel of God's grace suffers by it too.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Which kingdom Paul preached

Commentators differ on which kingdom Paul was announcing. One writer, asked which he meant, ruled out the options put to him and pointed to what is still to come.

Neither, as I believe. It is that coming intervention of God to change the heavens and the earth. The Lord will start and establish it when He comes in visible power and glory, to the joy of all the earth, of Israel and all the nations… Neither the gospel nor the church wiped out the apostle's value for this grand truth. That truth has faded from the testimony of many who were once zealous.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Another writer holds that Paul was not pointing only to the future.

This clearly has a present bearing. When he spoke of the things to come, no doubt he spoke of the kingdom that will one day be set up for all to see. But he also kept before them that in receiving Christ as Lord they had already come under the authority of God. He showed them what it meant in practice to be subject to God's holy will.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The order of Paul's ministry

The kingdom is not the starting point. It follows what he has just said about the gospel of the grace of God.

If we are to learn the truth of God, we must first receive the gospel of the grace of God (Acts 20:24). Grace having met our deep need, our souls are then helped on by the preaching of the kingdom of God (Acts 20:25). We learn that God has marked out our course down here under the authority of His dear Son. As we live in subjection to the Lord Jesus, righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit mark all our ways.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Farewell. Paul's work among them was finished. His absence would let evil spread, yet God and the word of His grace would still build them up.

- Weight. He will never speak to them again, so every word of this charge carries added weight.

- Kingdom. Paul sums up his whole ministry among them in one word: the kingdom. It fills the book of Acts. One writer warns that dropping it leaves "a grave blank."

- Two readings. Commentators differ. One takes the kingdom here as God's coming intervention in visible glory. Another sees the present authority of Christ over His people.

- Order. Grace first meets our need; the kingdom then teaches us to live under the authority of God's Son.

Acts 20:26 · Darby

Wherefore I witness to you this day, that I am clean from the blood of all,

Paul is saying goodbye to the elders of the church at Ephesus. Before he goes, he calls them as witnesses: no one's blood is on his hands.

A servant's sworn testimony

The wording is formal, like a man swearing to his record in front of witnesses. One writer points out what Paul twice refuses to do:

"Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all. For I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God" (verses 26, 27). The apostle could in this way solemnly attest his faithfulness to the trust the Lord had given him. (Compare Ezekiel 3:18-20). At least twice (verses 20, 27) he plainly disowns such holding back. Some who bear the Christian name have not been ashamed to claim it as a virtue. They say they learned it from Him whose death tore the veil. And He puts all His true followers in the light of life, the light that makes everything visible.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The watchman's blood

Behind the phrase stands an image from Ezekiel: a watchman whose one job is to warn. If the warning is ignored, the guilt is not his.

So he could say he was "innocent of the blood of all." He was like the faithful watchman of Ezekiel 33:4. That watchman's duty was to warn when the enemy or the sword was coming, but he himself was clear if no one heeded his warning. A solemn thought! The watchman would expose himself to harsh criticism, ridicule, contempt, and danger. But, the apostle adds, "I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God."

Modernised from J Wilson SmithOriginal wording

Another writer ties the two roles together: Paul had been faithful both as a servant and as a lookout.

Along with this, having told them they would see his face no more, he called them in as his witnesses that he was innocent of the blood of all, for he had not shrunk from declaring to them the whole counsel of God. As a watchman, as well as a servant, he had been faithful to God and to their souls.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Nothing profitable kept back

His claim rests on what he said a few verses earlier: he kept back nothing useful. The stress falls on the word all.

First of all, in verse 20, he says, "I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable." The apostle thought of his hearers and of their profit... It was to this very assembly that he later wrote a letter unfolding the highest truth. Its subject was surely part of his spoken teaching too. So the apostle counted it no less profitable to his hearers than any other part of revelation. The fact is, under the Spirit's guidance it is impossible to turn to any part of revealed truth that is not profitable. "All Scripture is breathed out by God and profitable," the same writer says in another letter (2 Timothy 3:16). There is need to emphasise that word all. No doubt there are chapters in God's word — and doctrines — of special importance, but the point to keep in mind is that all are necessary. A face with any feature missing we would think sadly deformed.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

What the counsel of God covers

"Counsel" here is not advice. It is what God planned and has now let us in on.

He says in effect, "You have all this blessing. The gospel has brought you into this favoured place of nearness and relationship. God's authority is settled in your hearts. You are under His rule. You obey His word. But remember that everything God has done, He has done with certain great counsels or purposes in mind." He has made those purposes known to us. They have not yet come to fruition. They are not yet carried out as they will be in the ages to come. But He has shown them to us now, so that we may live our whole lives on earth in the light of what God purposed before the foundation of the world.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why he could have shunned it

The word "shrink" implies there was a reason to. Telling the whole of God's purpose is what made Paul's life difficult.

This theme of his ministry — the whole counsel of God — was the one that stirred up such furious opposition from many of his Jewish hearers. In the end it led to his imprisonment. So he says, "I did not shrink from declaring." If only he had avoided this part of his ministry, he might have had a far more peaceful time in his service and escaped many troubles. For God's counsel involved bringing in the Gentiles, according to the truth of the church. He knew this, yet he did not flinch.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Not a one-sided preacher

Declaring everything meant declaring the hard things as well as the welcome ones.

He could say, in front of people who knew his ministry well: "I am innocent of the blood of all; for I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God" (Acts 20:26-27). He was no one-sided preacher. He delighted to tell people of the love of God, but with all due seriousness he also warned them of the wrath of God.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Summary

- Posted. Like Ezekiel's watchman, Paul had to sound the warning. If people ignored it, the guilt was theirs, not his.

- Warned. He held back nothing profitable. Note the word all: a face missing a feature looks deformed, and so does a partial ministry.

- Whole. "The counsel of God" is His purpose from before the foundation of the world. He has made it known so we can live in its light.

- Costly. Leaving that part out would have bought him a quieter life. The whole counsel brought opposition, and he did not flinch.

- Clear. He told people of God's love and God's wrath alike. So he could call witnesses and say no one's blood stained his hands.

Acts 20:27 · Darby

for I have not shrunk from announcing to you all the counsel of God.

Paul is saying goodbye to the elders of the church at Ephesus, knowing he will not see them again. His words raise two questions: what does "the whole counsel of God" cover, and why would anyone hold back from declaring it?

More than a plan of salvation

The phrase is often read as a synonym for the gospel message. One commentator keeps apart three things Paul names in this speech: grace, the kingdom, and the counsel of God. They are not one and the same.

It is a mistake to think that "all the counsel of God" means no more than God's plan for saving men, unfolded in the gospel. "The gospel" is indeed the preaching of salvation in a dead and risen Saviour. "The kingdom," whether in its moral form or in its full display, has its own distinct force in God's reign, as we have seen. "All the counsel of God" rises still higher. It takes in His purpose to its utmost extent.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The difference is not just theory. Grace deals with our state as sinners. God's counsel goes higher.

It is of the greatest importance to see this. There is the counsel of God's will for believers, as well as the grace of God that brings salvation for all men. We usually know His saving grace better than the counsels of His heart. The saving grace of God meets our condition as sinners, and we must of course begin with what meets our need. But the counsels of God reveal what God has purposed to bring about for the satisfaction of His own heart.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

An order in the teaching

Paul lists his themes in an order. One writer reads that order as a lesson for anyone who teaches.

First, in dealing with souls, conscience work has to go forward. So he begins with repentance and faith. Either one without the other might drive a soul to despair. God does not want that, so an object — the Lord Jesus Christ — is set before them. With that, the gospel of the grace of God comes in season… Then, alongside the gospel, he preached the kingdom… After these great subjects comes, last in order, the whole counsel of God. This teaching suits only Christians.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why anyone would shrink

Paul's words admit there was a pull to hold back. The reason was not the difficulty of the subject. It was the cost.

Why should he have shrunk from it? We might have thought Paul would have felt nothing but delight in explaining such wonderful truths. But it was exactly this that brought on him the anger of the orthodox Jew. Why did trouble follow him everywhere? Because he did not shrink from declaring the whole counsel of God. This lifts the Christian into heavenly blessings far beyond anything made known to the Jewish people.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Clear of their blood

The verse opens with "for." It gives the reason for what Paul had just said: he is clear of everyone's blood. One commentator sets this beside Ezekiel.

So the apostle could declare, in all seriousness, that he had been faithful to the trust the Lord gave him (compare Ezekiel 3:18-20). Twice at least (verses 20 and 27) he plainly disowns such holding back. Some who bear the Christian name are not ashamed to call that reserve a virtue learned from Christ. But His death tore the veil, and He puts all His true followers in the light of life — the light that makes everything visible.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Nothing left over to reveal

Because Paul declared all of it, no later generation waits for more. One writer uses this verse to explain why the letters to the seven churches in Revelation hold no new doctrine.

Suppose these letters had brought fresh doctrinal revelations. They were written after the deaths of Paul, Peter, James and others of the apostles and prophets. That would have proved that God had not given, in their day, all the truth needed for building up the body. In that case Paul could not have declared all the counsel of God (Acts 20:27)… These letters in fact confirm what both Peter and Paul said. They call those they address to be faithful to the truth already received, and to expect nothing more.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What it is for

God tells us His purposes now, long before He carries them out.

He has made those purposes known to us. They are not yet carried out as they will be in the ages to come. But He has made them known to us, so that we may live our whole life on earth in the light of what God purposed before the foundation of the world.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Whole — "All the counsel of God" is not the gospel under another name. It rises higher, to the full extent of God's purpose.

- Ordered — Paul moved from repentance and faith, to grace, to the kingdom, to the counsel of God. That last part is teaching for Christians.

- Costly — Declaring it is what drew hostility on him. That is why he calls it not shrinking.

- Clear — He held nothing back. So he could say he was clear of their blood.

- Complete — He declared all of it, so nothing more is owed us. God made His counsel known so we can live now in the light of what He purposed before the world began.

Acts 20:28 · Darby

Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, wherein the Holy Spirit has set you as overseers, to shepherd the assembly of God, which he has purchased with the blood of his own.

Paul has called the elders of the church at Ephesus down to Miletus, and this verse is the heart of his farewell charge. In one sentence he tells them who appointed them, what to do, and what the flock cost God.

Overseer and elder are one office

The men Paul summoned in verse 17 are called elders; here he calls them overseers. That single fact settles a long argument about church order.

The Greek word episkopos is once translated "overseer," in Acts 20:28. This use proves that the "elders" and the "bishops" were the same. Paul called for the elders of the church at Ephesus, Acts 20:17, and called them "overseers." … Each city had more than one bishop or overseer, and at that time there was only one assembly in a city.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Yourself first, then the flock

The order of the words matters. Paul does not begin with the work; he begins with the worker.

"Take heed therefore" — does that mean, be diligent in your work? No, it means "to yourselves." As he later wrote to Timothy, it is, first of all, "Take heed to yourself." This is the first responsibility. Neglecting it has left so many servants powerless, and has caused so many shipwrecks.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

All the flock — and only where you live

Two limits sit inside the phrase "all the flock." No one in the elder's own place is left out, and no one beyond it is added.

There might be, and in general were, several overseers. But the duty of the overseer is to take heed "to all the flock" where he lives. This matters all the more, because it humbles the spirit while it enlarges the heart… It works against the self-importance of "my people," and against the rivalry when one thinks of another and "his people." … Yet the elders had to do with all the flock where they lived, not elsewhere. Eldership was a local charge.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Human hands, the Spirit's sanction

Human hands had a part in making these men elders. Yet Paul traces their appointment past every human hand.

No one could claim to be an elder unless he was properly appointed. This is admitted, and even pressed. Scripture is plain that no one could appoint except the apostles, or someone an apostle expressly commissioned for the task. … But once appointed, they could be described, as here, as men whom the Holy Spirit set as bishops or overseers. His sanction went with the apostle's choice.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators differ on what this means for today. Some say the way of appointing elders has closed. On that view there can be no such elders now, "either in the source of their authority, or in the sphere of its exercise" (Morrish Bible Dictionary). Others hold that the Spirit's action continues:

It is only God the Holy Spirit who can make and appoint overseers over His flock and He still does so today.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Shepherding a flock that is not yours

Paul is careful to say whose sheep these are. Ownership changes how the work feels on both sides.

It is God's flock, not yours; and you are not to lord it over as if it were your own property. If it were your heritage, you would have certain rights. But the truth is that anyone who stands in the position of an elder carries a heavy responsibility. … When this is truly weighed, it makes a wonderful change in the mind, tone, and temper — a change both in those who tend the flock, and in those who are cared for.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The work itself falls into three parts. Elders take heed to their own walk and to the walk of God's people. They "feed the church of God," seeking "the welfare of their souls." And they "watch," guarding the flock from attacks outside and corruption within (Hamilton Smith).

Obtained with His own blood

The closing clause is the hardest phrase in the verse. Some translations read "the blood of His own," meaning the blood of God's own Son.

This puts not the least cloud over the truth that He who shed His blood for us was God. If the Saviour here was not God, His purchase would have only a creature's value. It would be nowhere near enough to win the assembly for God, as it was and as it is. Being a divine person, His gaining it to Himself by blood is infinitely and eternally effective.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That price sets the worth of every single person an overseer deals with.

How blessed to realize that every member of this great company has been "purchased" at such a cost! God Himself places infinite value on each one.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Summary

- His Spirit appoints. No one makes himself an overseer. Where an apostle appointed, the Holy Spirit's sanction went with the act.

- His servant watches himself first. "Pay careful attention to yourselves" comes before the flock. Neglect here has wrecked many a servant.

- His flock, not yours. The sheep belong to God. Oversight is a trust, never ownership, and it covers the whole flock in one place, not a favoured few.

- His blood sets the price. The price has infinite value because the One who shed the blood was God.

- His worth becomes your motive. Because each person cost God that much, the weight of the responsibility is the measure of the privilege.

Acts 20:29 · Darby

[For] *I* know [this,] that there will come in amongst you after my departure grievous wolves, not sparing the flock;

Paul says goodbye to the Ephesian elders, and warns them in the same breath. Two questions follow. Who are these wolves? And what protects God's people once the apostle is gone?

Certainty, Not Optimism

Paul does not guess. He speaks as a man shown what is coming, and what he sees is damage, not growth.

Then he speaks as a prophet. He knows for certain that after he leaves this life, fierce wolves — heartless unbelievers — will get in among the flock and do great damage.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

He promised no coming success:

He did not say, "You are going to have a big revival, everybody is going to be converted, and everybody is going to join the church." He said, "after my departure fierce wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock."

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

What a Wolf Comes to Do

Paul gives the elders a reason to feed the church: a wolf wants nothing good for the sheep.

Feed the church of God! ... Why do wolves come among the flock? They come to kill, to scatter, and to destroy — to damage the flock as much as possible.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

The animal itself shows what "not sparing" means:

They are very destructive among the sheep, worrying and destroying more than they can eat. This makes the wolf a fit emblem of the wicked, who molest the sheep and lambs of God's flock, and even creep in among them.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The Disguise

These wolves "come in among you." They are not an army at the gate. They get inside, and they get inside by looking like they belong.

The wolf comes to the flock in sheep's clothing. He makes a fair profession, and it deceives the saints. So the Apostle Paul can warn us that after his departure wolves would come in among the saints, "not sparing the flock" (Matt. 7:15; Acts 20:29). The wolf cannot snatch the sheep out of the hand of the Shepherd, but he can seize and scatter the sheep.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Two Different Dangers

Verse 29 and the verse after it are often read as one warning. Commentators differ: William Kelly holds that they describe two separate kinds of men.

Other commentators tell us that fierce wolves are not persecutors, but false friends — real enemies who come in among those who bear the name of the Lord and do not spare the flock. But those commentators are wrong to identify the fierce wolves with the men described in verse 30: "from among your own selves will arise men speaking twisted things." These are clearly two different classes of evil men. The first are more violent, the second more subtle. The first seek their own pleasure and gain. The second do the deadlier work of speaking twisted things to draw the disciples away after them. To use the flock for selfish ends is wicked; to put self and error in the place of Christ is worse still, though it looks more respectable.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Warning Came True

Paul lived long enough to see the beginning of it. His own later letter records the collapse he had predicted.

In Paul's address to the Ephesian elders, sorrow at his own departure was mixed with a sadder warning of evil that would soon come to the church of God... And it began so soon, and spread so fast, that in his second letter to Timothy he writes of it as a well-known fact: "You are aware that all who are in Asia turned away from me."

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What Paul Left Them Instead

What guards the flock now is God Himself, and food from His word.

The fierce wolves and the selfish, erring leaders are still with us, and we need to be on our guard against them. Paul points to the great safeguard against these evils: "I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up." God is more than a match for anything the enemy may bring against us. Depending on Him with constant watchfulness will keep us safe. But we need to be strengthened and built up by the word of His grace. If we rely on the word of men, we will be led astray. If we feed on the Word of God's grace, we will be able to resist every attack of the enemy.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The Flock Still Arrives Home

The wolves do real damage, but they do not get the last word over a single sheep.

However great our failure may have been, and though fierce wolves may have come in among the Lord's people, not sparing the flock (Acts 20:29), yet at last all His sheep will come home. Not one will be lost, and not one missing on that great day.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Summary

- Foreseen. Paul speaks as a prophet. He knows what follows his departure: not revival, but wolves.

- Ferocious. Wolves come to kill, scatter and destroy, destroying more than they can eat: that is "not sparing."

- Disguised. They come in among the flock in sheep's clothing, deceiving the saints by a fair profession.

- Twofold. Kelly divides the violent wolves of verse 29 from the subtler men of verse 30, who twist the truth to gain a following. Commentators differ on this.

- Guarded. Against both, Paul points to God and the word of His grace. It builds the flock up, and every sheep still reaches home.

Acts 20:30 · Darby

and from among your own selves shall rise up men speaking perverted things to draw away the disciples after them.

Paul is warning the elders of the church at Ephesus. The next danger, he says, will not come from strangers but from men inside their own circle, who want a following of their own.

The Danger Within

Paul had just warned of wolves coming in from outside. This second danger was already inside, and it worked the other way.

These would not "enter in" like the grievous wolves; they were already within the church. The wolf scatters. These men would seek to gather, but not around Christ. They wanted to gather followers around themselves. In doing so they would draw them away from simple loyalty to Christ.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Speaking Twisted Things

Paul's phrase, "twisted things," appears in other translations as "perverted things." Commentators show how a small twist works.

The Darby translation gives, "speaking perverted things." There is an element of truth in it, but a clever twist perverts it. That again and again has taken place in the history of the church. This has happened even with men who may be elders. If self comes in, along with a desire to be first, there is a tendency to teach something very new with a little twist. Soon he becomes the leader of a kind of party in the church of God.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

The effect of that twist is to move a believer's confidence from Scripture onto a man.

They would not directly deny the truths of Scripture. They would pervert them by giving them their own meaning. It was a different meaning from the one the apostles had taught the saints. This would throw their followers back on them, so that they would look to their leaders for teaching instead of to the word of God.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

From Among the Elders

Paul was speaking to overseers. The danger would come out of that very group.

The very elders were to become a danger and an evil to themselves and to the disciples. Not they only, but they above all. Out of them the clergy (not gifted men) soon emerged, unknown while the apostles lived. Had the word of Christ dwelt in the saints richly, such a change could not have happened. People looked to man, and the word of God's grace became more slighted, forgotten, and powerless.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Same Evil From the Other End

Commentators see two halves of one process.

The evil here is the reverse of what the Apostle speaks of in Acts 20:30. There he warned the Ephesian elders that trouble would come from leaders. Here he says it comes from disciples… One evil leads to the other. It begins with Christians forming parties around leaders. It ends with those leaders teaching perverse things. This principle showed itself at Corinth, and it has been at work through the whole history of the church with the same sad results.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Sincere Men, Real Damage

The men Paul describes may not be frauds at all. That is what makes the warning so serious.

These men may well be true believers, but they give a twist to their teaching, and that twist perverts the truth… They attract people to themselves instead of leading them to Christ. In these words Paul sketched the future of what we know as Christendom.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

No Official Appointment

Commentators draw a practical conclusion from this.

Perhaps this is why Scripture gives no instruction about continuing the office of elder in an official way beyond the apostle's lifetime… In the case of men speaking perverted things, an official appointment would only give approval to what is wrong.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Safeguard Paul Left

Paul did not point the elders to the church's judgment. He did not tell them to stay neutral about false teaching. He gave them something outside any man.

He does not speak of the teaching of the church as a reliable guide. He does not hint at "neutrality" about the perverse things spoken. The word is to test everything. It is to be the unfailing guide of the sheep when those who ought to lead the flock go astray themselves.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

This gives a plain test for any teacher. It mentions the Bereans — hearers who checked what they were told against Scripture.

A teacher who comes from God will always point his hearers to Christ. He will rest them on God's unerring word as the sure resting place for the soul. When someone speaks the truth, true believers will receive it "with all eagerness," like the Bereans. But they will also search the Scriptures to confirm what they have heard (Acts 17:11). The faithful teacher will always want his hearers to test what he has said by the authoritative words of Holy Scripture.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Inside, not outside. The wolves break in; these men were already there. One danger scatters the flock, the other collects it — around the wrong centre.

- A twist, not a denial. "Twisted things" are truths given a man's own meaning. The error keeps enough truth in it to convince.

- The pull is toward self. The aim is a following. A teacher sent by God points people to Christ and to Scripture. These men point people to themselves.

- It starts both ways. Leaders twist the truth; followers crowd around favourites. Each feeds the other, as Corinth showed.

- The word is the test. Paul's resource was not the church's verdict or its silence. It was God and the word of His grace — the guide that holds when leaders fail.

Acts 20:31 · Darby

Wherefore watch, remembering that for three years, night and day, I ceased not admonishing each one [of you] with tears.

Paul has just warned the leaders at Ephesus that wolves will come in from outside and that false teachers will rise from among themselves. He leaves them no plan and no successor — only a command to stay awake, and the memory of three years of his own tears.

Two Commands Pressed Together

The verse holds two duties that need each other. Watching without memory has nothing to fight with. Memory without watching sees the danger too late.

So he presses two things on their consciences — "watch and remember." We must be alert to recognize danger when it raises its head, so that we can deal with it properly. We must also not forget the truth we have learned in the past, by which to meet such things. In this case Paul had spent three years instructing and warning the saints. Today we have no less help in his writings, which are as urgent as his tears were.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Why Warning Was the Right Response

Warning was a duty the elders might have preferred to avoid. Few people welcome it, and the servant who gives it must be content with one opinion of his work.

What then were these elders to do in view of the evil days? They were to copy Paul's example. For three years he had never stopped warning every one, night and day, with tears. So they were to labour with all earnestness to walk in his steps. Such a ministry might not be acceptable. The people of God, like Israel of old, prefer those who prophesy "smooth things." But faithfulness to his Lord alone must govern the path of the true servant. His Lord's approval must be enough to encourage him.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

One by One

The words "every one" point past public teaching. Paul reached people one at a time, and feeding them was only half of his care.

"I did not cease night or day to admonish every one with tears," he says. Plainly he did this one by one. What a watchful pastor he was! He not only fed the flock, but warned them of the dangers that threatened them. There would be little use in feeding sheep if wolves ate them the next moment. The apostle warned the saints at Ephesus of what was coming in. Now we are in the middle of it, so the need to warn is greater still. Note the apostle's words: "did not cease," "night or day," "with tears."

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Count the time in days instead of years, and see how far his care reached.

For over a thousand days, all counted — surely counted in heaven too — he admonishes each one, with tears. No favouritism, but genuinely deep feeling that each believer should be held by and in the truth.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Where the Tears Came From

Tears are the detail Paul chooses to make them remember. They were not the mark of a man defending a cause or a position.

"Therefore be alert," says the apostle to the elders, "remembering that for three years I did not cease night or day to admonish every one with tears." Necessity drew this little glimpse out of the apostle's heart. It lets us see his complete devotion. It was not business, nor even the spread of truth, still less the prevailing of his own opinions for good. It was one who loved Christ, and pressed this devotion to Him and to His own above all on those who took the lead. Tireless, tender, watchful care filled his heart. He cared with the deepest feeling, always and at any cost. He would have us feel the same, as well as those he addressed that day. Who is able for these things? The ability is in and from God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A Ministry Now Neglected

Guarding the flock against its enemies is part of an elder's work. One writer asks whether the warning side of it still happens.

They were to watch and be on their guard against the adversaries, remembering how Paul himself had warned them with deep feeling for three years. Is it not a fact that this ministry of warning has almost lapsed through disuse?

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Paul's tears test us too, and they were no sign of weakness.

He was no weakling nor a sentimental girl, whose tears come easily and dry as easily. He was a strong man, and his tears were manly. They revealed the depth of his sympathies. Have we ever shed one tear over perishing souls? Do we really care for the straying sheep, or grieve over the fierce wolves that get in among the flock, doing deadly damage?

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Watch. Danger from outside and inside is coming, so alertness is the first duty of anyone caring for God's people.

- Remember. No new strategy guards the flock. The truth already taught does, and Paul's writings now carry the urgency his tears once did.

- Every one. He warned people one by one, night and day. Feeding without warning leaves the sheep fed and then eaten.

- With tears. The tears rose from love for Christ, not from ambition or the defence of opinions. They marked a strong man, not a soft one.

- Copy it. The elders were to walk in the same steps, even though warning is unpopular. One writer notes this ministry has nearly fallen out of use.

Acts 20:32 · Darby

And now I commit you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build [you] up and give [to you] an inheritance among all the sanctified.

Paul is saying goodbye to the elders at Ephesus, and he has just warned them of fierce wolves coming once he is gone. So he leaves them not with a plan, a structure or a person, but with God Himself and the word of His grace.

Not commended to men

Notice the long list of things Paul does not name.

He does not commend them to any group of men. Not to apostles or their successors. Not to general councils and their decrees. Not to church fathers and their traditions. Not to teachers and their dogmas. None of these would be any help against the "fierce wolves" that were about to come in among them, or against the "twisted things" that some of their own number would say. Nothing but God Himself and the word of His grace could stand in an evil day, or keep a soul standing.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

He could not even hand them over to their own leaders, since the trouble would come out of that very circle.

He did not commend them to the other apostles. He could not commend them to the elders either, for he was speaking to elders, and men who would cause trouble were going to come from among them. God, and God alone, is the resource of His people.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

No successor appointed

Why point them to the word instead of to men who would come after him?

In the same way, Paul commends the believers at Ephesus to God, and to the word of His grace, which was able to build them up. Why did he do this? He knew that after he left, fierce wolves would come in among them and not spare the flock. So he commended them to the word of God's grace, and not to apostles who would follow him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

God and the word, not one without the other

Paul names two things, and commentators stress that neither works alone.

He commends them not to one only, but to both. Without God before the heart, the word becomes dry and lifeless, and we grow discouraged and impatient. Without the word to direct our life, we are in danger from the will and wisdom of man, or from his folly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer describes what happens when the two are split apart in practice:

When the word leads you out in prayer to God, you have neither the word without prayer, nor prayer without the word. Both of those habits are very dangerous. One leads to rationalism, the other to fanaticism.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why "of His grace"

The phrase marks a contrast. God once made demands of men; now He speaks in Christ.

In the past He spoke through Moses, as recorded in the Old Testament. That was the word of His demand on men. Now He has spoken in Christ, as recorded in the New Testament, and that is the word of His grace.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Able to build you up

Nothing else can do this work, because building up depends on truth, not on skill.

Bold thinking and beautiful language are all worthless if the truth is not there. And the truth is never so sure, so strong and so holy as in His own word, which is truth. This searches the conscience. This strengthens the heart. This feeds faith, and it makes the blessed hope full and strong in the love which is the strength of all that is good.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Some have asked whether it is God or the word that is able to build up.

In Acts 20:32, should it read "which is able", or "Who is able", to build you up? Comparison with 2 Timothy 3:15 strengthens the first reading.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The inheritance among the sanctified

God's word does more than keep believers safe.

This is our only real protection. It is also the vital means of building up believers, and of giving an inheritance among all those who are sanctified — that is, set apart to God from everything that is against His Word and will.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

This inheritance is not something we are still waiting for.

The inheritance is ours by faith in Christ (see Acts 26:18), but the word of His grace gives it to us in present power.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Enough for the darkest day

What Paul left the Ephesians has not shrunk with time.

It was able to build them up and give them an inheritance among the sanctified; it is still able to give the soul today a portion as large as ever. We have no limit except the one we make for ourselves. Why make it?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Summary

- Danger — Fierce wolves were coming, and men who twist the truth would rise from inside the eldership itself. Paul saw it before it happened.

- Handover — Paul named no successor. He handed them to God and to the word of His grace, not to apostles, councils, traditions or dogmas.

- Pairing — Hold both together. Without God in view the word goes dry; without the word, human will and folly take over.

- Grace — Moses carried God's demand on men; the word of His grace is God speaking in Christ, and this is what builds up.

- Inheritance — Our place among those set apart for God is already ours by faith. The word gives it to us in present power — a portion as large as ever, limited only by us.

Acts 20:33 · Darby

I have coveted [the] silver or gold or clothing of no one.

Paul is saying goodbye. He has called the elders of the church at Ephesus down to the coast at Miletus. He has warned them that wolves are coming for the flock. Now he holds up his own record: he wanted nothing that belonged to them.

The setting of the disclaimer

This sentence is not a stray boast. It answers the danger Paul has just described, and it answers it by pointing at himself.

So he warns them of coming dangers — dangers from without and dangers from within. Fierce wolves would come in and not spare the flock. And from among themselves men would rise up, speaking twisted things to draw away disciples after them. Had Paul sought to gather round himself? They well knew that he had not. He had not received material support from them.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Silver, gold, apparel

The three items in the verse are not random. Each one feeds a real appetite.

The old nature covets silver, gold, and clothing. All of these feed the cravings of the body and of the mind. Love serves others. Love with faith alone glorifies God. It is good when those who teach these things are living examples of all they urge on others.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A right he refused to use

Paul was not saying that workers should go unsupported. He taught the opposite — and then declined the benefit himself.

But you say, The servants of the Lord must be supported. Certainly. Look at this dear man of God, and see how he was supported. To everyone who would have given to him, he could say, I do not want your support… He supported himself by making tents, and I guarantee they were the best tents on the market. He would not give any man a chance of saying, Paul was paid for it, or, I have made Paul rich… Paul would not take a penny from the Corinthians. Yet he laid down the rule that the servant should be supported. He laid it down for others and flung it up for himself.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

What drives service instead

If money is not what drives a servant, something else must be.

The true servant of Christ does not work for money or to make a living. He works out of love to the Lord and to precious souls. He seeks their blessing, not their possessions. He trusts the Lord for his own needs and his family's. And he thankfully takes whatever he receives as coming from the Lord whom he serves.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

A standard for the smallest service

One writer treats Paul's whole farewell speech as a checklist for anyone who serves at all.

Our own service may be very small, yet the things that marked him should mark us. Here are some of them. "Humility of mind." "Many tears" — a sign of deep exercise of heart. "None of these things move me" — a steady soul. "I coveted no one's silver or gold or apparel" — the strictest possible righteousness before the world. "I have shown you all things" — practising what he preached.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The company Paul keeps

Paul is not the first leader to end his work with this claim. Samuel, Israel's last judge, ended his public life by daring the nation to accuse him, and Nehemiah, governor in Jerusalem, refused the food allowance his office allowed him. Behind all three stands an old warning about what a gift does to the person who takes it.

He had stayed close to the law of Moses. It says, "You shall take no bribe, for a bribe blinds the clear-sighted and subverts the cause of those who are in the right" (Ex. 23:8). He well knew the blinding power of presents, even when they are not given directly to corrupt the court. He knew how easily a gift from someone in the case can sway a judge, however small the gift, and almost without the judge noticing it.

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

Summary

- Danger. Paul speaks with wolves in view. He had just warned of men who would draw disciples after themselves. His own empty hands were the contrast, and the elders knew it.

- Diagnosis. Silver, gold and clothing are what the old nature wants. They feed the cravings of the body and of the mind.

- Surrender. Paul taught that workers deserve support, then gave up his own claim to it. He worked with his hands, so no one could say he preached for pay.

- Substitute. What replaces gain is love for the Lord and for souls, plus quiet trust that God supplies the need. The true servant seeks people's blessing, not their possessions.

- Standard. This is not a rule for leaders only. The marks of Paul's service were humility, steadiness, plain honesty before the world, and practising what he preached. They belong to the smallest service any believer does.

Acts 20:34 · Darby

Yourselves know that these hands have ministered to my wants, and to those who were with me.

This is Paul's farewell to the elders of the church at Ephesus, and near the end of it he holds up his own hands as evidence. He had just said he coveted no one's silver or gold; now he points to the hands that paid for his bread and for his companions' bread.

Evidence they could check

Paul does not ask them to take his word for it. He points to work they had all seen.

Now he can honestly appeal to the fact of his own character and conduct among them. He had not coveted the property of anyone, a marked contrast to many popular religious leaders today. They all knew that he had worked to support himself and others who were with him even though he had a right to refrain from secular employment (1 Cor. 9:11-14).

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Work-worn hands

The word "these" is a gesture, not just a pronoun. Paul had learned tent-making, and the trade left its mark on him.

It is striking that (as far as I can recall) Philippi is the only one of the many assemblies Paul founded that we read of sharing with him in his daily needs. Instead, he points the elders of Ephesus to his own hands. And it is no light matter to provide for the needs of a group as large as those sometimes with Paul. Can you not see the apostle stretch out those work-worn hands, hard and calloused with tent-making, as he speaks of "these hands"?

Modernised from G. C. WillisOriginal wording

More than his own keep

His hands did not stop at his own needs. Set beside the rest of his work, that is remarkable.

What he did was to work with his own hands by night as well as by day, so that, being self-supporting, he might not be any charge on them. He refers to this again in his second letter. From Acts 20:34 we learn an astonishing fact. He met his own needs this way, and the needs of those who were with him too. Elsewhere he speaks of "night and day praying exceedingly," and we know how abundant his labours in the gospel were.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why he worked for his keep

Paul agreed that a worker deserves his pay. Two things held him back.

At the same time he fully recognised our Lord's maxim, "the labourer is worthy of his hire." (See 1 Cor. 9; Phil. 4; Gal. 6:6.) Why then, it may be asked, did the apostle not take more advantage of it? On the one hand, this devoted servant would not claim his rights, for fear people would misunderstand him. And some of his converts had only just been rescued from the deepest darkness. He felt they needed an object lesson in him — how to earn an honest living. ... On the other hand, we must not forget that there were times when he did receive, and he fully recognised that to be the divine order.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Teaching that matches the teacher

Greed belongs to the old life. Paul's own record shows the opposite, and it sets a standard few reach.

The old man covets silver, and gold, and clothing. All these serve the desires of the body as well as of the mind. Love serves others. Love with faith alone glorifies God. It is well when those who teach these things are living examples of everything they press on others. How few can say truthfully and consistently with the apostle, "I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or clothing."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Master's own pattern

The same working hands appear in another city. There Paul was copying Someone.

The apostle had pushed forward alone and without means into a region of abundant ease and refinement, and of loose morals to match. There he worked with his own hands for the needs of others as well as his own, as he always did. In this he truly represented the Master who came not to be served but to serve. ... He was not the man to urge on others what he shrank from himself. Nor did he hesitate to commend such a path of gracious self-denial to those whose work it is to feed or tend the flock of God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Hands, not words — Paul answers with proof, not claims — calloused, tent-making hands the Ephesians had all seen at work.

- Hands that fed himself — he supported himself, so that he would be no charge on his hearers and no one could misunderstand him.

- Hands that fed others — those same hands covered the needs of his whole travelling party, on top of work by night, prayer and preaching.

- Hands held up as a model — he had a clear right to support and gave it up, so new believers could watch him earn an honest living.

- Hands shaped by Christ — working for the needs of others as well as his own, he showed the Master who came not to be served but to serve.

Acts 20:35 · Darby

I have shewed you all things, that thus labouring [we] ought to come in aid of the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.

Paul's farewell to the elders of Ephesus ends with a memory, not a doctrine. He quotes a sentence of Jesus that no Gospel records, and his own working hands stand behind it as proof.

A Saying Rescued From Outside the Gospels

These are words of Jesus, yet no Gospel writer records them. One commentator notes how the saying reached us, and what a single word in the verse shows:

Paul rescued for us one saying of our Lord that stands outside the Gospel records — and Luke himself wrote it down. His word "remember" shows that the saying was already in circulation before he quoted it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer pictures how the first Christians held it:

It was, no doubt, a sentence known and loved by these early Christians. Perhaps it had become something like a proverb in their minds.

Modernised from J. Wilson SmithOriginal wording

The Hands That Backed the Words

Paul quotes the saying only after pointing to his own labour. He had every claim to be supported, and he gave it up:

In 1 Corinthians 9 the blessed apostle establishes his right to be supported beyond all question. Then he gives it up completely. "But I have made no use of any of these rights." He worked with his hands. Night and day he laboured through hardship, so as not to be a burden to anyone... Was he not entitled to support? Certainly he was. It ought to have been the joy of the church of God to supply his every need. But he never pressed his claim; rather, he surrendered it.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

The Aim: Helping the Weak

Paul had a reason for working with his hands. He wanted the elders to learn something:

He had done this so that they might learn the blessed privilege of working in the same way to support the weak, remembering the words of the Lord Jesus. A touching reminder! It teaches so plainly that unless we are in the power of grace, we cannot truly be servants of Him who "came not to be served but to serve, and to give His life as a ransom for many."

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Wanting silver, gold and clothing belongs to the old nature. Love moves the other way:

The old nature covets silver, and gold, and clothing. All these serve the desires of the body as well as of the mind. Love serves others. Love with faith alone glorifies God. And it is well when those who teach these things are living examples of everything they urge on others.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A Verdict the Natural Heart Would Never Reach

The saying turns the ordinary scale of happiness upside down. It could only come from a God who delights to give:

We are led to feel that His giving is spontaneous. He gives because He delights to give. Is it not from His own Son that we have the words, "It is more blessed to give than to receive"? Would such words come from the natural heart of man? Like a leech, its cry is "Give! give!" To receive much is the height of blessedness to the natural man. God says, No, "it is more blessed to give"; and He makes Himself the supreme Giver.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Christ as the Living Proof

Jesus did not just state the principle. His whole path showed it. One writer traces His giving from glory to the cross:

We learn the free and hearty giving of Himself — Himself! True, He left the glory, and He refused every earthly dignity, place and honour. But He did more than give things up. He accepted the hatred and scorn of man, and He bore the judgment of God against sin — He gave Himself! He found, in all the sorrow and anguish of His path, the supreme blessedness of being a giver!

Modernised from J. Wilson SmithOriginal wording

The words belong to Christ, and that shapes how we read them:

They are the words of Christ, and His life here below is the most blessed comment upon them.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where It Lands Today

The saying speaks straight to how we handle money:

The Word of God provides an antidote so that we do not fall into the habit of doing nothing but saving. It is to give to others out of the material means the Lord has entrusted to us... Those who give find this principle always holds true in practice. It is much happier for us to give something than to receive a gift.

Modernised from Hansruedi GrafOriginal wording

Summary

- Remembered — Paul does not teach this saying. He asks the elders to recall words the first believers already knew and loved, saved for us outside the Gospel records.

- Proved — He had a clear right to support and gave it up. He worked night and day, so the words came backed by his own life.

- Directed — The work had a target: helping the weak. Only the power of grace makes us true servants.

- Reversed — The natural heart counts receiving as the height of happiness. This sentence turns the scale over, because it comes from the God who delights to give.

- Embodied — Christ gave Himself, and found the supreme blessedness of a giver in the middle of anguish. His life is the commentary on His own words.

Acts 20:36 · Darby

And having said these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all.

Paul has just finished his farewell speech to the church leaders at Ephesus, and now he kneels with them before boarding the ship. Commentators find a lot in that small act: how a servant ends his work, what posture says in prayer, and why he prayed with them.

The Last Act of a Working Ministry

One writer notices where this scene sits in the story. Paul's missionary travels end here, and they end the way they began.

And lastly, having spoken to men, he turns to God: he knelt down and prayed with them all. So the curtain drops on the scene, for the record of his active missionary work closes here. It ends as it began. "Behold, he is praying." (See Acts 9:11.)

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The same writer notes that Paul knew he was leaving, and left them with something that would not leave.

In all this he had to remember that he was only a servant, and that he was passing off the scene. He could not continue. So we find him commending these Ephesian elders "to God and to the word of His grace." The most faithful, the most tireless servant must go, but God and His word remain.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Prayed With Them, Not For Them

One writer weighs the small word "with", and finds in it evidence about the elders themselves.

Notice, he prayed with, not for, them all. A lovely picture of dependence on God, and so a fine evidence of beginners who dug deep! Those who know how to kneel before God in complete dependence on Him, and who search His word every day — they are the ones who dig deep. They give proof of building on the rock. And no one advances in the things of God who fails in these two spiritual exercises.

Modernised from J Wilson SmithOriginal wording

The Meaning of Kneeling

One writer ties the act to God's own supremacy, and points to others in Scripture who knelt before Him.

Kneeling in prayer is a physical act. It shows a recognition of the supremacy and greatness of the eternal God. Have you ever felt compelled to bow the knee? I do not mean forced by power, but moved because you feel it is the right thing to do... And we have good examples. Best of all is the Lord Jesus Christ Himself, as we see Him kneeling in the garden of Gethsemane... Paul (Acts 20:36), Solomon (2 Chron. 6:13), Ezra (Ezra 9:5) and many others bowed their knees in the presence of God or of Christ.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

But an example is not a law. Another writer was asked whether kneeling is a duty, and refused to make it one:

We find the apostle Paul kneeling with the elders of Ephesus (Acts 20:36). Kneeling is in every way a fitting posture. But when people call it "an imperative duty," we regard that as an unwarranted assumption... let them kneel, or sit, or stand, as they feel led; but let them not try to force their attitudes as an imperative rule on other people.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

An Apostle on the Same Ground as Everyone Else

Paul knelt among the believers, not above them. One writer uses this to draw a line between the standing all believers share before God and the ministry given to some.

The disciples needed his instruction and guidance, and were to know that he had authority. But they were able to worship just as well when the apostle was away as when he was present. He might have led their worship, or he might have followed others in it. His office was lost, so to speak, when they stood together as worshippers before the Great High Priest. He might have prayed with the disciples (as in Acts 20:36), or they with him (as in Acts 21:5). It is very important to distinguish clearly between the standing all believers share as priests to God, and the different kinds of ministry.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Faith That Produces Love

One writer will not let the story end with the speech. The parting itself, he says, shows what Paul's faith produced in him.

Yet the account is not complete without the parting scene. It proves that faith in what is unseen does not hinder the love that comes from God, but produces it, in this world of sorrow and selfishness... Such was the bearing of the greatest of apostles... How far short are any of us! As truth and love faded, hierarchy in every form built itself a throne. It stood as far from the mind of Christ as earth is from heaven. But let us beware that our own love does not grow cold while wickedness abounds.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Ends as it began. Paul's missionary work opens with "behold, he is praying" and closes with him on his knees. Prayer frames the whole service.

- From men to God. He had said all he could say to them. So he stopped speaking and prayed — the fitting close of a message.

- With, not for. He knelt among them, not above them — dependence shared, not performed.

- Posture, not policy. Kneeling shows dependence, and it follows the Lord's own example. Even so, commentators refuse to make it a rule for others.

- Love, not cold. Faith in what is unseen did not dry Paul up. It brought him to his knees with them — and it is our love that must not grow cold.

Acts 20:37 · Darby

And they all wept sore; and falling upon the neck of Paul they ardently kissed him,

Paul has finished his last words to the elders of Ephesus, and has knelt and prayed with them. The chapter ends not with teaching but with tears on a beach at Miletus, and commentators ask what those tears show and what became of the men who wept.

What the Parting Proves

One writer treats these tears as proof of where such love comes from — and adds a warning.

The account is not complete without the parting scene. It proves that faith in the unseen does not hinder the love which is of God, but imparts it, in this world of sorrow and selfishness… But let us beware that our love does not grow cold while lawlessness abounds.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Word Behind "Kissed Him"

One writer stops on the word used for their kiss.

His words to men over, he went to his knees in prayer with them all, amid their tears. It must have been a moving scene. The word used for "kissed" means to kiss ardently. It is the word used for the kisses the father gave his returning son in Luke 15.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Another writer sees love moving both ways here.

Now he knelt down and prayed with the elders. His heart went out for them. Their feelings went out towards him. They kissed him, weeping bitterly and falling on his neck, distressed that they would see him no more.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What They Sorrowed Over Most

The verse says they all wept. One writer asks what the tears were actually for.

Their deepest sorrow, however, was not the coming danger that threatened the flock of God. It was that he had told them they would not see his face again on earth. Too often we think more of the Lord's servant than we do of his message.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The writer who noted the ardent kiss finds a weakness in the same detail:

Yet perhaps we detect a weakness here. They sorrowed most of all because they could not hope to see him again. Might they not have sorrowed even more that wolves would ravage God's fair church, and that men who twist the truth would damage it?

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Commentators differ here: one reads the tears as love proved, another sees a weak spot in them.

Tears Without Faithfulness

The later record of these same men is sobering. One writer follows them to the end of Paul's life.

You remember they all wept bitterly, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him. But now Paul was a prisoner in a Roman dungeon. They were ashamed of him, and it was dangerous to be known as one of his friends. So all in Asia forsook him, and that included those elders at Ephesus. This does not mean they turned away from Christ. Later the apostle John writes a letter to the assembly at Ephesus with much good to say of them. But they were a fallen assembly, outwardly so fair, because they had left their first love (Revelation 2:4). I think that fall began when they turned away from Paul.

Modernised from George C. WillisOriginal wording

Words That Outlasted the Tears

Against that, one writer offers a hopeful reading of what was left behind.

God has caused the address they received to be recorded in His word. So we may be sure they kept it in their hearts as well. And from the later state of the assembly at Ephesus, as seen in Paul's letter, we may perhaps conclude that it shaped their lives and governed their conduct in shepherding the flock and caring for the church of God.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

And the reach of those words did not stop at Miletus:

Across a distance of eighteen centuries, those words still come with undimmed freshness and power to the hearts and consciences of God's flock and its pastors and teachers. The same Spirit who gave them to the apostle, and has recorded them for us, carries them there — despite all the storms in the church and the winds of doctrine that have raged and blown since then.

Modernised from Julius A. Von PoseckOriginal wording

Summary

- Love proved. The weeping is not weakness of faith. The parting scene shows that faith in the unseen imparts the love which is of God.

- Love expressed. The word for their kiss is the ardent one used of the father's welcome to his returning son. Paul's heart went out to them in prayer, theirs to him in tears.

- Love misaimed. Their sharpest grief was never seeing his face again, not the wolves he had warned of. Too often we think more of the Lord's servant than of his message.

- Love tested. Real tears are not yet faithfulness. When Paul was a prisoner in Rome, all in Asia turned away from him, these elders included, and Ephesus lost its first love.

- Love outlasted. What remained was not the man but the word. God recorded it, it shaped the flock at Ephesus, and it still reaches shepherds and teachers centuries later.

Acts 20:38 · Darby

specially pained by the word which he had said, that they would no more see his face. And they went down with him to the ship.

Paul's last words to the elders of the church at Ephesus are over, and the scene ends in tears rather than instruction. Their sharpest pain came from one thing he had told them: this was the last sight of him they would ever have.

A parting the record required

The chapter could have ended with Paul's warnings and his charge to watch. The tears belong to the record too, and one writer says they settle a question about faith and love.

Yet the account is not complete without the parting scene. It proves that faith in the unseen does not hinder the love that is of God. Faith imparts that love, in this world of sorrow and selfishness. Such was the bearing of the greatest of apostles. … But let us beware that our love does not grow cold while wickedness abounds.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The kiss, and our cold hearts

The word used here for their kiss is not the ordinary one. One writer points out where else it appears.

The word used for "kissed" means to kiss warmly. It is the same word used for the kisses the father gave his returning son in Luke 15. It must have been a moving scene.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

One writer sets this scene beside the Lord's own farewell to His disciples. He finds something human here that the other scene could not hold — then turns it on us.

Let me ask further: is there not an expression of humanity in this closing scene? We could not get it in the similar scene between the Lord and His apostles. … This is precious to the heart. We long to have more of it, and to see more of it. We are narrow and cold. The heart has little capacity to let itself out in this way.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

What grieved them most

The record is exact about the cause of their deepest grief. It was not the danger coming to the church; it was the loss of Paul himself. One writer will not let that pass without comment.

Their deepest sorrow, however, was not for the coming danger that threatened the flock of God. It was because he had told them they would not see his face again on earth. Too often we think more of the Lord's servant than we do of his message.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What Paul left in place of his face

Paul had already named what he was leaving them with. One writer rests the whole farewell on those few words.

"I commend you to God and to the word of His grace." That will do. Let me turn to Him. There is no one else fit to be trusted. There is no one else needed. He is enough for the darkest and hardest day that has ever come, or that is yet to come. He was enough for Paul, He was enough for those elders of Ephesus, He is enough for reader and writer.

Modernised from James BoydOriginal wording

After the ship sailed

Commentators differ on what became of these men. One draws hope from the fact that their charge was written down at all.

With such holy emotions in their hearts they went with the apostle to the ship, and there they parted for ever. But God has put the address they received into His word. So we may be sure they kept it in their hearts too.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Another traces a sadder line, from these tears to a later letter written from a Roman prison.

But now Paul was a prisoner in a Roman dungeon. They were ashamed of him, and it was dangerous to be his friend. So everyone in Asia deserted him, and that included those elders at Ephesus. This does not mean they turned away from Christ… but they were a fallen assembly, however fine they looked from outside, for they had left their first love. I think that fall began when they turned away from Paul.

Modernised from George C. WillisOriginal wording

Summary

- The tears. Love like this is what faith in the unseen produces, not what it kills off — and cold hearts should feel the rebuke.

- The kiss. The word here is the strong one used of a father welcoming his returning son: deep feeling, not formality.

- The grief. They wept hardest over a face they would not see again, not over the danger coming to the flock — a warning against valuing the servant above his message.

- The resource. God and the word of His grace remained when the face was gone; that was enough for Paul, enough for Ephesus, and enough now.

- The sequel. Commentators differ on what followed: one writer sees the charge kept in their hearts, another sees an assembly that lost its first love.

Acts 21:1 · Darby

And when, having got away from them, we at last sailed away, we came by a direct course to Cos, and on the morrow to Rhodes, and thence to Patara.

Paul has just said goodbye to the elders at Miletus. This verse puts him back on the water, sailing on toward Jerusalem. Luke names three stops in one sentence: Cos, Rhodes, Patara. Why does the record slow down for plain travel notes? And what does a fast, easy voyage tell us — or not tell us — about God's will.

A Parting That Cost Something

The opening words are not a casual goodbye. The verb Luke uses is strong. One writer notes that Paul left friends behind and then kept moving, with no detour:

"And when we had parted from them." Some soften that verb, "parted," but its natural meaning implies a wrench. Christian affection is a real thing on earth. Yet in the whole account, no one turns aside to look at anything of natural interest! "We came by a straight course to Cos, and the next day to Rhodes." The apostle's character, his ability and his learning make us sure of one thing. He had an eye for natural beauty and a mind for every piece of history he passed. "But one thing I do" was not only his word to others; it was his own life — "to me to live is Christ."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Luke Records Travel Notes

A list of harbours looks like filler. One writer takes it as proof that the Spirit is not interested only in the dramatic parts of a servant's life:

Nothing more simple, yet on the journey of such a man and his companions the Spirit of God loves to dwell, and that we should dwell. We wrong His grace when we think the Holy Spirit deals only with extraordinary matters: striking words, strange tongues, miraculous signs, and suffering, which bears still more fruit when it is borne quietly. He is beyond doubt the power for all that is good and worthy of Christ. But think of Christ Himself. He lived far the greater part of His life hidden from men, doing the will of God perfectly. In the same way, the Spirit of God enters into every detail of the life of those who are Christ's.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Route on the Map

The three names mark three days of sailing. One writer traces the route:

Luke now tells us of the route. Taking a straight course, they reached Cos that day. On the next they reached Rhodes. On the third they arrived at Patara, the port of Xanthus, the capital of Lycia. At this port, finding a ship bound for Phoenicia, they embarked on it, and went direct to Tyre, leaving Cyprus on the left.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The turning point is Patara. There they changed ships, and the next vessel took them straight across to Tyre.

Fair Winds Are Not Guidance

Nothing slowed the ship down. So what does an easy journey prove? One writer answers plainly:

Leaving Miletus they came by a straight course to Cos, then to Rhodes and Patara. Changing ships, they sail to Phoenicia, pass by Cyprus to Syria, landing at Tyre. God put no hindrances in the way on their journey. Indeed, for a man taught of God, as Paul was, the Word of God should have been enough. Smooth circumstances could not change this.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Where the Voyage Is Heading

This voyage is carrying Paul into open conflict at Jerusalem. Commentators differ here. How much of the trip was God's leading? How much was Paul's own will? One of them raises the question without settling it:

Then, third, we see him in conflict with the hostility of legal Judaism. He met its agents everywhere, and at last he threw himself into its very centre by going to Jerusalem. That is the part of his history we are now considering. How much was of God, and how much was the result of his own steps? This narrative gives us that to weigh. But the hand of God was in it for the good of the assembly, and in guiding His beloved servant for his own good in the end. That is beyond all doubt.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Wrench. Parting from the elders was a wrench, not a polite goodbye. Real love makes leaving cost something.

- Course. Paul went straight on. No sightseeing, no detours. "To me to live is Christ" was his life, not only his teaching.

- Detail. The Spirit lingers over three ordinary harbours. He is at work in the plain stretches of a believer's life, not only in the miraculous ones.

- Wind. The voyage ran fast and clear. But smooth circumstances settle nothing. For a man taught by God, the Word of God should have been enough.

- Destination. This easy first leg carries Paul to the centre of opposition at Jerusalem. How much was God's leading? How much was Paul's own will? The account leaves us to weigh it.

Acts 21:2 · Darby

And having found a ship passing over into Phoenicia, we went on board and sailed;

At the harbour of Patara, Paul and his companions leave one ship and board another bound for Phoenicia. It reads like a footnote, yet commentators find in it both the quiet ordering of God and a warning about how we read our circumstances.

Small Details God Thinks Worth Recording

The verse holds nothing dramatic — no miracle, no sermon, just a boarding. One writer takes that as the point:

Such is the brief account of the voyage... Nothing could be simpler, yet the Spirit of God loves to dwell on the journey of such a man and his companions, and He means us to dwell on it too. We wrong His grace when we think the Holy Spirit has only to do with extraordinary matters. We think of striking utterances, strange tongues, miraculous signs, and sufferings that bear even more fruit when borne without display. He is indeed the power for all that is good and worthy of Christ. But Christ Himself lived by far the greater part of His life hidden from man's eyes, doing the will of God perfectly. In the same way the Spirit of God enters into all the details of life in those who are Christ's. If anything can give dignity to the ordinary events of each day, this must. But do God's children — do we — believe it? ... Let us link the commonest things with Christ's will and glory.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where The Ship Was Bound

Phoenicia was the coast the ship was heading for, and its name came from a trade:

Phoenice or Phoenicia (Acts 11:19; 15:3; 21:2) is the Canaanite land of Tyre and Sidon. It takes its name from the famous dye, or shellfish, that produced every shade from red to violet, generally called purple.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The change of ship at Patara opened the way for the long crossing:

Taking a straight course, they reached Coos that day. The next day they reached Rhodes. On the third they arrived at Patara, the port of Xanthus, the capital of Lycia. At this port they found a ship bound for Phoenicia, boarded it, and went straight to Tyre, leaving Cyprus on the left. It was about a three days' voyage from Patara.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The Hand Of God In A Fair Wind

Was the waiting ship just luck? One writer points to God's hand, and to what a smooth voyage asks of the traveller:

It is good to notice the providential dealings of the Lord. The same heart stays completely unmoved by the most violent and dangerous storm. That heart should also be thankful for a fair wind and a quiet journey. So it was, and so it is. Circumstances never create faith, though God may use unexpected facts to deal with the conscience. The same simple faith gives thanks to God in rough weather or in smooth. This is not indifference. The known will of God is always good, acceptable and perfect, and confidence in His love keeps the heart up. So His hand would be seen in their finding a ship crossing over to Phoenicia. It seems the ship they first set out in did not go beyond Patara in the direction they wanted. Then they found one bound for Phoenicia: "we went aboard and set sail." So in the outward but gracious ordering of God there was no loss of time.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Smooth Sailing Is Not Approval

Commentators differ over how much an easy voyage proves. One writer reads the open road as no endorsement:

God put no hindrances in their way on the journey. Indeed, for a man taught of God, as Paul was, the Word of God should have been enough. Smooth circumstances could not change this.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

One Aim Through Every Port

Paul had the mind and the learning to enjoy the sights of these coasts. Something else governed him:

We may be sure, from the apostle's character, ability and learning, that he had an eye for natural beauty and a mind for every piece of history around him. But "one thing I do" was not only his word to others. It was his own life — "to me to live is Christ." The claims of the new creation completely outweighed those of the old.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Detail. The Spirit records a change of ships. He enters into the ordinary details of life in those who belong to Christ, not only the extraordinary ones.

- Direction. Phoenicia is the coast of Tyre and Sidon. The first ship went no further than Patara, so Paul's group boarded a second for the crossing past Cyprus.

- Provision. A waiting ship and a fair wind are the Lord's providential dealing. Faith gives thanks for calm just as it stays unmoved in storm.

- Discernment. Yet an open road proves nothing on its own. The Word of God, not smooth circumstances, should settle a course.

- Devotion. Past famous islands and historic ports, one purpose held Paul steady: "to me to live is Christ."

Acts 21:3 · Darby

and having sighted Cyprus, and left it on the left hand, we sailed to Syria, and made the land at Tyre, for there the ship was to discharge her cargo.

Luke tells this leg of Paul's voyage like a sailor's log: an island sighted, a landing in Syria, a stop at Tyre to unload. Why does Scripture keep such ordinary details, and what did they mean to the man on board?

The Spirit in Ordinary Days

Nothing in this verse is dramatic. Yet one writer notes that the Spirit of God loves to dwell on plain travel notes like these, and points to the Lord's own hidden life.

Nothing could be simpler. Yet the Spirit of God loves to dwell on the journey of such a man and his companions, and so should we. We wrong His grace when we think the Holy Spirit deals only with extraordinary things: striking words, strange tongues, miraculous signs, and sufferings that bear still more fruit when they are borne without any show. He is, without question, the power for all that is good and worthy of Christ. But Christ Himself lived by far the greater part of His life in complete obscurity as far as man could see, perfectly doing the will of God. In the same way, the Spirit of God enters into all the details of life in those who are Christ's.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Wind and Course

Passing Cyprus on the left was the direct course, and the wind allowed it. A later voyage through the same waters did not go so easily.

The last time Paul was at sea in these parts, sailing from Patara to Tyre, the wind favoured the direct course. So, as Luke states, they left Cyprus on their left hand (21:3). On the later voyage they met contrary winds. They had to seek the shelter of the island from the force of the wind, if they were to make any way.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Cyprus in View

Cyprus was more than a landmark to Paul. He had served there early on, with two men who had since parted from him.

No doubt the word "sighted" is a technical term for sailors. But can we imagine that the apostle passed the island without recalling the scene of his early ministry? He would remember his elder brother in the faith, Barnabas, and his younger, John Mark, whom they once had as their helper... Barnabas and Mark had parted from the apostle. Yet the apostle's heart sought them both, and felt a love that rose above all their failings. He proved it to the last, not only by word, but by deed.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Coast Where Jesus Walked

The coast where Paul landed has its own place in the Gospel story.

Syria and Tyre, where they landed, must have brought deep thoughts to the apostle. Here the Lord Himself had withdrawn during His ministry on earth. From those borders came to Him the woman of Canaan. She drew out from Him not only the answer of mercy she wanted for her daughter, but also that praise of her own faith which will never be forgotten.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Cargo, Delay, and a Search

Luke gives one reason for the stop: the ship had cargo to unload. One commentator sees God's hand in that delay, and in how Paul used it.

The delay of the ship at Tyre was ordered by God, just as much as the finding of a ship at once had been at Patara. The unloading of the cargo gave the apostle and his companions time. The wording is not "to find disciples", as the King James Version has it, but to find "out" the disciples... It seems from this that they were the object of a search, not of a chance discovery.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The delay gave Paul a week among the believers there.

They were held there a week while the ship was made ready for the next stage of its voyage. Paul and his company used the opportunity and spent it with the Christians of the place. Paul was dear to them all, and to some he was certainly no stranger, for he must have passed through the city once or more in earlier days.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Business Town, Christian Errand

Paul came into Tyre on a cargo ship. What he looked for there is a pattern for anyone who travels for work.

He moves on to Tyre now. You say, What is that? Tyre is man's commercial world. We all have to go there... What is Paul's business in Tyre? What is he looking for? He is looking for disciples. Think of it: you move out to another city, you have to go there on business. But how blessed to be on the lookout for followers of Jesus... The choicest material in this scene are the followers of Christ.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Summary

- Detail. The Spirit of God is not kept for the spectacular. He works in a sighted island and a plain day's sailing, as Christ spent most of His life in obscurity doing the will of God.

- Direction. A favourable wind let the ship take the direct course past Cyprus. On a later voyage, contrary winds forced Paul into the island's shelter.

- Delay. The ship's cargo, not Paul's plan, set the timetable at Tyre. One writer sees that pause as God's own ordering.

- Discovery. Paul did not stumble on the believers at Tyre. He searched them out, and stayed a full week with them.

- Design. Tyre was a trading port. Paul went ashore on business with an eye open for disciples — a pattern for anyone whose work takes them to a new city.

Acts 21:4 · Darby

And having found out the disciples, we remained there seven days; who said to Paul by the Spirit not to go up to Jerusalem.

Paul's ship stops at Tyre to unload cargo. During that week's delay he meets believers there. They tell him, by the Spirit, not to set foot in Jerusalem. He goes anyway. Was this a command Paul disobeyed, or a warning he was free to accept? And how could such a devoted servant get it wrong?

Sought Out, Not Stumbled Upon

The travellers did not bump into believers at the port. They went looking for them. Older English versions blurred this.

The unloading of the cargo gave the apostle and his companions time. The older English version says they found disciples. But the word is not simply "find"; it is "find out" the disciples. So they were the object of search, not of casual discovery.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Seven Days

The same seven-day stay appears earlier at Troas. There Luke gives the reason. Here he does not.

At Troas we are told that they stayed seven days, and that on the first day of the week the disciples (or rather, we) came together to break bread, and Paul preached. Here there is no such plain statement. Still, the mention of seven days with the disciples may well raise a question: what was the motive for such a stay? I do not doubt it was the joy of meeting all the saints in each place as chance allowed, and of cheering and strengthening them on their way.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Source of the Message

Luke names the source of the warning. It came through the Spirit, not from nervous friends.

The Holy Spirit through these disciples warned the apostle at once that he should not go to Jerusalem. This, indeed, was very solemn. Suppose these disciples had spoken for themselves. Suppose the text said only that they were anxious about Paul's journey to that city. Then one might say they were merely speaking as men. But the record makes it clear that the Holy Spirit spoke through them.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

These believers had never met Paul, which makes their warning stronger.

These disciples had not known Paul before. That makes their message all the more striking: through the Spirit of God they told him not to go to Jerusalem. It is so clear that we can only marvel the apostle paid no attention to it.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Command or Caution? Commentators Differ

Writers do not agree on how binding the message was. Kelly holds that Paul read it as information about what lay ahead, not as an order.

Clearly, however, the apostle regarded it rather as a note of danger awaiting him than as personal direction he must obediently follow. His own mind was made up, whatever the danger, whatever the suffering, to go through with it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Others rest weight on the exact phrasing — the disciples said it by the Spirit, rather than the Spirit saying it directly.

There is a real difference between "they said to him by the Spirit" and "the Spirit said." If the Spirit Himself had said it, then going to Jerusalem would have been disobedience in Paul. But it seems to us that it was a warning given by the Spirit that he should not go there. It was much more than saying that afflictions awaited him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Others read it as plain guidance. They point out that the passage says nothing about coming sufferings.

Not a word is said here about any sufferings that would follow the visit. What we read is that "they said by the Spirit that he should not" go there. If this was not prophecy — and we know it could not have been — then it could only be guidance. Notice too how it is confirmed to the apostle by the mouth of at least two witnesses.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What Blinded a Faithful Man

What pushed Paul on was his love for Israel. That love was noble, and it blinded him.

There is a veil over his eyes, and it is a very solemn one. It is the veil of an impulse gripping him — that noble and moving love for Israel which he himself has recorded for us in Romans 9:1-4… He was ready to sacrifice himself to any extent. How could God be against what was in fact the fruit of the Spirit of Christ?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The lesson reaches further than Paul. Gift and power do not guarantee obedience.

These men were outstanding servants, and the Spirit worked in them with great power. Yet nature and old ties, and even true zeal for the Lord's glory, as with Paul, kept them from being ruled by that Holy Guide who lived in them. If they failed, how much more we in these last days of evil, sorrow, and weakness! Solemn truth: to have the Spirit is not always to be spiritual!

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Grace After the Mistake

The story does not end there. Grace still went with Paul.

He feels compelled to go to Jerusalem. Yet despite this, the providence and grace of God, shown toward him, still lead him — faithful and blessed.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Sought. Paul's company searched out the believers at Tyre and stayed a week — as at Troas, time enough to meet, cheer and strengthen them.

- Spoken. The warning was not human nerves. The Spirit spoke through these disciples, men who had never met Paul.

- Disputed. Commentators differ. Some call it a warning, resting on the difference between "they said by the Spirit" and "the Spirit said." Others call it guidance Paul should have obeyed.

- Veiled. Paul's burning love for his own nation overrode the message. To have the Spirit is not always to be spiritual.

- Overruled. Even where the servant failed, the providence and grace of God still led him.

Acts 21:5 · Darby

But when we had completed the days, we set out and took our journey, all of them accompanying us, with wives and children, till [we were] out of the city. And kneeling down upon the shore we prayed.

Paul's ship stopped a week at Tyre, and he spent that week with the believers there. Why did near-strangers see him off like family, and why does Luke note where they knelt and prayed?

Seven Days at Tyre

Paul had never met these believers before. One week changed that.

What took place at Tyre was much like the scene at Miletus. It is clear that Paul soon found his way to the heart of the disciples. He had been only one week there, and had not known the Christians before, yet he had gained their affections.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Wives and Children on the Beach

Luke does not say the leaders came, or only the men. He names the wives and children too.

Here is another beautiful mark of divine affection. In the early days Christian life had a family character as well as a social one. This ought to be of great value to us now, if we are wise. In this cold world the saints are in special danger of growing cold, if they keep away from fleshly excitement and worldly amusement.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A Prayer Meeting With No Roof

There was no room and no building — only the shore outside the city gates. And the praying was not left to Paul alone.

The week ended and the ship was ready to sail. The whole company of the Christians, women and children included, brought them on their way outside the city. Away from the busy crowd, in the quiet of the countryside, and under the open sky, they held a prayer meeting. At Miletus, Paul prayed with the elders at parting. Now Luke writes "we prayed." Several no doubt took part. They knelt on the shore and commended the apostle and those with him to the care and keeping of their common Lord and Saviour.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why They Knelt

Luke notes how they prayed: on their knees. One writer draws a lesson from that for our own prayer meetings.

We ought to kneel down when we can; it expresses reverence and bowing low. The blessed Master "knelt down and prayed" (Luke 22:41). His apostle did the same, as we read in Acts 20:36: "And when he had said these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all."

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

A Shadow Over the Parting

The prayer on the sand was warm. It was not carefree.

Here we see another farewell scene. These brothers at Tyre go with their visitors to the ship, wives and children too, and take leave of them with prayer. A shadow of what is coming seems to fall on these little groups of believers. It is lit up by the steady tenderness of a love that carries in it the certainty of eternity.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Paul had been warned about the danger waiting in Jerusalem. Yet he sailed on.

Clearly, however, the apostle took it as a warning of the danger waiting for him, not as personal direction he was bound to obey. He had made up his own mind to go through with it, whatever the danger, whatever the suffering. So the Master had done, in matchless perfection, for His infinite work, at all cost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Spot He Would See Again

Years later Paul passed this coast again — as a prisoner under guard, sailing to Rome.

Now Paul was in the custody of the centurion Julius. From the ship he may have seen the city and harbour of Tyre, and that spot on the shore. There all the Christians, men, women and children, had knelt in prayer with him and his company before they boarded again for Ptolemais.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Seven days. One short week with strangers was enough to bind their hearts to Paul. Love among Christians is not measured by how long they have known each other.

- All of them. The whole company came, wives and children included. That family affection among the first Christians is worth guarding in a cold world.

- Kneeling. They went down on their knees. It expressed reverence — the Master knelt and prayed, and Paul did the same at Miletus.

- Anywhere. No room and no roof. They prayed on an open shore, and several took part, commending the travellers to their common Lord.

- Under a shadow. A warning of danger in Jerusalem hung over the farewell. Paul had made up his mind to go on, whatever it cost.

Acts 21:6 · Darby

And having embraced one another, we went on board ship, and they returned home.

Paul has spent a week with the believers at Tyre. The week ends outside the city, on the beach, on their knees — and one verse holds the whole shape of a Christian goodbye: prayer, farewell, the ship, the walk home.

The prayer meeting on the sand

The verse gives no building, no leader named, and no set form. One writer points out who took part, and where.

The week ended, the ship ready to sail, the whole company of the Christians, the women and children included, went with them out of the city. Away from the crowds, in the quiet of the countryside and under the open sky, they held a prayer meeting. At Miletus, Paul prayed with the elders on parting. Now Luke writes "we prayed." No doubt several took part. They knelt on the shore and committed the apostle and his companions to the care and keeping of their common Lord and Saviour.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Praying with an apostle, not through him

This was not the apostle praying over the church. It was the church praying with him, and that touches who may come to God at all.

The disciples needed his instruction and guidance. They were to know that he had authority. But they could worship just as well when the apostle was away as when he was there. He might have led their worship, or he might have followed others in it. His office, so to speak, disappeared when they stood together as worshippers before the Great High Priest. He might have prayed with the disciples (as Acts 20:36), or they with him (as Acts 21:5). It is most important to see the difference clearly. All who are born again stand alike as priests to God; ministries, on the other hand, differ.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Wives and children on the shore

Acts rarely mentions children. So why does it mention them here?

The Acts of the Apostles hardly ever mentions children, though it says so much about men and saints and servants of God. But we do hear of them where it is clearly fitting. Here they are brought forward. Not as a superstitious church soon did, among other things, to receive a portion from the Lord's table… But we do see them in the love that filled everyone, and in the desire to gain the blessing of having an apostle among them right up to the last moment. The children were there as a mark of respectful love to the one who was leaving. They were also put where they could receive whatever blessing the Lord might be pleased to give them.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer says this family warmth needs guarding today:

It is another beautiful mark of divine affection — the family as well as social character of Christians in early days. We should value it highly now, if we are wise. In this cold world the saints easily grow cold, if they are kept from fleshly excitement and worldly frivolity.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A shadow across the farewell

These same disciples had just told Paul, through the Spirit, not to set foot in Jerusalem. The affection on the beach is therefore not untroubled.

A shadow of what is coming seems to fall on these little companies of believers. It is lit up by the steady tenderness of a love that carries in it the assurance of eternity.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Did that warning bind Paul to stay away? One writer weighs the two readings:

Clearly the apostle took it as a sign of the danger waiting for him, not as a personal order he had to obey. He had made up his mind to go through with it, whatever the danger, whatever the suffering; as the Master had done in matchless perfection for His infinite work, at all cost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

They went home

The verse ends with ordinary movement: one group boards, the other walks back into the town. Scripture lingers over such details on purpose.

Nothing could be simpler, yet the Spirit of God loves to dwell on the journey of such a man and his companions, and loves us to dwell on it too. We wrong His grace when we think the Holy Spirit has to do only with extraordinary matters… He is certainly the power for all that is good and worthy of Christ. But think of Christ Himself. He lived by far the greater part of His life unnoticed by people, doing the will of God perfectly. In the same way, the Spirit of God enters into every detail of life in those who are Christ's.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Gathered — the whole church walked out with Paul, women and children too. Families said this goodbye, not only leaders.

- Knelt — with no building and no ceremony, an open beach served for a prayer meeting under the sky.

- Prayed together — Luke writes "we prayed." Several took part. Even an apostle stood there as one worshipper among the rest.

- Warned — the love carried a shadow. These same disciples had spoken by the Spirit about Jerusalem, and Paul took their words as a sign of danger ahead, not as an order he had to obey.

- Returned — they boarded, the others went home. The Spirit records even that, because He works in the ordinary hours as much as the extraordinary ones.

Acts 21:7 · Darby

And we, having completed the voyage, arrived from Tyre at Ptolemais, and having saluted the brethren, we remained one day with them.

Paul's ship follows the Syrian coast from Tyre and puts in at Ptolemais. There he and his companions find believers already living in the town. Luke records the stop in one sentence. Yet it shows how Paul spent that day: with the Christians of the port.

An old harbour under a new name

The port Luke names had a long past before the gospel ever reached it. A Bible dictionary traces the history packed into that one place-name:

A seaport on the Mediterranean, about 30 miles south of Tyre. It fell to Asher's share, but Asher failed to take it. The Old Testament mentions it only in Judges 1:31. During the era of the Ptolemies one of them captured it and called it PTOLEMAIS… The Crusaders later besieged and took it, and called it ACRE.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

A town Israel once failed to take now holds a company of Christians. William Kelly notes both the name and the mood of the visit:

They arrived at a port called Accho in days gone by, now St. Jean d'Acre. It was only for one day, but how gladly they spent it with the brethren! For there were believers at Ptolemais, apparently already known.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Believers in every port

Paul plants no church here. He finds one. Another writer shows how far the gospel had already spread along this coast:

Paul's party take ship once more, following the Syrian shore to Ptolemais, which we now call Acre. Again they find disciples there. Few towns were now without them, no doubt.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Why he kept stopping

Kelly sees purpose in the run of short stays on this journey, and an example for readers who travel far more easily than Paul could:

The apostle had so many hindrances in the way. We can understand how he might feel the comfort of these repeated stays — seven days in one place, seven days in another, as we have seen. They clearly show the desire of his heart for fellowship, and for strengthening their souls. This is what we find in this blessed man's course. In our small measure it surely ought to be so with us.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The greeting and the name

The ESV says they greeted "the brothers." Older translations read "the brethren," and one writer lists this verse among examples of how Christians spoke of each other:

In apostolic times, Christians generally knew one another by the name "brethren"… "we came to Ptolemais, and saluted the brethren and abode with them one day" — Acts 21:7… "All the brethren greet you" — 1 Cor. 16:20.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

One day, then on to the storm

One writer follows the party from this one-day stop to their next rest:

Reaching Ptolemais, they stayed one day with the brethren. Then they moved on by land to Caesarea. Under the roof of Philip the Evangelist they found rest, hospitality and surely a most hearty welcome. Here they stayed many days — a rest for Paul after all the tiring travel of the voyage, and a little time of quiet before facing the storm at Jerusalem.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What the fellowship of saints did for Paul

Later in the same book Paul reaches Puteoli, where believers meet him and cheer him. One writer draws the lesson for anyone who thinks maturity outgrows the need for other Christians:

He was a spiritual man, in close touch with God and dependent on Him. Even so, he was not above thanking God and taking courage from the love and fellowship of saints, whose spiritual stature may have been much below his own. It is striking to see this, and very encouraging for us. Let us be very careful not to despise, or even underestimate, the value of the fellowship of saints.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Harbour. Ptolemais was old Accho, a town Asher failed to take (Judges 1:31). Later rulers renamed it. Now it held a company of believers.

- Found. Paul planted nothing here. He found disciples already in place, for few towns were now without them.

- Greeted. "Brothers" was the ordinary name Christians used for one another. This verse is one of the clearest examples.

- One day. The stop was short, but they gladly gave it to fellowship. Paul stopped like this all along the way, for fellowship and to strengthen souls.

- Courage. Such visits were no luxury, even for a great servant. Paul himself thanked God and took courage from believers of smaller stature — days before the storm at Jerusalem.

Acts 21:8 · Darby

And leaving on the morrow, we came to Caesarea; and entering into the house of Philip the evangelist, who was of the seven, we abode with him.

Paul's group stops at Caesarea and stays in a private home. Luke names the host twice over — "the evangelist" and "one of the seven" — and both titles carry a history.

A house that offered rest

This was the last stage of a long and tiring journey.

They reached Ptolemais and stayed one day with the believers. Then they went on by land to Caesarea. Under the roof of Philip the Evangelist they found rest, hospitality, and surely a most hearty welcome. Here they stayed many days — a rest for Paul after the tiring voyage, and a little time of quiet before facing the storm at Jerusalem.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The name he had earned

The title matches what Acts 8 shows Philip doing, city after city, until he reached Caesarea.

As for Philip, the supernatural way he was taken to Azotus did not disturb him. He travelled north to Caesarea, preaching in the cities as he went. This chapter mentions preaching seven times. In five of those the word used is one we have carried over into our own language as "evangelize." In three of the five it is Philip who evangelizes. So it is no surprise that he is soon called "Philip the evangelist" (Acts 21:8).

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

From serving tables to preaching Christ

"One of the seven" points back to the men chosen in Acts 6 to hand out food each day. That humble beginning is the point.

The service of a deacon might seem a very small matter, but nothing in God's service is really small. Paul writes that such service, done faithfully, is the way to higher and larger things. The later history of two men named in Acts 6:5 shows this clearly. Stephen advanced to become the first Christian martyr; Philip to become a greatly used preacher of the Gospel, the only man called an evangelist in Scripture (see Acts 21:8). Every true servant of God has begun with small and humble things. So let none of us despise and shirk them, as we are naturally inclined to do.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Gift outlasts office

Philip's appointment belonged to Jerusalem. His gift did not.

By office Philip was one "of the seven" (Acts 6:5), but his gift was that of an evangelist, and that is what he is called (Acts 21:8). His office lapsed when all who made up the assembly in Jerusalem were scattered. Acts 8 then shows him actively using his gift as an "evangelist," with striking blessing both to a whole city and to an individual. Acts never shows Philip travelling with an apostle... Philip went on his free way under the Lord's direction, evangelizing "all the cities" till he came to Caesarea. The world is in principle the evangelist's province. Travelling or staying is a question of his subjection to the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two things changed for Philip after Jerusalem: what he handled, and what he was called.

He no longer had anything to do with tables, but with a risen Christ in glory, and he had the privilege of using a gift the Lord had given him, ministering to the Samaritans what he had learned of Christ. From that service he received from God the title "Philip the evangelist."

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Two servants, one roof

Paul is the guest here, and Philip is the host. Nothing in the scene suggests competition.

How good to see the great apostle of the Gentiles staying with dear simple Philip the evangelist. That is how the Lord's various gifts were mixed together in daily life in that day. The great apostle and the earnest evangelist were together. They were not rivals but co-workers, as the Lord arranged, and they got on well together.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Why Luke adds "one of the seven"

The extra phrase settles which Philip this is. Another Philip was an apostle, and the two have been mixed up.

The words of the inspired writer are full and distinct. From their precision one might think it impossible that any intelligent mind could fail to see the person meant. Yet even the man often called the father of church history misunderstood the verse. He confused Philip the evangelist with Philip the apostle. It becomes a duty to notice the error, and to press its importance as a warning to those who talk up the authority of ancient writers. For Acts tells us here that the Philip with whom the apostle's party stayed was not only the evangelist. He was one of the seven — one of the seven men the apostles appointed for the service of tables in the days of first love, soon after Pentecost.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Seven — Philip started by handing out food at tables. Nothing in God's service is small, and faithfulness there is the road to larger things.

- Evangelist — the title fits the work. In Acts 8 he "evangelizes" city after city, and he is the only man in Scripture called this.

- Free — his office ended when the church in Jerusalem scattered; the gift did not. He answers to the Lord, and the world is his field.

- House — the gift ends at an open door: Philip gives Paul rest and a welcome before Jerusalem.

- Together — apostle and evangelist under one roof, co-workers and not rivals, just as the Lord arranged.

Acts 21:9 · Darby

Now this man had four virgin daughters who prophesied.

Paul and his companions stop at Caesarea on the way to Jerusalem and stay in the home of Philip the evangelist. Luke adds one detail: the four unmarried daughters there had the gift of prophecy — but what was prophesying, and where did they use it?

A home that welcomed the Lord's servants

The stop came at the end of a long sea voyage.

Reaching Ptolemais, they stayed one day with the brothers. Then they moved on by land to Caesarea. In the home of Philip the evangelist they found rest, hospitality, and surely a most hearty welcome. Here they stayed many days — a rest for Paul after all the strain of the voyage, and a little quiet time before facing the storm at Jerusalem. We have no account of what happened during their stay. Luke mentions only that Philip had four daughters who prophesied — gifted women who, in their proper sphere, helped on the work of God.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Philip still carries his old title, and the daughters add to the praise.

Though nothing more is said of Philip's work, he was still called "the evangelist," and he had four daughters who prophesied, a lovely commendation. Of course this does not imply at all that they were public speakers, since prophesying can certainly happen in private. This is a valuable gift for sisters to cultivate.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What "prophesied" means

Prophecy in the New Testament is not mainly about predicting the future.

A popular idea is that a prophet foretells future events. But that is only part of his work, and in some cases it may be missing altogether. The mark of New Testament prophesying is speaking "to people for their upbuilding and encouragement and consolation" (1 Cor. 14:3).

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

The gift also ranks at the very top.

The fact stated in verse nine deserves full attention. Philip had four unmarried daughters, and we are told that they prophesied. That is, they had the highest form of gift for acting on souls from God. Such prophesying was yet more than teaching or preaching.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Gifts given to women

Kelly puts the question plainly. Can a woman have such a gift, and what is it for?

As unmarried women, they were still living in their father's house, and they prophesied. There is no reason why a woman should not have this or most other gifts as much as a man. I do not say the same kind of gift always. Surely God is wise and gives suited gifts whether to men or women... Certainly He did clothe these four daughters of Philip with a very special spiritual power. They had one of the highest characters of spiritual gift — they prophesied. And if God gave them this power, it was certainly not to be hidden away but used: the only question is how.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where the gift was exercised

So how did they use it? Knapp answers that the verse gives no sign of public speaking.

The case of Philip's daughters who prophesied is often brought forward as proof that it is right for a woman to preach. But this scripture does not say, nor does it even hint, that these women exercised their gift in public. They evidently spoke their prophecies in the privacy of their father's house.

Modernised from C. KnappOriginal wording

Commentators differ on how to class what the daughters did. Kelly puts prophecy above teaching. Another writer separates the two, and points to what happens next.

The four daughters of Philip prophesied but did not teach (Acts 21:9). Note that the Lord did not use them to warn Paul, even though there seem to have been no men present who could have done this in their place. Instead, He specifically arranged for a prophet from Jerusalem, Agabus, to travel to Caesarea and deliver this prophecy (Acts 21:10-11).

Modernised from Eric TachoiresOriginal wording

Why the detail stands here

Some call this note a stray detail with no link to the story around it. One writer answers that its place is the point.

One cannot say that this account of Philip's daughters stands in no immediate connection with the events related here. Why should we make our own ability to see such things the measure of what is really in them?... The Church is losing its great apostle. Is it not fitting that God should show us how fully the gift of the Spirit is still upon it, even in its weakest members? that the Lord's care for it neither fails nor is cut short; and that it need neither fail nor fear because of this?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Summary

- Guest — Philip's home at Caesarea gave Paul rest and hospitality, and quiet days before the storm at Jerusalem.

- Gift — prophesying is more than predicting the future. It is speech that builds up, encourages and comforts, and it ranks among the highest gifts.

- Given — God gives such power to women as well as to men, and He does not give it to be hidden.

- Guided — the question is not whether they had the gift but how they used it. The verse gives no hint of public ministry, so they spoke in the privacy of their father's house.

- Guarded — as the church loses its great apostle, four unnamed women show that the Spirit's supply does not fail. The church need neither fail nor fear.

Acts 21:10 · Darby

And as we stayed there many days, a certain man, by name Agabus, a prophet, came down from Judaea,

Paul and his companions are staying at Caesarea, in the home of Philip the evangelist. A visitor arrives from Judea, and he raises the question of the whole chapter: what should a servant of God do when warning after warning comes about the road ahead?

The prophet who came down from Judea

Agabus appears only twice in Acts, and both times he speaks of trouble coming. One reference work sets the two side by side and notes the wording of each:

A prophet who came from Jerusalem to Antioch, and foretold a famine "over all the world," which happened in the days of Claudius Caesar (Acts 11:28). He also foretold that Paul would be bound at Jerusalem and delivered to the Gentiles, which also came to pass (Acts 21:10). In the first passage it says that Agabus "signified by the Spirit" that there would be a great famine. In the second he said, "Thus says the Holy Spirit." This plainly shows that the prophetic spirit in man was under the immediate guidance of the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

What prophecy really was

Predicting the future was only one strand of the prophet's work, and not the main one. One writer describes what the gift mainly was, and where Agabus fits:

Prophecy is in a special way characteristic of Christianity. It does not pass down a line of succession. It springs out of close fellowship with God — the opening up of His mind, so as to bring souls into His presence. Prediction was never more than a fairly small and changing part of it. Yet prediction is just what we find in Agabus, on the only two occasions when he appears in the history. He is a prophet of sorrow both times, though of sorrow that God overrules for good.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Many days to consider

The verse marks a long stay at Caesarea. That time had a use, and what Agabus did pointed Paul to his Lord:

Notice that Paul had much time on this journey to consider whether he actually ought to go to Jerusalem. Agabus bound his own hands and feet with Paul's belt, and prophesied that the Jews would bind its owner in the same way and hand him over to the Gentiles. This is just what happened to the Lord Jesus, and no doubt Paul thought of this — not in a way that would turn him from going, but the opposite. He would apparently not seek to avoid being treated in the same way as his Lord.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

A warning that had been building

Agabus is not the first to warn Paul about Jerusalem. One commentator marks where this warning stands, and answers a doubt about the prophet:

Here then came another warning. It was the last and by far the strongest. Did Agabus really speak by the Spirit? The exact fulfilment of what he acted out gives the answer. The whole company, both his fellow travellers and the believers in Caesarea, began to beg him not to go up to Jerusalem.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Two readings of the warning

Commentators differ here. Some point out that Agabus tells Paul what is coming but does not forbid the journey:

Note that the disciples at Tyre told Paul by the Spirit that he should not go to Jerusalem. Once Paul had reached Caesarea, Agabus does not forbid his going to Jerusalem. Did he take it for granted that he was determined to go there? He warned him by the Spirit what awaited him — persecution, and being handed over to the Gentiles.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Another writer reads the repeated warnings differently:

The Holy Spirit does not usually warn of danger. He leads in the path of the Lord, and if persecution comes, He gives strength to endure it. Here Paul was continually warned. His friends beg him not to go up. He will not be persuaded. They hold their peace, hardly satisfied, and say, "Let the will of the Lord be done." And I have no doubt it was His will. But it served purposes that Paul did not know through the understanding the Holy Spirit gave. He only felt pressed in spirit to go, and ready to suffer everything for the Lord.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Messenger. Agabus is already known — a prophet from Judea whose earlier famine warning came true. That is why his arrival at Caesarea carries weight.

- Message. He speaks in the Holy Spirit's own name, and what he acted out came true exactly. That settles whether he really spoke by the Spirit.

- Mercy. Prediction was only a small part of the prophetic gift. Agabus brings sorrow both times he appears — but sorrow that God overrules for good.

- Margin. The long stay at Caesarea gave Paul time to weigh the journey. What Agabus acted out pointed him to the path his own Lord had walked.

- Mystery. Commentators differ on whether Paul should have gone. Some note that Agabus forbids nothing and only tells him what lies ahead. Others hold that repeated warning marks a path the Spirit was not leading him down. Either way, God worked out His own purposes through it.

Acts 21:11 · Darby

and coming to us and taking the girdle of Paul, and having bound his own hands and feet, said, Thus saith the Holy Spirit, The man whose this girdle is shall the Jews thus bind in Jerusalem, and deliver him up into the hands of [the] Gentiles.

Warning after warning had already met Paul on his way to Jerusalem. Now one of them takes visible form: the prophet Agabus ties himself up with Paul's own belt. Was the Spirit telling Paul to stop? Or telling him what to expect if he went on?

A prophecy you could watch

Agabus does not just say the message. He acts it out. One commentator recognises an older pattern here, and notes what the sight did to the room.

This was just like the symbolic way of the ancient prophets, and it filled those who watched and listened with sorrow for the honoured apostle.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A reader may still ask whether the claim to speak for the Spirit was genuine. One writer answers by pointing to the outcome:

Here then came another warning. It was the last and by far the strongest. Did Agabus really speak by the Spirit? The literal fulfilment of his acted prediction supplies the answer.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Bound with his own belt

It matters whose belt it is. Paul is not tied with a stranger's rope. He is tied with something off his own body, and one commentator sees Paul's service to his own nation in that:

It is Paul's own belt, however, that binds his hands and feet; that is, it is his own eager service to them that puts him into their hands. The meaning is given to him in the most emphatic way, as a declaration of the Spirit, of the Holy Spirit. In this way He shows His servant the unchanged evil in the hearts of those who once murdered the Saviour, and are now ready to do the same to him.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

The same path as his Master

Paul was not the first man bound and handed over to the Gentiles. One writer weighs what that likeness would have done to him:

This is just what happened to the Lord Jesus, and no doubt Paul thought of this — not in a way that would turn him back from going, but the opposite. It seems he would not try to avoid the treatment his Lord had received.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The writer quoted earlier draws out how Paul could reason from that likeness:

Was He not handed over to the Gentiles too? That likeness was bound to move the apostle, who followed his Master's steps so closely. Yet the Gentile cross they gave Him up to was the very symbol of salvation for men. Paul might argue the same about himself. If this were only a means of striking the slow hearts of Israel into repentance, then such suffering would be light.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Warning or ban?

Commentators differ on how Paul should have taken this. Some read it as news, not a ban. Agabus says what waits for Paul; he never tells him to turn back:

It is clear that the apostle did not understand that the Lord meant him to turn away from Jerusalem. He only heard Agabus repeat, as others had so often warned him, what he must suffer there... Paul must surely have concluded that the Holy Spirit spoke, not to talk him out of his dangerous path, but to prepare him in it. That preparation was certainly for prison, and perhaps death.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Others read the whole chain of warnings as one signal Paul ignored. One writer adds a sobering note about this moment:

The apostle did not heed this command. Verse 11 then sets out in detail how his journey would end — a journey in which, as I see it, he was not led by the Spirit. God might, and did, overrule it for the blessing of His servant and of the whole Church... Now, it is a weighty fact that from that moment you never read of the Holy Spirit again in Acts. The one exception is Paul's reference to Him when a prisoner at Rome. History goes on, but the Holy Spirit is not named. Why, I will not venture to say.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

What God did with the chains

The debate does not touch the outcome. One writer traces what God made of Paul's chains:

Yet the hand of God was over everything that happened. Agabus's prophecy came true. Paul lost his liberty... He knows also how to overrule any mistakes His servants may make. He closes certain lines of service before them, and He opens other lines which may in the end prove even more important. Paul's imprisonment led him to write those inspired letters, which have built up the church for nineteen centuries.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Acted. Agabus preaches with a belt, not only with words — the old prophets' way, and it filled the room with sorrow.

- Owned. The belt is Paul's own; his eager service to his nation is the very thing that delivers him into their hands.

- Followed. Paul's Lord went that road first, handed over to the Gentiles on a cross that became salvation; Paul could count his own suffering light if it brought Israel to repentance.

- Disputed. Commentators differ. Some say the Spirit was preparing Paul for the road. Others say he pressed on without the Spirit's leading.

- Overruled. The chains came just as promised, and God used them. He closed one field of service and opened the letters that have fed the church ever since.

Acts 21:12 · Darby

And when we heard these things, both we and those of the place besought [him] not to go up to Jerusalem.

At Caesarea two groups begged Paul together: his own travelling companions and the believers of the city. Why did they beg? Did their plea carry the authority of the Holy Spirit? And why did Paul refuse it? The verse raises all three questions.

What provoked the plea

Agabus had come down from Judea and acted out his message with Paul's own belt, tying his hands and feet. Commentators note that Agabus said nothing new. He sharpened what Paul had already heard, and grief filled those who watched.

Agabus the prophet added to the warnings others had already given him… This was just the kind of acted-out sign the prophets of old used, and it filled those who watched and listened with sorrow for the apostle they honoured.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The meaning hidden in the belt

The object Agabus used carried its own message. Paul's belt did the binding, and the ending foretold — handed over to the Gentiles — was what had happened to his Master.

It is Paul's own belt, however, that binds his hands and feet. That is, it is his own eager service to them that puts him into their hands… Was not He too handed over to the Gentiles? The likeness was bound to move the apostle, following his Master's steps so closely… So when those around him begin in their distress to beg him not to go up to Jerusalem, he stays firm and settled. Their tears move him, but they do not change him.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Was the plea binding?

Commentators differ here. Some hear a real command in the Spirit's earlier warning, and say Paul disobeyed it. Others weigh the exact wording of that earlier verse in older translations: the disciples spoke by the Spirit, but the Spirit did not speak directly. That falls short of a command.

There is a real difference between "they said to him by the Spirit" and "the Spirit said." If the Spirit Himself had said it, Paul would have been disobeying by going to Jerusalem. But it seems to us that it was more a warning from the Spirit that he should not go there. It was certainly much more than saying that troubles awaited him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Another commentator answers a writer who called the plea only human feeling. He insists the words were real guidance.

It is strange that, despite how plain this is, Lechler argues that the Spirit only gave them knowledge of Paul's coming sufferings in Jerusalem, while the plea itself "was not dictated by the Holy Spirit, but was prompted solely by human opinions and affections"… Not a word is said here about sufferings that would follow the visit. What is said is that "they said by the Spirit that he should not" go there. If this was not prophecy — and we know it could not have been — then it could only be guidance.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

How Paul himself heard it

Whatever the reader concludes, Paul did not take the warnings as a change of route. He heard them as notice of what the road would cost.

Paul must have concluded that the Holy Spirit spoke, not to turn him back from his dangerous path, but to prepare him for it — certainly for prison, and perhaps death. The brotherly kindness of others would have shielded him from all that waited for him in Jerusalem, but love goes beyond brotherly kindness.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer judges Paul more harshly.

As said before, his great love for his brothers, his own people, burned in his heart. His desire to be in Jerusalem was so strong that he ignored the voice of the Spirit.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

What the scene teaches about disagreement

The pleading ends without either side winning the argument. That ending is itself the lesson.

Along the way we are shown the wise course when a difference of opinion cannot be settled. We all have to stay quiet, wanting only that the will of the Lord in the matter, whatever it is, may be done.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Warning — Agabus added nothing new. He acted out warnings Paul had already received, in the manner of the prophets of old, and sorrow filled everyone watching.

- Belt — Paul's own belt did the binding. His eager service to his people was what would put him into their hands, in a likeness to his Master that drew him on.

- Guidance — Commentators differ on whether the plea carried the Spirit's authority. One weighs "they said by the Spirit" against "the Spirit said." Another argues that if it was not prophecy, it could only be guidance.

- Kindness — Their affection would have shielded him from what waited in Jerusalem. The tears moved Paul, but they did not change him, because love goes further than brotherly kindness.

- Yielding — When a difference of conviction cannot be settled, stop pressing. Want only the will of the Lord, whatever it turns out to be.

Acts 21:13 · Darby

But Paul answered, What do ye, weeping and breaking my heart? for *I* am ready not only to be bound, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.

At Caesarea the prophet Agabus tied his own hands and feet with Paul's belt, a sign that Paul would be a prisoner in Jerusalem. His friends begged him in tears to stay away, and his answer shows what devotion looks like when love pleads with a servant to save himself.

Tears, not threats

Threats had not stopped Paul, but the weeping of friends was breaking his heart. One writer reads the repeated warnings as preparation, not a ban. Their kindness, he says, aimed lower than the love that drove Paul.

Paul clearly must have concluded that the Holy Spirit spoke, not to turn him back from his dangerous path, but to prepare him for it. That meant prison for certain, and perhaps death. The brotherly kindness of others would have shielded him from all that awaited him in Jerusalem. But love goes beyond brotherly kindness. So it was working in the servant, as it had with all perfection in the Master.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Warm Christian company could not hold him either.

He is with a weeping company of believers at Miletus, and in the middle of a loving Christian household at Tyre. These were the greenest spots on earth to a believer, places where the heart lingers and says, Let us build tents here. Could they hold him? No. Even there, the dear, devoted apostle carried a heart completely surrendered to Christ.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

What made him "ready"

One writer traces the word "ready" back to the cross, where Paul had already died with Christ.

To have learned the cross of Christ is the preparation. There He, the blessed Saviour, died for us and bore our judgment; there, too, we died with Him. Faith accepts and feeds on this. Now "death is ours." Having acknowledged this we are fit for the path of testimony to our rejected Lord.

Modernised from J Wilson SmithOriginal wording

The force behind the journey

Paul was not chasing danger. Love for his own nation pulled him on; he longed to see them saved.

Behind his burning desire to go up to Jerusalem stood the mighty constraint of love for his own beloved brothers. How he did love them, and how his heart, filled with the love of God, yearned over them! This love is so fully expressed in his letter to the Romans. "For I could wish that I myself were accursed and cut off from Christ for the sake of my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh" (Romans 9:3). "Brothers, my heart's desire and prayer to God for them is that they may be saved" (Romans 10:1).

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Was he right to go?

Commentators differ. Kelly, quoted above, reads the Spirit as steadying Paul for the road, not blocking it. Elsewhere he weighs what came of the journey.

Here we have a check which brings in new things, the fruit of persisting in going up to Jerusalem despite the Spirit's testimony against it. The more blessed the man, the more serious the loss of firm footing. … It was simply a failure, as it appears to me, to watch against his own love for Israel, and so to set aside the Spirit's warnings. The tears and appeals seem rather to have stimulated and strengthened his desire.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer draws the lesson for anyone who serves God with strong feeling. Sincerity is not direction.

But the truest spiritual desire cannot replace the guidance of God. God knew that Jerusalem would not receive Paul's testimony. This lesson is not easy to learn in practice. It is a most humbling lesson, and the most earnest servants of God need it. … Spiritual zeal is not itself an evil — it is not. But if we depend on it, we shall find it will mislead us.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What he received

Paul offered his life; what came was chains, and a likeness to his Master.

For Paul it was not death at Jerusalem. It was the hatred that threw him into the hands of the Gentiles, to be for now a prisoner only, not yet to die. In the end what happened to him among the Gentiles was his true glory, and there he suffered purely as a witness for the truth. He had his heart's desire: fellowship in Christ's sufferings, becoming conformed to His death.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The friends stopped arguing and handed the matter over — a pattern worth copying.

Here we see the wise course when a difference of opinion cannot be settled. We all have to stay quiet, wanting only that the will of the Lord in the matter, whatever it is, should be done.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Love drives it. Paul's pull toward Jerusalem was love for his own people, the same love he pours out in Romans 9 and 10.

- Love outreaches kindness. Their affection would have shielded him. His love went further, following his Master.

- Love learns readiness at the cross. He could say "ready" because he had already died with Christ there.

- Love still needs guidance. Did the Spirit's warnings prepare Paul or forbid him? Commentators differ. Either way, sincere desire is no substitute for God's direction.

- Love ends in surrender. When persuasion failed, both sides rested in the same words: the will of the Lord be done.

Acts 21:14 · Darby

And when he would not be persuaded, we were silent, saying, The will of the Lord be done.

Paul is in Caesarea, staying at Philip's house, and the prophet Agabus has just given the sharpest warning yet about Jerusalem. His friends weep and beg him to stay, then go quiet — and their silence raises two questions: was Paul right to go on, and what does it mean to leave a disputed choice with God?

Warnings that kept coming

Paul was not guessing. Warning after warning had met him on the road. The friends who now stopped pressing him were not happy about it.

The Holy Spirit does not usually warn of danger. He leads in the path of the Lord, and if persecution comes, He gives strength to endure it. Here Paul is warned again and again. His friends beg him not to go up. He will not be persuaded. They stay silent, though far from satisfied, and say, "Let the will of the Lord be done." I do not doubt it was His will — but for purposes that Paul did not know through the understanding the Holy Spirit had given him. Only he felt pressed in spirit to go, and ready to suffer all things for the Lord.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

How Paul read the warnings

Paul heard the same warnings his friends heard. He drew the opposite conclusion.

It is clear that the apostle did not understand that the Lord meant him to turn away from Jerusalem. He only heard Agabus repeat what others had so often warned him of — what he must suffer there... Paul must have concluded that the Holy Spirit spoke to prepare him for that dangerous path, not to turn him from it — certainly for prison, and perhaps death. The brotherly kindness of his friends would have shielded him from all that waited in Jerusalem. But love goes further than brotherly kindness.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two views of Paul's choice

Some writers read this scene as pure devotion. Bellett points to the places and friendships that could have held Paul back:

At Miletus he stands among a weeping company of fellow believers. At Tyre he is welcomed into the warmth of a loving Christian home. These were the greenest spots on earth to a believer. There, if anywhere, the ladder between heaven and earth seems to touch the ground, and the fond heart lingers and says, Let us make tents here. Could such places hold him back? No. Even there the dear, devoted apostle carried a heart thoroughly surrendered to Christ.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

Others say the motive was worthy, but the command was missing, and they draw a rule from it:

Unless the Spirit taught us better, we would all have said this: no motive could be more worthy than Paul's for going by way of Jerusalem on his way to Rome. But the Lord had not told him to do so. All hinges on this. So at every stage of our journey we must make sure of three things: the word of God for our faith, the service of Christ for our motive, and the Holy Spirit for our guide.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

What the friends did when persuasion failed

The verse records the end of an argument between people who loved each other and could not agree. Hole treats that ending as a pattern.

Here we see, in passing, the wise course when a difference of opinion cannot be cleared up. We all have to stay silent, wanting only this: that in the matter the will of the Lord, whatever it is, may be done.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The will that was done

Judge Paul's decision either way — God ruled the outcome. Arrest followed at Jerusalem, and out of that arrest came Scripture.

The Lord had entrusted His truth to Paul. He could not, then, let this lapse from grace succeed in its aim. So He allowed His servant to be arrested and, in the end, taken to Rome as a prisoner. At the same time He graciously overruled His servant's failure, and so carried out His own purposes. In prison He had the apostle write the most precious of all his letters — if it is right to compare writings that are equally inspired.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- Warned — Warning after warning met Paul on the road. The Spirit's usual work is to lead in the Lord's path and give strength under persecution, not to warn at every step.

- Read — Paul took the warnings as preparation, not as a ban. He went on where kindness would have kept him safe.

- Disputed — Commentators differ. Some see a heart wholly surrendered to Christ. Others see a worthy motive with no word from the Lord behind it — and everything hinges on that.

- Silent — When persuasion fails and no one can settle the difference, the pattern here is to stop pressing and to want only the Lord's will.

- Overruled — It was His will, for purposes Paul did not yet know. The arrest that followed gave us his most precious letters.

Acts 21:15 · Darby

And after these days, having got our effects ready, we went up to Jerusalem.

"We took up our baggage"

The last stretch to Jerusalem is covered in a single line, and the detail Luke gives us is the packing. One commentator notes that an older English word here has misled modern readers:

Paul now moves on to the city that had so large a place in his affections — or at least the believers there did. Those who saw in him only the apostle to the Gentiles would hardly have supposed it. "And after these days we took up (or made ready) our baggage, and went up to Jerusalem" (v. 15). "Our carriages" would give a mistaken impression to ears familiar only with modern English.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The ESV simply says they got ready. Older English versions read "we took up our carriages," and the word then meant the things carried, not the vehicle that carried them.

The Pull of Love for Israel

Paul had been warned twice over, and still he went. One writer traces this to a love for his own people so strong that it veiled his eyes:

The warning given is a double one. Paul is first told, plainly and clearly, not to go to Jerusalem. Then the consequences of going are put before him... In spite of it all, the apostle sees nothing of the kind. There is a veil over his eyes, very solemn in character. It is the veil of an impulse that holds him, an impulse so lofty and so moving: his love for Israel, which he himself has recorded for us in the letter to the Romans 9:1-4... He was ready to sacrifice himself to any extent. How could it be possible that God should be against something that was in fact the fruit of the Spirit of Christ?

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

But a strong desire is not the same as God's direction. Another writer turns this into a lesson for every earnest servant:

The truest spiritual desire is no substitute for the guidance of God, who knew that Jerusalem would not receive Paul's testimony. This lesson is not easy to learn in practice. It is a most humbling lesson, and the most earnest servants of God need it... Spiritual zeal is not itself an evil. It is not. But if we lean on it, we will find that it misleads us, and we will reap the results. Steady, consistent communion with God and submission to His Word is our only real protection.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Warning or Prohibition?

Commentators differ on how strong that warning was. Much turns on the wording back in verse 4, where the disciples "said to him by the Spirit" that he should not go up:

There is a certain difference between "they said to him by the Spirit" and "the Spirit said." If the Spirit Himself had said it, Paul would have been disobedient in going to Jerusalem. But it seems to us that it was a warning given by the Spirit, that he should not go there. It was much more than saying that afflictions awaited him. It was a solemn warning from the Spirit through the mouths of fellow believers, and he was also "bound in spirit." But the apostle neglects this warning.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Others read those messages as preparation, not prohibition. They take Paul to have understood them that way too:

Paul must have concluded that the Holy Spirit spoke, not to turn him from his dangerous path, but to prepare him in it — certainly for prison, and perhaps death. The brotherly kindness of others would have shielded him from all that was waiting for him in Jerusalem. But love goes beyond brotherly kindness. So it was working in the servant, as it had worked in all perfection in the Master.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Changed in Paul's Service

Whatever we conclude, one writer marks this journey as a turning point in Paul's work:

He does nothing harmful, but he does not work in the power of the Holy Spirit. To him the Lord Himself was everything. That was not changed... He was going to Jerusalem with money from the Greeks for the poor saints who lived there — a good Christian work, but not the apostolic work of the gospel. He could not bear witness as an apostle at Jerusalem. The Lord had told him so. Still, as a prisoner he had a testimony, and the Lord was with him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Travelling Companions

Verse 16 fills in who walked with him. The description of Mnason is easily misread:

"And there went with us also certain disciples from Caesarea, bringing one Mnason of Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we should lodge" (v. 16). An "old" disciple is certainly not exact, and may not even be true; the word expresses not his age as a man, but his discipleship from the beginning. It is interesting to find in this way, in passing, that Cyprus had been blessed by God, not only through the visits of Paul and Barnabas, but even before.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God Above the Mistake

So was it a mistake? One writer refuses to settle the question, and points instead to what God did next:

It seems to be a case of his allowing powerful convictions to override the voice of the Spirit reaching him from outside. There we must leave it. We only note that, if that is so, the history that follows lets us see how God overruled the mistake for lasting good, though it meant much trouble for Paul.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Baggage, not carriages. The old English word means the luggage carried, not the vehicle. Paul packed up and set out on the last leg to Jerusalem.

- Love drove him. A burning affection for Israel, the same love poured out in Romans 9, pressed him toward the city.

- Love is not guidance. Even the truest desire cannot replace God's direction. The most earnest servants need that humbling lesson most.

- Warning or command? Writers differ. Some read "they said by the Spirit" as a warning Paul could weigh. Others say he overrode the Spirit's voice.

- Grace over the outcome. Paul walked into chains, yet the Lord stayed with him and overruled the whole journey for lasting good.

Acts 21:16 · Darby

And [some] of the disciples from Caesarea went with us, bringing [with them] a certain Mnason, a Cyprian, an old disciple, with whom we were to lodge.

Paul's long journey is nearly at its end, and Luke pauses to name the man who will host the group in Jerusalem. A short note about lodging raises real questions: what does "early disciple" mean, and what welcome met Paul in the city?

What "Old Disciple" Means

Some translations call Mnason "an old disciple." One writer says the Greek word means something else, and that it also shows how early Cyprus was blessed.

"Old" disciple is certainly not exact, and may not even be true, the Greek expressing not his age as a man, but his discipleship from the beginning. It is interesting to notice in passing that Cyprus had been blessed by God not only through the visits of Paul and Barnabas, but even before.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators differ. One reference work allows both meanings:

Mnason of Cyprus is called "an old disciple." But it may be that this does not refer to his age, but to his being an ancient disciple — one of long standing.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Age Is No Barrier To Service

If Mnason was elderly, his open door carries a lesson. One writer sets him beside Anna, who was still serving God as a very old woman.

Tomorrow belongs to God, never to us, and age is no excuse to do nothing. Mnason was an old disciple and he showed hospitality to Paul and his companions (Acts 21:16). Anna was a very old woman but she was active in fasting, prayers and testimony (Luke 2:36-38).

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

A House Opened To The Apostle

Another writer finds a meaning in Mnason's name, and turns it into a prayer for people whose active years are ending.

Let us not overlook the house of Mnason — the old disciple (Acts 21) with whom Paul and his company were to lodge. One sense of his name suggests "diligence." As years increase and many activities are no longer possible, may the Lord help us still to make room diligently for the word and teaching of the apostle!

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

The Crowded City And The Welcome

One writer pictures the city Paul walked into, and what came of the welcome he found there.

Jerusalem may have been full at this time with the crowd attending the feast of Pentecost… Entering Jerusalem, Paul received a hearty welcome from the believers there, soon, however, to prove the mistake of yielding to their wishes.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why The Lodging Is Recorded At All

Another writer thinks Luke names the host on purpose. He takes Mnason's name in a different sense from the writer above, and asks what kind of people these early disciples were.

There must be a reason we are told where the apostle lodges at this time. Some meaning must attach to it… The name Mnason comes from a word which means "to sue for, court," and Paul is certainly here as a suitor, and in a strange place for him: he is in a place not his own… He is really lodging with Mnason, the disciple from the beginning, or early disciple — that is what the word used here means. Was it not among such early disciples — who belonged to the time when Christians counted only as a sect of the Jews — that you would find those described, without exception, as "all zealots for the law"?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

A Word That Closes Here

One writer traced Luke's word for Mnason through the rest of the New Testament.

In Acts 21:16 Mnason is called "an early disciple." Now, although that word "disciple" occurs so often in the early part of the New Testament, this is the last time it is used.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Early, not aged. The Greek points to discipleship "from the beginning", not to Mnason's years. Commentators allow both senses.

- Early reach. Mnason's early faith suggests God blessed Cyprus before Paul and Barnabas ever visited.

- Early diligence. Long faith showed itself as an open house. Age is no excuse to do nothing.

- Early room. When other activities fall away, keep making room for the apostle's word and teaching.

- Early ground, real risk. Paul lodged among the first Jerusalem disciples, the group described as "all zealots for the law". The hearty welcome soon proved the mistake of yielding to their wishes.

Acts 21:17 · Darby

And when we arrived at Jerusalem the brethren gladly received us.

Paul reaches Jerusalem after a journey full of warnings, and the believers there are glad to see him. Yet the same city will soon put him in chains, so this warm welcome leaves a question open: should Paul have been there at all?

The word "gladly"

One writer notes how rare this word for "gladly" is:

This word occurs only this once in the New Testament, and it is rightly used of the welcome given to beloved servants of the Lord… We can understand how brothers who saw the apostle with other servants of the Lord would gladly receive them. One feels how right this was for men who were at rest and peace with God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Love across the deepest divide

The greeting looks ordinary. What it crossed was not.

Here we see in full strength the love and honour that ruled among the believers. Not that there were no trials, and special trials, in those days: it could not be otherwise. In this world no religious difference could match the depth of the one that divided Jews from Gentiles. God Himself under the law had kept that separation in full, as our Lord did up to the cross. The cross closed the old order to bring in the new — the order of grace and of the new creation in Christ, which the Holy Spirit, sent down from heaven, carried out in power and joy and understanding. From then on Christ becomes everything, and He is truly worthy. As He is all, so He is in all; and the distinctions of Jew and Greek, circumcised and uncircumcised, foreigner, Scythian, slave and free, vanish in Him before God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A partial welcome

Paul did not arrive alone, and the welcome the group met had a limit:

The company grew on this last stage of the journey. Disciples from Caesarea travelled with them, along with an early disciple, Mnason of Cyprus, who evidently had a home in Jerusalem, where he hosted Paul and his party. When they arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers received them gladly — at least those they first met. Paul then wastes no time in meeting James and the elders, telling them of the great work God had done among the Gentiles through his ministry. This made a deep impression, and they glorified God for it.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The welcome also came with advice, and taking it went badly.

When Paul entered Jerusalem, the brothers gave him a hearty welcome — one that soon showed the mistake of giving in to their wishes.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Warning or command

Commentators differ on whether Paul disobeyed God by going. One reading turns on a fine difference in wording:

There is a real difference between "they said to him by the Spirit" and "the Spirit said." If the Spirit Himself had said it, then going to Jerusalem would have been disobedience in Paul. But it seems to us that it was rather a warning given by the Spirit that he should not go there… It was a solemn warning from the Spirit through the mouths of the brothers, and besides, he was "bound in spirit." But the apostle ignores this warning. He feels compelled to go to Jerusalem. Even so, God's providence and grace still lead him — shown toward him, faithful and blessed.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The phrases in quotation marks follow an older English translation, which his point depends on.

The lesson for our own journeys

Even a motive no one could fault leaves one question unanswered:

How many of God's people have been bound with chains of one kind or another, but who can say for what, or why? All of us would have said — unless the Spirit taught us otherwise — that the apostle could not have had a worthier motive for going by way of Jerusalem on his way to Rome. But the Lord had not told him to do so. Everything hinges on this. How necessary it is, then, to see at every stage of our journey that we have the word of God for our faith, the service of Christ for our motive, and the Holy Spirit for our guide.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Summary

- Welcome. The word for "gladly" appears only here in the New Testament. It fits the welcome of beloved servants of the Lord by people at rest and peace with God.

- Wonder. Jewish believers welcomed Paul and his group with love and honour. That warmth crossed the deepest religious divide the world then knew.

- Warning. The welcome came from those they first met. Giving in to those same friends' wishes soon proved a mistake.

- Weakness. Commentators differ on whether Paul disobeyed. One reads the Spirit's word through the disciples as a warning he neglected, not a command he broke.

- Wisdom. A worthy motive is not guidance. We need God's word for our faith, the service of Christ for our motive, and the Holy Spirit for our guide. Even when we fail, God's grace still leads His servant on.

Acts 21:18 · Darby

And on the morrow Paul went in with us to James, and all the elders came there.

Paul reached Jerusalem after a long journey, and the next day he went to James, with all the elders present. This short verse raises questions about who James was, how the church in Jerusalem lived, and the advice he received there.

Which James

One writer traces this James through the New Testament, beginning with the letter that carries his name:

The James who wrote it was not the brother of John. Herod killed him in very early years, as Acts 12:2 records. The author of the letter was the James spoken of in Acts 15:13 and Acts 21:18. Paul calls him, "James, the Lord's brother," in Galatians 1:19, and he acknowledges him as one of the "pillars" of the Church in Jerusalem in Galatians 2:9. He does not appear to have gone out to Judea or Samaria or to the farthest parts of the earth. He stayed in Jerusalem, and there he reached a position of great authority.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A leading man, but not a bishop

His place was real. But one writer warns against reading a later church office back into it:

It is clear that this was the great central meeting place for visitors to Jerusalem. The elders, too, made a habit of being present on such occasions. These facts give it a very official character... Tradition makes him the bishop of the church in Jerusalem. But scripture never speaks of "the" bishop; it speaks of "bishops." Scripture also shows that there were more important people than the bishops. James had a place clearly above any of the "elders" (these were the bishops), a place that none of the elders had to the same degree.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What kind of meeting this was

Note that Luke says the elders were present — not the church. The distinction matters:

It would appear that James's house was the known place for any special gathering of elders. There must have been very many groups of Christian Jews in Jerusalem, and their numbers now ran into thousands. It seems that large buildings set apart for the assembly were still unknown. This occasion, however, was not a meeting of the whole assembly. Only the elders were present. They no doubt came from those many groups. Their meeting together as elders would do much to keep up order and unity. Yet, while truth governed in a spirit of grace, it took nothing at all away from the responsibility of the assembly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Paul's report, and what he chose to tell

Paul could have opened with his successes among his own people. He did the opposite:

There was perfect openness on his part. No effort to put prominently forward what God had wrought among the Jews or in the synagogues. He set out in detail the work given him to do among the nations. Doubtless the Lord intended this to enlarge their hearts. In Jerusalem they were used to seeing or hearing very little of their Gentile brothers. When they heard it, they glorified "God."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The church that welcomed him

The praise was genuine. So was the problem sitting underneath it:

James was clearly at the head of the assembly at Jerusalem. In his own person he expressed the strength of that principle of Judaism which still ruled the church there, and God bore with it in His patience. They believed in Jesus, they broke bread at home, but they were all zealous for the law. They offered sacrifices in the temple, and even persuaded Paul to do the same (Acts 21). They were in no way separated from the nation.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Counsel, and the limit of counsel

The elders gave Paul advice, and he took it. One writer draws the lesson:

Clearly, then, the servant of Christ does well when in humility of mind he counts others better than himself. He does well to take their counsel, to weigh their spiritual judgment, and even to listen to their criticisms and weigh them. Yet even so he must not in the last resort be guided by their opinions but by the Word of God. The passage, Acts 21:18-30, gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The pressure came from the prejudices of the believers around him:

To refuse to go along with them would be to say that their thoughts about him were true. To do what they wanted was to take his rule not from the guidance of the Spirit in all liberty of love, but from the ignorant and prejudiced state of these Jewish believers... One must be above the prejudices of others, and free from their influence, to be able to condescend to them in love.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Welcome. Paul's first move in Jerusalem is to go to James, where all the elders gather. The place had an official character, but scripture never calls it a bishop's seat.

- Report. He lays out God's work among the Gentiles point by point, and his hearers glorify God.

- Undercurrent. The same men who praised God were still tied to the temple, the sacrifices and the nation. God bore with it in patience.

- Counsel. A servant does well to weigh the judgment of others. But in the end the Word of God must rule, not their opinions.

- Freedom. Only someone free from other people's prejudices can stoop to them in love. Paul went along with the plan, and Acts 21:18-30 stands as a warning.

Acts 21:19 · Darby

And having saluted them, he related one by one the things which God had wrought among the nations by his ministry.

Paul has reached Jerusalem after a long journey. The next day he visits James, with all the elders present, and what he reports there shapes the rest of the chapter.

The Meeting at James's House

This was not a meeting of the whole church. It was a gathering of the elders, at a house already known for such meetings.

It seems James's house was the known place for any special gathering of elders... There must have been very many groups of Christian Jews in Jerusalem, where they now numbered thousands. Large buildings set apart for the assembly were, it seems, still unknown. This occasion, however, was not a meeting of the whole assembly. Only the elders were present. They no doubt came from those many groups, and their meeting together as elders would do much to keep up order and unity.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Told One by One

Paul does not summarise. He gives the details, and he puts forward the part of his work these hearers knew least about.

He was completely open with them. He made no effort to push to the front what God had done among the Jews or in the synagogues. He laid out before them in detail what he had been given to do among the nations. No doubt the Lord meant this to enlarge their hearts. In Jerusalem they were used to seeing and hearing little of their Gentile brothers and sisters.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The report was long, and its subject was what God had done through a ministry He Himself had given.

Once again the Apostle tells what was surely dearest to the hearts of James and the elders: what God had done among the Gentiles through the ministry He had given him. It must have been a very long account, for he went through the things that had happened in His great work in detail — "one by one."

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Why a Gentile Report Mattered Here

No religious divide has ever run deeper than the one between Jew and Gentile. The cross closed that old order.

In this world no religious difference could match the depth of the one that cut Jews off from Gentiles. Under the law God Himself kept that separation in full, and our Lord did the same up to the cross. The cross closed the old order and brought in the new... From then on Christ becomes everything, and He is worthy of it. As He is all, so He is in all. Before God the distinctions vanish in Him — Jew and Greek, circumcised and uncircumcised, barbarian, Scythian, slave and free.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"Through His Ministry"

The verse credits the work to Paul's ministry. Some split a person's gift from their ministry; one writer shows why that split does not hold.

But the apostleship, which is here called ministry, is called a gift (charisma) in 1 Corinthians 12. So the distinction between gift and ministry is completely false. The only escape would be to claim that the apostles carried out their apostleship, or ministry, without gift. That contradicts the Lord's own words. He told them to wait in Jerusalem until they were "clothed with power from on high" — that is, with gifts for that ministry.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

A Warm Welcome, and a Hidden Unease

Nobody in the room disputed a word of what Paul said. The problem lay elsewhere in the city.

They all surely listened with keen interest to the account of God's work through his ministry among the Gentiles and in pagan lands, and they glorified God. No one had a word to say against the work of grace that had gone on abroad. But he was in Jerusalem, and damaging reports about him were spreading through the holy city.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Praise and disquiet sat side by side in the same conversation.

But though they were greatly interested, and praised the Lord for the good news, they evidently felt uneasy. They at once called Paul's attention to the fact, that a great number of Jews who believed in Jesus as the Messiah were zealous observers of the law of Moses and were strongly prejudiced against himself.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The Limits of Counsel

The meeting moves from report to advice. One writer draws from it a lesson about how far advice should carry a servant of Christ.

So the servant of Christ does well to be humble in mind, to count others better than himself, to seek their advice, to consider their spiritual judgment carefully, and even to listen to their criticisms and weigh them. Yet in the end he must not be guided by their opinions, but by the Word of God. The passage in Acts 21:18-30 gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Report. Paul meets James and the elders and lays out his work item by item, hiding nothing.

- Subject. He puts the Gentile work first, not his success among Jews. These hearers had heard little of it, and the Lord meant the news to enlarge their hearts.

- Source. The report is about what God did. The ministry itself was a gift of power, not a talent Paul brought to the job.

- Response. They glorified God. No one questioned the work abroad; the trouble was the rumours in the city.

- Caution. Weigh the counsel of others with a humble mind. But the final guide for a servant is the Word of God.

Acts 21:20 · Darby

And they having heard [it] glorified God, and said to him, Thou seest, brother, how many myriads there are of the Jews who have believed, and all are zealous of the law.

Paul reaches Jerusalem and reports to James and the elders what God had done among the Gentiles through him. They praise God, then point him to a fact that shaped all that followed: tens of thousands of believing Jews in the city were still zealous for the law of Moses.

The report that drew out praise

Paul did not lead with his results among the Jews. One writer notes what the Lord meant this openness to do for men who saw few Gentile believers.

He was completely open. He made no effort to put forward what God had done among the Jews or in the synagogues. He laid out in detail what God had given him to do among the nations. The Lord surely meant this to enlarge their hearts. In Jerusalem they were used to seeing and hearing very little of their Gentile fellow believers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The size of "thousands"

The word behind "thousands" is bigger than most readers assume.

"You see, brother, how many thousands there are among the Jews of those who have believed. They are all zealous for the law." The true meaning is tens of thousands, myriads. That may give some a larger idea than they are used to of how vast and fast the spread of the gospel was at that time among that nation.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Real faith, uncut ties

How could sincere faith in Christ sit alongside temple service? One writer answers by pointing to what these believers had never been taught.

No doubt these believers, whether priests, Pharisees, or eager lovers of the law, were for the most part true souls with sincere faith in Christ. Yet nothing they had heard in the gospel made them feel there was any clash between faith in Christ and priestly service in the worn out and desolate temple... They had heard the music of the gospel. But the note that would lift them up and out of all these things had not yet sounded clearly in their ears.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Where Paul drew the line

The report about Paul in the next verse was not accurate. He fought one battle hard and left the other alone.

What they said about themselves was true. But what they had been told about Paul was an exaggeration. Whatever his own sense of Christian liberty, no one was more patient with a Jewish conscience. On the other hand, no one was firmer in teaching Gentile believers that they had nothing to do with law, but with Christ dead and risen.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God's patience with a nation in transition

God had not yet told them to stop keeping the law. That timing explains why Paul did not force the issue.

God had not yet sent out the final word telling them the old covenant was ready to vanish away. So how could a man who followed His ways so closely rush ahead? The early days were a time of transition. Christ was preached first to the Jew and then to the Gentile. The Gentile had never been under law, so he grasped the freedom of the gospel far more simply than the Jew. God bore with the Jew in his prejudices until His closing message came.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That closing message came later, in the letter to Hebrew believers.

For the Hebrew believers that letter was the last trumpet call, summoning them to give up every connection with the old system. Until then the change had been gradual. The gap widened and the difference grew sharper, but not every tie was broken until this final call.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Paul's yielding: wisdom or lapse

Commentators differ here. Some see his patience as wisdom. Others see what he does next as a real misstep — though one that did not cancel his years of faithfulness.

We think that what is recorded in Acts 21:20-26 shows a lapse in Paul's consecration to Christ. But his earlier years of separation and devotion to his Lord were not treated as lost.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The same writer draws a practical rule from the passage. Take counsel seriously, but do not make it the final authority.

So the servant of Christ does well to be humble, to count others better than himself, to ask their advice, to weigh their spiritual judgment, and even to listen to their criticism. Yet in the end he must not let their opinions guide him, but the Word of God. Acts 21:18-30 gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Report — Paul laid out the Gentile work openly. The Lord meant it to widen hearts in a city that saw few Gentile believers.

- Praise — the elders glorified God for that work. The tension here is not about whether Gentiles were saved.

- Myriads — "thousands" means tens of thousands, a measure of how fast the gospel had spread through Israel.

- Zeal — those myriads were true believers who had never cut their ties to the temple and the law. That note had not yet sounded for them.

- Transition — God bore with their prejudices while the change was under way. His final call to leave the old system came later. Commentators differ on whether Paul's yielding here was patience or a lapse. The warning stands: weigh counsel, but let God's Word rule.

Acts 21:21 · Darby

And they have been informed concerning thee, that thou teachest all the Jews among the nations apostasy from Moses, saying that they should not circumcise their children, nor walk in the customs.

Paul has just reached Jerusalem, and the elders meet his report of God's work with a warning. A rumour says he tells Jews abroad to drop Moses — was that true, and what should a servant of God do about it?

The Word Behind "Forsake"

The word used here for turning away from Moses is the one behind "apostasy." That is why the charge sounded so grave to a strict Jew.

The word 'apostasy' does not appear in the Authorised Version, but the Greek word behind it does. In Acts 21:21 Paul heard that people accused him of teaching the Jews living among the Gentiles to apostatise from Moses. Paul taught freedom from the law through the death of Christ, and to a strict Jew that would look like apostasy.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

What Paul Actually Taught

Kelly shows where Paul actually drew the line. He fought on one front only — keeping Gentiles out from under the law — and dealt patiently with the Jews.

What Paul really taught was that it was wrong to put Gentiles under the law. He did not interfere with the Jews at this time... The apostle took a firm stand against one thing: the effort to bring the Gentiles under law. That was exactly what believers with a Pharisee mindset were eager for. The push might come from Christians who urged Jewish law on others, or from Gentiles taking up the law themselves. Either way, the apostle rejected and condemned that fatal error. But with the Jews themselves he showed the truest patience. It came from his large heart, and also from tender care for consciences that were easily troubled.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

How Rumours Do Their Damage

One writer separates the two halves of the accusation and finds them unequal — the first flatly contradicted by Paul's own record, the second with a grain of fact in it.

But reports — what harm they have often done! People pick them up, believe them, and spread them around. They never take the trouble to find out what the reports rested on!... What were the reports? First, that he taught the Jews among the Gentiles to forsake Moses... The first of these was completely untrue. Paul had insisted on Timothy's circumcision (Acts 16:3), and that disproved it. The second had some foundation. At Antioch Paul had rebuked Peter to his face, because Peter pulled back from mixing with Gentiles and would not eat with them (Gal. 2:12-14).

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why Jerusalem Believed It

Why did the charge cut so deep in Jerusalem? Hole points to a note those believers had not yet heard.

From the beginning thousands believed. They gladly took their place with the rejected Messiah, yet never cut their links with "Judaism" — the whole system set up through Moses. That system was only a shadow of "the good things to come" (Heb. 10:1)... These believers were priests, Pharisees or eager lovers of the law. Most of them were surely true souls with sincere faith in Christ. Yet nothing they had heard in the gospel had made them feel any clash here. They linked faith in Christ with priestly service in the worn-out and empty temple, with the ways of the Pharisees, and with eager law-keeping. They had listened to the gospel melody. But the note that would have lifted them up and out of all this had not yet sounded clearly in their ears.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Choice Paul Faced

The report left Paul no clean way out. Darby reads his choice as a step taken under men's pressure, not under the Spirit.

Paul has put himself in front of what men demand of him. To refuse would be to say that their thoughts about him were true. To do what they wanted was to take his rule from the ignorant and prejudiced state of these Jewish believers, and not from the guidance of the Spirit in all the liberty of love... One must be above the prejudices of others, and free from their influence, to be able to stoop to them in love.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Going along with the plan did not settle anything. Darby weighs what came of it.

This is what comes of trying to fit in with the superstitions of others. He did not do it to win souls by avoiding offence. He did it to convince these superstitious Jews that he lived as they did. That only confirmed them in their darkness!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Rumour. Word reached Jerusalem that Paul told Jews to abandon Moses. Reports do great harm when nobody checks what they rest on.

- Word. "Forsake" here is the word behind "apostasy." Paul taught freedom from the law through Christ's death, and to a strict Jew that looked like desertion.

- Truth. The charge twisted him. He kept Gentiles out from under the law, but he was patient with Jewish consciences — he even had Timothy circumcised.

- Soil. Thousands in Jerusalem believed, yet kept their links to the temple and the law. The note that would have lifted them out of it had not yet sounded.

- Outcome. Paul was asked to disprove a rumour by fitting in with it. Darby's verdict: pleasing prejudice, instead of following the Spirit in liberty, only confirmed men in their darkness.

Acts 21:22 · Darby

What is it then? a multitude must necessarily come together, for they will hear that thou art come.

Paul is in Jerusalem, where thousands of believing Jews are zealous for the law. They have heard that he teaches Jews among the Gentiles to abandon Moses, so the elders ask what to do — and their answer shaped the rest of Paul's life.

The pressure behind the question

The elders were not inventing a crisis. Older translations even read that a crowd must come together.

The important question now between Paul and the elders was how to satisfy the prejudices of these Jewish Christians. They knew that crowds of Jews, both converted and unconverted, would gather as soon as they heard Paul had arrived. For a long time they had believed the most serious charges against him. The accusation was "that you teach all the Jews who are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children or walk according to our customs." So what was to be done?

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Why Jerusalem was so uneasy

The trouble ran deeper than rumour. It lay in what the believers of that city still prized.

Another thing that lay behind the suggestion was that there were now thousands of Jews believing in Christ, but they were all zealous for the law. We should have thought they would be zealous for the gospel and its heavenly hopes. But clearly they had not yet grasped the true character of what they had been brought into. It was to such Jewish Christians as these that the Letter to the Hebrews was written.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The remedy they proposed

The elders had a plan ready. It turned on how Paul looked to his own people.

Now Paul was at Jerusalem, and many of his countrymen viewed him as a renegade Jew, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes. His presence, when known, would stir questions and arouse controversy. But suppose he showed by his acts in the temple that he was, after all, as good a Jew as others. Then all would be well, and people could treat the stories going round about him as slander. The elders had four men under a vow. Let Paul follow the custom, pay their expenses and be counted with them. This advice, they urged, would not cancel the Jerusalem council's decree about Gentile converts. That had been a question about Gentiles; this one was about Jews.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Where commentators differ

Some find nothing in the plan itself that Paul had to refuse.

Nothing is proposed to him, as many have thought, about taking the vow himself. He is only to purify himself ceremonially for his appearance in the temple, and what they advised was nothing new. In fact there was nothing in all their advice that the apostle could not have done with a good conscience. It was part of his privilege to give up his own liberty in tolerance of the ignorant weakness of others. But the question returns, and will return: was it to be understood in this way?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Others weigh what came of it, and ask whose direction Paul was following.

Let us remember that his submission to these customs put an end to the public testimony of the apostle. Still, as we follow Paul's history, let us always keep his work in mind, all his labours, and the blessing that went with them. In this submission to Jewish ceremonies, he was not guided by the Spirit. He followed the advice of the elders. They held tightly to the law, and his position was theirs.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The limits of good advice

The scene has a lasting use for anyone who serves God.

Clearly, then, the servant of Christ does well when in humility of mind he considers others better than himself. He does well to take their counsel, to weigh their spiritual judgment with care, or even to listen to their criticisms and weigh them. Yet even so he must not in the last resort be guided by their opinions but by the Word of God.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

God's hand in the outcome

The plan did not protect Paul. Roman soldiers ended up taking him into custody.

Nothing but God's intervention through the Roman power stopped the Jews on the one hand from carrying out their murderous purpose, or Paul on the other from compromising the truth. Standing at the altar of burnt offering with the sacrifices the law required must have brought that compromise about. It was a mercy to the whole church that the Romans took Paul prisoner. Could the teaching of Hebrews have been set out later, if the great champion of the full Christian faith had at this time practically given it up by yielding to the doctrine of expediency?

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Pressure. A crowd was certain to gather. The elders' question grew out of rumours that Paul taught Jews to abandon Moses.

- Cause. Thousands of believing Jews in Jerusalem were still zealous for the law. They had not yet grasped what they had been brought into — the very readers Hebrews was written for.

- Plan. Their answer was a visible act in the temple: Paul would pay the costs for four men under a vow and show himself as good a Jew as any.

- Debate. Commentators differ. Some see an act Paul could have done with a good conscience. Others see advice taken instead of the Spirit's leading, and the end of his public testimony.

- Overruling. The Roman arrest looked like disaster. It kept Paul from compromising the truth — and Hebrews was still to come.

Acts 21:23 · Darby

This do therefore that we say to thee We have four men who have a vow on them;

Paul has just reached Jerusalem, and the leaders there tell him a report is spreading: that he teaches Jews abroad to drop the law of Moses. Their fix is the plan of this verse, and it raises a hard question — when should a servant of God take the advice of fellow believers, and when must he not?

What the vow was

The verse does not say which vow the men had taken.

The only cases of vows in the New Testament are those of Paul at Cenchreae... and the four men at Jerusalem. Acts 18:18; Acts 21:23. These were probably vows of Nazariteship, marked by the head being shaved. According to the law the final shaving had to take place at the tabernacle or temple. Num. 6:18.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Finishing the vow cost money, and the elders asked Paul to cover it (verse 24).

When a Nazarite finished his vow, the law required certain offerings in the temple. These offerings cost a lot, as we can see from Numbers 6. People saw it as an act of great merit and piety when a rich brother paid these offerings for a poor brother, and so enabled him to finish his vow. Paul was not rich, but he had a large and tender heart, and he generously undertook to pay the costs of the four poor Nazarites.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The real aim of the plan

The plan aimed at what the crowds would see.

The elders suggest to him that there were four men who had a vow on them. These he should take and purify himself with them, as well as pay the costs. This action, they reasoned, would not only show that the reports were untrue, but that he, the apostle of Gentiles, "walks orderly and keeps the law."

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Why the plan put Paul in a corner

Paul had a principle for meeting Jews on their own ground. Commentators differ over how far he was at fault here.

Of course Paul knew that the Lord Jesus had done away with such vows (Matt. 5:33-37) when He brought in the grace of God to a condemned world. But he probably applied the principle here, "to the Jews I became as a Jew." In this case, however, it seems he carried that principle a little too far. He was in a tight spot, and he probably saw no other way out. When we are in a wrong place we shall find ourselves virtually bound to do the wrong thing.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Advice from others, guidance from God

Listening to fellow believers is right; handing over the final decision to them is not.

Clearly, then, the servant of Christ does well when in humility of mind he counts others better than himself. He does well to take their advice, weigh their spiritual judgment with care, or even listen to their criticisms and weigh them. Yet in the end he must let the Word of God guide him, not their opinions. The passage, Acts 21:18-30, gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What the temple ritual said about the cross

The sacrifices attached to the vow were the deepest problem.

Notice again the power of old habits. For us it is as clear as daylight: the sacrifices of the Jews are annulled. The precious sacrifice of Christ has abolished them entirely. But here is a crowd of Christians at Jerusalem, zealous for the law, offering sacrifices, and their elders advising Paul to do the same. Let us remember that his submission to these customs put an end to the apostle's public testimony. In this submission to Jewish ceremonies, the Spirit was not his guide; he followed the advice of the elders.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The outcome

Paul took the advice.

But what was the consequence? It brought him into all the difficulties from which he had been praying, and begging the church's prayers, to be delivered. Compare Romans 15:30-31 with Acts 21, and you will find that this very act was the source of all the difficulties he had foreseen and dreaded... God in His overruling mercy might turn it to good, as He always will with His children. But it is a striking example of the danger of compromising and going along with people's prejudices, instead of acting on the simple guidance of God's Spirit and Word.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

God's mercy had the last word.

He also knows how to overrule any mistakes His servants may make. He can close certain lines of service to them and open other lines, which may in the end prove even more important. Paul's imprisonment led to his writing those inspired letters, and they have built up the church for nineteen centuries.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- The vow — four men were finishing what was most likely a Nazarite vow. The law said it had to end at the temple, with offerings that cost money.

- The invitation — the elders asked Paul to join them and pay their costs, so that everyone would see him keeping the law.

- The pressure — in the wrong place, he had no clean option. A principle he had used well elsewhere was stretched too far.

- The line crossed — he followed the elders' advice, not the Spirit's guidance. Christ's death had already abolished the sacrifices involved.

- The cost and the mercy — this step ended his free public testimony and brought the troubles he had prayed to escape. Yet God used the imprisonment that followed to give the church Paul's letters.

Acts 21:24 · Darby

take these and be purified with them, and pay their expenses, that they may have their heads shaved; and all will know that [of those things] of which they have been informed about thee nothing is [true]; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, keeping the law.

In Jerusalem, James and the elders tell Paul about a rumour: that he teaches Jews abroad to abandon the law of Moses. Their fix is this verse — a public act in the temple to prove the rumour false.

What the plan asked of him

The four men were finishing a Nazirite vow, which ended with shaving the head. Paying their closing costs for them was a known act of generosity:

When someone completed the Nazirite vow, the law required certain offerings in the temple. These offerings cost a great deal, as we can see from Numbers 6. People counted it an act of great merit and piety for a rich brother to provide these offerings for a poor brother, and so enable him to complete his vow. Paul was not rich, but he had a large and tender heart, and he generously undertook to pay the costs of the four poor Nazirites.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

Some translations render the verse's last phrase "walk orderly." One dictionary explains the Greek verb behind it:

But stoicheō (from steichō, 'to go in order') is limited to walking well — walking by a godly rule, as in Galatians 6:16 and Philippians 3:16. Acts 21:24 is the one place where translators render it "walk orderly."

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The purpose behind the proposal

The plan aimed at how Paul would look to the crowd:

Now Paul was at Jerusalem, and many of his countrymen viewed him as a renegade Jew and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes. His presence, once known, would stir up questions and arouse controversy. But suppose he showed by his actions in the temple that he was after all as good a Jew as anyone else. Then all would be well, and people could treat the stories about him as slanders.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why the timing mattered

For one writer the question is what the plan made Paul look like, and why the moment mattered:

The object was clearly to make him look like a very good Jew indeed. Was that right? Was it the whole truth? Up to the cross the legal system, the first covenant, had God's sanction. After the cross, in principle, it stood judged. The apostle had surely weighed and measured it all; he did not need any man to show him the truth. At the same time there was no small mixture of love for the people, and we know well how that can cloud the single-minded focus which is every Christian's safeguard.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where commentators differ

Some say the act itself was within his liberty, and put the whole weight on how onlookers would read it:

In fact the apostle could have done everything they advised with a good conscience. He was free to give up his own liberty, bearing with the ignorant weakness of others. But the question returns, and will return: was it going to be understood in that way?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Others say Paul stretched a good principle too far, because he was in the wrong place to begin with:

Paul probably applied the principle here, "To the Jews I became as a Jew." Here, though, it seems that principle goes a little too far. He was in a difficulty, and probably saw no other way out. When we are in a wrong place we shall find ourselves virtually bound to do the wrong thing.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Taking counsel, and where counsel stops

One writer draws a caution from this passage about how far to follow advice:

Clearly, then, the servant of Christ does well when he humbly thinks of others as better than himself. He takes their counsel, weighs their spiritual judgement, or even listens to their criticisms. Yet in the end he must follow the Word of God, not their opinions. The passage in Acts 21:18-30 gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The advice came to the one man least in need of it:

This was not strange advice for the Christians in Jerusalem to give, but it seems a descending path for the apostle Paul to follow. No one knew better than he how to walk as dead with Christ and risen with Him. No one knew better how to please the Lord without fear of the opinions of men, or even of fellow believers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The way out he did not arrange

Paul agreed, and the plan did not settle the trouble. Its failure became his way out:

The eye of the Lord was on His servant. So He allowed him to be persuaded into this compromising position — surely for his profit, and for our warning. Then He delivered him out of it in a very unexpected way.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Summary

- Pressure. Thousands of believing Jews were zealous for the law. A rumour said Paul told Jews abroad to abandon Moses.

- Plan. Purify himself with four Nazirites and pay for their offerings. Then everyone would see he "walked orderly" — a phrase meaning to walk by a godly rule.

- Point of dispute. Commentators differ. Some say the advice was within Paul's liberty, and only what onlookers would read into it was wrong. Others say a man in the wrong place stretched a true principle too far.

- Warning. Weigh the counsel of others humbly, but let the Word of God, not their opinion, decide the last step.

- Overruling. The plan failed — and that failure was how the Lord lifted His servant out of a position he could not have escaped himself.

Acts 21:25 · Darby

But concerning [those of] the nations who have believed, we have written, deciding that they should [observe no such thing, only to] keep themselves both from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication.

Paul has just arrived in Jerusalem, and the leaders ask him to show the Jewish believers that he still keeps the customs of Moses. Verse 25 is their balancing note: the Gentiles who believed had already been answered in a letter.

The letter they were pointing back to

The leaders are not making a new rule here. They point back to a decision made years before. Jerusalem had settled the question of circumcising Gentile converts, and had sent the answer out in a letter.

In their past dealings with the Gentiles who believed (Acts 15:22-29), the apostles and elders had acted with divine wisdom. So it is added here that they had written to the Gentiles who believed, giving their judgment (v. 25). These commands were clearly understood before the law was even given to Israel. In such things Christianity only confirms the broad principles God had laid down before Israel existed.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same four items appear again, word for word, years later. The decision held. It was not a short-term compromise that faded away.

Only at Jerusalem could this question be settled for good. There it was decided, and the leaders held to that decision. James and all the elders confirmed it years later (Acts 21:25).

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Why these four and not others

These four things are not scraps of the law of Moses kept back as a token. Each one touches a right that belongs to God Himself.

To recognize an idol in any way was a direct insult to God, for the idol takes the place that belongs to God. Second, they must avoid sexual immorality. This is a serious violation of the relationships God has set up for the blessing of mankind. Third, they must not eat things strangled, nor blood. God requires that the blood of an animal be drained out before the flesh is eaten. The blood is the life, and we must show this respect for God's rights as the life-giver.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Blood and things strangled

The last two items sound like one item said twice. They are not. The difference lies in what happens to the blood.

There ought to be no question that "blood" means the blood drained out of the animal for cooking. That is plainly different from "strangled," where the aim is to keep the blood from flowing out. Both are forbidden. God demands that man, by going without, should own that life belongs to Him. If any are so self-willed as to say they do not see or understand, let them admit their ignorance and obey. This is not a Jewish or Mosaic rule only. It has held for man ever since Noah and the flood (Gen. 9:4).

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What the Gentiles were spared

The whole weight of the verse falls on what is absent from the list. Circumcision is not there. Law-keeping is not there. When that letter first arrived, the effect on the Gentile churches was relief.

It was Jerusalem that had decided the law was not binding on the Gentiles. When they hear this, they are overjoyed at their freedom from the yoke of slavery that others would have forced onto their necks.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Yet the leaders' own position looks odd. They ask Paul to show his loyalty to Moses, while admitting they asked nothing of the kind from the Gentiles.

They confirmed what they had agreed before about the Gentile converts. They were not expected to keep any such things, though they were urged to keep away from things offered to idols, from blood and from sexual immorality. It is striking that they saw nothing inconsistent in asking Jews to do what Gentiles were not asked to do. They were very slow to give up the Jewish system of things.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The limits of good counsel

There is also a warning here about how far to follow the advice of others.

The servant of Christ does well when he humbly counts others better than himself, asks their advice, weighs their spiritual judgment, and even listens to their criticism. Yet in the end he must not be guided by their opinions, but by the Word of God. Acts 21:18-30 gives us a warning about this.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Settled — The four rules were not invented in Acts 21. Jerusalem had put them in writing years earlier, and the leaders still stood by them.

- Older — Each item guards something God claimed before Israel existed. Idols take His place. Immorality breaks the bonds He set up. Blood is life, and life is His.

- Distinct — "Blood" is blood drained off for food. "Strangled" is meat with the blood kept in. Both are refused for one reason: life belongs to God.

- Freed — What the list leaves out is the point. Circumcision and law-keeping were never laid on Gentile believers. The churches rejoiced when they heard it.

- Warned — Good men gave Paul advice that did not match what they themselves had written for others. Weigh counsel, but let the Word of God have the last word.

Acts 21:26 · Darby

Then Paul, taking the men, on the next day, having been purified, entered with them into the temple, signifying the time the days of the purification would be fulfilled, until the offering was offered for every one of them.

In Jerusalem, James and the elders ask Paul to disprove a rumour that he tells Jews to abandon Moses — by joining four men under a vow and sharing their temple ritual. This verse shows him doing it, which raises a hard question: should the greatest teacher of grace share a ceremony that grace had ended?

What Paul Did

The four men were finishing a Nazirite vow. That was a set time of special separation to God, and it ended with sacrifices in the temple. Paul did more than stand beside them; he footed the bill.

When a Nazirite finished his vow, the law required certain offerings in the temple. These offerings cost a lot, as we can see from Numbers 6. People counted it an act of great merit and piety for a rich brother to provide the offerings for a poor brother, and so enable him to complete his vow. Paul was not rich, but he had a large and tender heart, and he generously undertook to pay the costs of the four poor Nazirites.

Modernised from Church HistoryOriginal wording

The Motive Behind It

Why would Paul take part at all?

Of course Paul knew that the Lord Jesus had done away with such vows (Matt. 5:33-37). The Lord did that when He brought the grace of God to a condemned world. But Paul probably applied the principle here: "To the Jews I became as a Jew." In this case, though, he seems to carry that principle a little too far; but he was in a predicament in which he probably saw no other way out. When we are in a wrong place we shall find ourselves virtually bound to do the wrong thing.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

What the Ceremony Would Have Cost the Gospel

The seven days ended at an altar. Notice which sacrifice was on the list.

If the vow of these men was the Nazirite vow, as is commonly supposed, sacrifices had to be offered for each of them. That meant a male lamb for a burnt offering, a female lamb for a sin offering, and a ram for peace offerings (Num. 6:14)... The appointed seven days were running out, and Paul, at their close, would have appeared at the altar with his sin offering. What a blow to the truth Paul had defended so firmly and so boldly! For "where there is forgiveness of these, there is no longer any offering for sin" (Heb. 10:18) is Christian teaching, and it was now seriously endangered. But the Lord came in... Paul never approached the altar with his sin offering.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Now picture what this looked like.

And it is a strange sight to see the apostle Paul back in the temple, going through these dead ceremonies, which had been ended by the death of the cross.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Acting on Someone Else's Judgment

The question is whose judgment Paul was following.

The apostle yielded to his Jewish brothers. This was in no way a step that flowed from his own judgment before God, and we shall see that it was completely useless as far as the Jews were concerned... It was a remarkable sight: Paul purifying himself to show that he walked orderly and kept the law. He was clearly walking according to other people's thoughts, which no more glorifies God than it satisfies man.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The advice was meant to calm a storm; instead it walked Paul straight into it.

It was an act of expediency, done to avoid trouble, and as so often happens it failed completely. It took Paul into the temple where his opponents were most likely to be found. He ran into trouble instead of avoiding it.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A Dissenting Reading

Commentators differ. One writer argues the elders asked less of Paul than readers assume.

Nothing is proposed to him, as many have thought, about taking the vow in question upon himself. He is merely to purify himself ceremonially for his appearance in the temple... In fact, the apostle could have done everything they advised with a good conscience. He was free to give up his own liberty, bearing with the ignorant weakness of others. But the question returns, and will return: would people understand it that way?

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

God Over the Whole Affair

Paul's mistake did not defeat God's purpose.

God knows how to make the wrath of man praise Him, and to restrain the rest of that wrath. He also knows how to overrule any mistakes His servants may make. He can close some lines of service before them and open others that may prove even more important in the end. It was Paul's imprisonment that led to his writing those inspired letters which have built up the church for nineteen centuries.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Pressure. The plan asked Paul to show in public that he walked orderly and kept the law.

- Concession. He paid the four men's costs and entered the temple. The act was generous, but it followed other men's judgment, not his own before God.

- Danger. The vow ended in a sin offering. Bringing it would have denied a Christian truth: where there is forgiveness, no offering for sin remains.

- Dispute. Writers differ. Some say Paul did the wrong thing; others say the act was clean but easy to misread.

- Overruling. The plan failed and Paul ran into trouble, but God turned his imprisonment into the letters that have fed the church ever since.